WO2019047874A1 - 数据发送的方法及装置 - Google Patents

数据发送的方法及装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019047874A1
WO2019047874A1 PCT/CN2018/104250 CN2018104250W WO2019047874A1 WO 2019047874 A1 WO2019047874 A1 WO 2019047874A1 CN 2018104250 W CN2018104250 W CN 2018104250W WO 2019047874 A1 WO2019047874 A1 WO 2019047874A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
resource
node
information
parameter
parameters
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2018/104250
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
董朋朋
彭金磷
杜白
张鹏
李元杰
窦圣跃
周国华
刘荣宽
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN201710810916.7A external-priority patent/CN109474311A/zh
Priority claimed from CN201810837621.3A external-priority patent/CN110768760B/zh
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2019047874A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019047874A1/zh

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/24—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field for communication between two or more posts

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a method and an apparatus for transmitting wireless communication data.
  • bit sequences output through channel coding are subjected to rate matching for bit selection to obtain a suitable amount of bit data to match resources to be mapped.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • NR New Radio
  • the bit sequence before rate matching can be expressed as ⁇ d 0 , d 1 , d 2 , ..., d N-1 ⁇
  • the rate-matched bit sequence can be expressed as ⁇ f 0 , f 1 , f 2 , . . . , f E-1 ⁇ , that is, a bit sequence of length E is obtained by performing rate matching on a bit sequence of length N.
  • the above bit sequence ⁇ f 0 , f 1 , f 2 , ..., f E-1 ⁇ is selected according to the number of bits that can be actually transmitted subsequently.
  • the number of bits that can be actually transmitted subsequently is determined by many factors (for example, one or more of resources, number of transmission layers, modulation schemes, etc.) that the data transmission can occupy.
  • the bit sequence obtained after the above rate matching is subjected to further preprocessing (for example, one or more of scrambling, modulation, etc.) to obtain a symbol sequence to be subjected to resource mapping, and the symbol sequence can be expressed as ⁇ z(0) , ..., z(M-1) ⁇ , the symbol in the symbol sequence refers to a modulation symbol obtained by modulation, where M is the length of the symbol sequence.
  • the symbols in the sequence of symbols are mapped to data transmissions that can occupy resources (eg, one or more of time-frequency resources, or spatial resources, etc.).
  • Ultra-Reliable and Low-Latency Communication requires a delay of less than or equal to 1 millisecond (ms) while ensuring 99.999% reliability.
  • URLLC Ultra-Reliable and Low-Latency Communication
  • the concept of multi-node cooperative transmission is proposed, in which multiple nodes can transmit data from the same transmission block (TB) or coded block (CB).
  • TB transmission block
  • CB coded block
  • the above concept may cause data interference between multiple nodes, and may not ensure the reliability and delay requirements of data transmission at the same time. Therefore, how to reduce the data interference between multiple nodes in multi-node cooperative transmission, ensure the reliability of data transmission and the delay requirement are urgent problems to be solved.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a data transmission method and device, so as to meet the reliability and delay requirement of data transmission.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a data sending method, including:
  • the transmitting side node determines a first symbol sequence according to the first bit sequence, and determines a partial symbol to be mapped in the first symbol sequence, and maps the partial symbol to the first resource;
  • the transmitting side node transmits a partial symbol mapped to the first resource.
  • the sending side node indexes the second resource, maps the partial symbol to the first resource, and sends the partial symbol.
  • the sending side node virtually maps the symbol in the first symbol sequence to the second resource, physically maps the partial symbol to the first resource, and sends the partial symbol.
  • mapping involved in the embodiment of the present application can be understood as a physical mapping unless otherwise specified.
  • the first resource is a true subset of the foregoing second resource.
  • the number of the first resources is one or more.
  • the sending side node performs rate matching according to the second resource to obtain the first bit sequence.
  • the sending side node further performs rate matching according to the redundancy version RV and/or the size of the second resource to obtain the first bit sequence.
  • the sending side node maps the partial symbol to the first resource according to one or more of the following: the second resource, the first resource, a mapping start point, a mapping order, a mapping pattern, or a pilot pattern.
  • the sending side node determines the first resource according to the first information from the control node, where the first information is included in one or more of the following messages: a physical layer message, a medium access control (MAC) layer message , or Radio Resource Control (RRC) layer message.
  • MAC medium access control
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the sending side node determines the first resource according to one or more of the following: the second resource, the activated bandwidth part (BWP), the measurement result, or the service scheduling status.
  • the second resource the activated bandwidth part (BWP)
  • BWP activated bandwidth part
  • the foregoing second resource includes one or more sub-resources.
  • the size of the foregoing sub-resource is related to one or more of the following: a size of the resource block group, a size of a mini-slot, a size of a slot, a number of beams, and a number of spatial layers.
  • the size of the second resource a transport block size (TBS) parameter, a code rate parameter, or a modulation and coding scheme (MCS) parameter.
  • TBS transport block size
  • MCS modulation and coding scheme
  • the sending side node determines, according to the second information from the control node, a sub-resource that constitutes the first resource, where the second information is included in one or more of the following messages: a physical layer message, a MAC layer message, or RRC layer message.
  • the sending side node determines, according to one or more of the following, a sub-resource that constitutes the first resource: the second resource, the activated BWP, the measurement result, or the service scheduling status.
  • the parameter of the foregoing sub-resource is related to the parameter of the foregoing second resource; the parameter of the sub-resource includes one or more of the following: a pilot parameter, a pre-encoding parameter, a redundancy version parameter, a mapping start point parameter, Coding parameters, or modulation parameters.
  • the sending side node determines, according to one or more of the following parameters, the parameter of the foregoing sub-resource: third information from the control node, or parameter information of the predefined sub-resource; optionally, the third information
  • the information is included in one or more of the following: a physical layer message, a MAC layer message, or an RRC layer message; optionally, the parameters of the foregoing sub-resource include one or more of the following: a pilot parameter, a pre-coding parameter, Redundancy version parameters, mapping start point parameters, encoding parameters, or modulation parameters.
  • the parameter of the foregoing first resource is related to the parameter of the foregoing second resource; optionally, the parameter of the first resource includes one or more of the following: a pilot parameter, a precoding parameter, and a redundancy version parameter. , mapping start point parameters, coding parameters, or modulation parameters.
  • the sending side node determines, according to one or more of the following parameters, the parameter of the first resource: fourth information from the control node, or parameter information of a predefined sub-resource; optionally, where the fourth The information is included in one or more of the following messages: a physical layer message, a MAC layer message, or an RRC layer message; optionally, the parameters of the foregoing first resource include one or more of the following: pilot parameters, precoding Parameters, redundancy version parameters, mapping start point parameters, encoding parameters, or modulation parameters.
  • the sending side node receives the fifth information from the control node, and determines the second resource according to the fifth information; optionally, the fifth information is group public information; optionally, the fifth information includes In physical layer control information, MAC layer messages, or RRC layer messages.
  • the sending side node receives the sixth information from the control node, determines a power control parameter of the first resource according to the sixth information, and sends data mapped to the first resource by using the power control parameter;
  • the sixth information is group common information; optionally, the sixth information is included in physical layer control information, a MAC layer message, or an RRC layer message.
  • the foregoing second resource may further include a third resource, where the third resource is a true subset of the foregoing second resource, and the third resource does not intersect with the first resource; optionally, the sixth information is further The power control parameter of the third resource is included; optionally, the power control parameter of the third resource is different from the power control parameter of the first resource; optionally, the number of the third resource may be one or more One.
  • the embodiment of the present application determines a part of resources in the resource set by configuring a resource set sent by the data, and maps the data to be sent according to the part of the resource and performs data transmission, thereby reducing interference in multi-node cooperative transmission, thereby improving multi-node. Reliability and latency performance of collaborative delivery.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a data sending method, including:
  • the sending side node performs rate matching to obtain a first bit sequence; the transmitting side node determines a first symbol sequence according to the first bit sequence, and determines a first resource and a second resource, where the first resource is a true element of the second resource.
  • the transmitting side node maps the symbols in the first symbol sequence to the second resource, and transmits a symbol mapped to the first resource.
  • the number of the foregoing first resources is one or more.
  • the transmitting side node performs rate matching according to the second resource to obtain the first bit sequence, and maps a partial symbol in the first symbol sequence to the foregoing A resource.
  • the sending side node further performs rate matching according to the redundancy version RV and/or the size of the second resource, to obtain the first bit sequence, and the foregoing first
  • the partial symbols in the symbol sequence are mapped to the first resource described above.
  • the sending side node maps the partial symbol to the first resource according to one or more of the following: the second resource, the first resource, a mapping start point, a mapping order, a mapping pattern, or a pilot pattern.
  • the sending side node determines the first resource according to the first information from the control node, where the first information is included in one or more of the following messages: a physical layer message, a medium access control (MAC) layer message , or Radio Resource Control (RRC) layer message.
  • MAC medium access control
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the sending side node determines the first resource according to one or more of the following: the second resource, the activated bandwidth part (BWP), the measurement result, or the service scheduling status.
  • the second resource the activated bandwidth part (BWP)
  • BWP activated bandwidth part
  • the foregoing second resource includes one or more sub-resources.
  • the size of the foregoing sub-resource is related to one or more of the following: a size of a resource block binding (RB bunding), a size of a mini-slot, a size of a slot, and a beam.
  • RB bunding resource block binding
  • a size of a mini-slot size of a slot
  • a beam a beam.
  • the number, the number of spatial layers, the size of the second resource a transport block size (TBS) parameter, a code rate parameter, or a modulation and coding scheme (MCS) parameter.
  • TBS transport block size
  • MCS modulation and coding scheme
  • the sending side node determines, according to the second information from the control node, a sub-resource that constitutes the first resource, where the second information is included in one or more of the following messages: a physical layer message, a MAC layer message, or RRC layer message.
  • the sending side node determines, according to one or more of the following, a sub-resource that constitutes the first resource: the second resource, the activated BWP, the measurement result, or the service scheduling status.
  • the parameter of the foregoing sub-resource is related to the parameter of the foregoing second resource; the parameter of the sub-resource includes one or more of the following: a pilot parameter, a pre-encoding parameter, a redundancy version parameter, a mapping start point parameter, Coding parameters, or modulation parameters.
  • the sending side node determines, according to one or more of the following parameters, the parameter of the foregoing sub-resource: third information from the control node, or parameter information of the predefined sub-resource; optionally, the third information
  • the information is included in one or more of the following: a physical layer message, a MAC layer message, or an RRC layer message; optionally, the parameters of the foregoing sub-resource include one or more of the following: a pilot parameter, a pre-coding parameter, Redundancy version parameters, mapping start point parameters, encoding parameters, or modulation parameters.
  • the parameter of the foregoing first resource is related to the parameter of the foregoing second resource; optionally, the parameter of the first resource includes one or more of the following: a pilot parameter, a precoding parameter, and a redundancy version parameter. , mapping start point parameters, coding parameters, or modulation parameters.
  • the sending side node determines, according to one or more of the following parameters, the parameter of the first resource: fourth information from the control node, or parameter information of a predefined sub-resource; optionally, where the fourth The information is included in one or more of the following messages: a physical layer message, a MAC layer message, or an RRC layer message; optionally, the parameters of the foregoing first resource include one or more of the following: pilot parameters, precoding Parameters, redundancy version parameters, mapping start point parameters, encoding parameters, or modulation parameters.
  • the sending side node receives the fifth information from the control node, and determines the second resource according to the fifth information; optionally, the fifth information is group public information; optionally, the fifth information includes In physical layer control information, MAC layer messages, or RRC layer messages.
  • the sending side node receives the sixth information from the control node, determines a power control parameter of the first resource according to the sixth information, and sends data mapped to the first resource by using the power control parameter;
  • the sixth information is group common information; optionally, the sixth information is included in physical layer control information, a MAC layer message, or an RRC layer message.
  • the foregoing second resource may further include a third resource, where the third resource is a true subset of the foregoing second resource, and the third resource does not intersect with the first resource; optionally, the sixth information is further The power control parameter of the third resource is included; optionally, the power control parameter of the third resource is different from the power control parameter of the first resource; optionally, the number of the third resource may be one or more One.
  • the embodiment of the present application determines a part of resources in the resource set by configuring a resource set sent by the data, and maps the data to be sent according to the part of the resource and performs data transmission, thereby reducing interference in multi-node cooperative transmission, thereby improving multi-node. Reliability and latency performance of collaborative delivery.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a data sending method, including:
  • the sending side node performs rate matching according to the second resource to obtain a second bit sequence; the transmitting side node determines the second symbol sequence according to the second bit sequence, and maps all or part of the symbols in the second symbol sequence to the first resource; The transmitting side node sends a symbol mapped to the first resource; the first resource is a true subset of the second resource.
  • the number of the foregoing first resources is one or more.
  • the transmitting side node performs rate matching according to the size of the second resource to obtain the second bit sequence, and maps a partial symbol in the second symbol sequence to the foregoing First resource.
  • the sending side node performs rate matching according to the second resource and the first resource to obtain the second bit sequence, and all symbols in the second symbol sequence Map to the first resource above.
  • the sending side node performs rate matching according to one or more of the following to obtain the foregoing second bit sequence: a redundancy version RV, a size of the foregoing second resource, or a reference starting point.
  • the sending side node performs rate matching according to one or more of the following to obtain the second bit sequence: a redundancy version RV, a size of the foregoing first resource, a size of the second resource, or a reference starting point.
  • the sending side node maps all or part of the second symbol sequence to the first resource according to one or more of the following: the second resource, the first resource, the mapping start point, and the mapping order , mapping pattern, or pilot pattern.
  • the sending side node determines the first resource according to the first information from the control node, where the first information is included in one or more of the following messages: a physical layer message, a medium access control (MAC) layer message , or Radio Resource Control (RRC) layer message.
  • MAC medium access control
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the sending side node determines the first resource according to one or more of the following: the second resource, the activated bandwidth part (BWP), the measurement result, or the service scheduling status.
  • the second resource the activated bandwidth part (BWP)
  • BWP activated bandwidth part
  • the foregoing second resource includes one or more sub-resources.
  • the sending side node determines, according to the second information from the control node, a sub-resource that constitutes the first resource, where the second information is included in one or more of the following messages: a physical layer message, a MAC layer message, or RRC layer message.
  • the parameter of the foregoing sub-resource is related to the parameter of the foregoing second resource; the parameter of the sub-resource includes one or more of the following: a pilot parameter, a pre-encoding parameter, a redundancy version parameter, a mapping start point parameter, Coding parameters, or modulation parameters.
  • the sending side node determines, according to one or more of the following parameters, the parameter of the foregoing sub-resource: third information from the control node, or parameter information of the predefined sub-resource; optionally, the third information
  • the information is included in one or more of the following: a physical layer message, a MAC layer message, or an RRC layer message; optionally, the parameters of the foregoing sub-resource include one or more of the following: a pilot parameter, a pre-coding parameter, Redundancy version parameters, mapping start point parameters, encoding parameters, or modulation parameters.
  • the parameter of the foregoing first resource is related to the parameter of the foregoing second resource; optionally, the parameter of the first resource includes one or more of the following: a pilot parameter, a precoding parameter, and a redundancy version parameter. , mapping start point parameters, coding parameters, or modulation parameters.
  • the sending side node determines, according to one or more of the following parameters, the parameter of the first resource: fourth information from the control node, or parameter information of a predefined sub-resource; optionally, where the fourth The information is included in one or more of the following messages: a physical layer message, a MAC layer message, or an RRC layer message; optionally, the parameters of the foregoing first resource include one or more of the following: pilot parameters, precoding Parameters, redundancy version parameters, mapping start point parameters, encoding parameters, or modulation parameters.
  • the sending side node receives the fifth information from the control node, and determines the second resource according to the fifth information; optionally, the fifth information is group public information; optionally, the fifth information includes In physical layer control information, MAC layer messages, or RRC layer messages.
  • the sending side node receives the sixth information from the control node, determines a power control parameter of the first resource according to the sixth information, and sends data mapped to the first resource by using the power control parameter;
  • the sixth information is group common information; optionally, the sixth information is included in physical layer control information, a MAC layer message, or an RRC layer message.
  • the foregoing second resource may further include a third resource, where the third resource is a true subset of the foregoing second resource, and the third resource does not intersect with the first resource; optionally, the sixth information is further The power control parameter of the third resource is included; optionally, the power control parameter of the third resource is different from the power control parameter of the first resource; optionally, the number of the third resource may be one or more One.
  • the embodiment of the present application determines a part of resources in the resource set by configuring a resource set sent by the data, and maps the data to be sent according to the part of the resource and performs data transmission, thereby reducing interference in multi-node cooperative transmission, thereby improving multi-node. Reliability and latency performance of collaborative delivery.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a data sending method, including: a sending side node receiving group public information, determining a second resource according to the group public information, where the group public information is included in physical layer control information; The sending side node sends data by using a first resource, where the first resource is a true subset of the second resource.
  • the number of the foregoing first resources is one or more.
  • the transmitting side node performs rate matching to obtain a first bit sequence; the transmitting side node determines the first symbol sequence according to the first bit sequence, and Determining, in the first symbol sequence, a partial symbol to be mapped, mapping the partial symbol to the first resource; and sending, by the transmitting side node, the partial symbol.
  • the sending side node indexes the second resource, maps the partial symbol to the first resource, and sends the partial symbol.
  • the transmitting side node virtually maps the symbol in the first symbol sequence to the second resource, physically maps the partial symbol to the first resource, and sends the partial symbol.
  • the transmitting side node performs rate matching to determine a first bit sequence; the transmitting side node determines the first symbol sequence according to the first bit sequence, and determines The first resource and the second resource; the transmitting side node maps a symbol in the first symbol sequence to the second resource, and sends a symbol mapped in the first resource.
  • the sending side node performs rate matching according to the second resource to obtain a second bit sequence; the transmitting side node determines the second symbol according to the second bit sequence a sequence, mapping all or part of the symbols in the second symbol sequence to the first resource; the transmitting side node transmitting a symbol mapped to the first resource.
  • the sending side node performs rate matching according to the size of the second resource to obtain the second bit sequence, and maps a partial symbol in the second symbol sequence to the first resource. Further optionally, the sending side node performs rate matching according to one or more of the following to obtain the second bit sequence: a redundancy version RV, a size of the foregoing second resource, or a reference starting point.
  • the sending side node performs rate matching according to the second resource and the first resource to obtain the second bit sequence, and maps all symbols in the second symbol sequence to the first resource. Further optionally, the sending side node performs rate matching according to one or more of the following to obtain the second bit sequence: a redundancy version RV, a size of the first resource, a size of the second resource, or a reference starting point.
  • the sending side node maps the symbols in the second symbol sequence to the first resource according to one or more of the following: the second resource, the first resource, the mapping start point, the mapping order, and the mapping pattern. , or pilot pattern.
  • the first further possible embodiment based on the fourth aspect, the second further possible embodiment based on the fourth aspect, or the third further possible implementation based on the fourth aspect In the way:
  • the sending side node determines the first resource according to the first information from the control node, where the first information is included in one or more of the following messages: a physical layer message, a medium access control (MAC) layer message , or Radio Resource Control (RRC) layer message.
  • MAC medium access control
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the sending side node determines the first resource according to one or more of the following: the second resource, the activated bandwidth part (BWP), the measurement result, or the service scheduling status.
  • the second resource the activated bandwidth part (BWP)
  • BWP activated bandwidth part
  • the foregoing second resource includes one or more sub-resources.
  • the size of the foregoing sub-resource is related to one or more of the following: a size of a physical resource block binding (PRB bunding), a size of a mini-slot, a size of a slot, The number of beams, the number of spatial layers, the size of the second resource, a transport block size (TBS) parameter, a code rate parameter, or a modulation and coding scheme (MCS) parameter.
  • PRB bunding physical resource block binding
  • TBS transport block size
  • MCS modulation and coding scheme
  • the sending side node determines, according to the second information from the control node, a sub-resource that constitutes the first resource, where the second information is included in one or more of the following messages: a physical layer message, a MAC layer message, or RRC layer message.
  • the sending side node determines, according to one or more of the following, a sub-resource that constitutes the first resource: the second resource, the activated BWP, the measurement result, or the service scheduling status.
  • the parameter of the foregoing sub-resource is related to the parameter of the foregoing second resource; the parameter of the sub-resource includes one or more of the following: a pilot parameter, a pre-encoding parameter, a redundancy version parameter, a mapping start point parameter, Coding parameters, or modulation parameters.
  • the sending side node determines, according to one or more of the following parameters, the parameter of the foregoing sub-resource: third information from the control node, or parameter information of the predefined sub-resource; optionally, the third information
  • the information is included in one or more of the following: a physical layer message, a MAC layer message, or an RRC layer message; optionally, the parameters of the foregoing sub-resource include one or more of the following: a pilot parameter, a pre-coding parameter, Redundancy version parameters, mapping start point parameters, encoding parameters, or modulation parameters.
  • the parameter of the foregoing first resource is related to the parameter of the foregoing second resource; optionally, the parameter of the first resource includes one or more of the following: a pilot parameter, a precoding parameter, and a redundancy version parameter. , mapping start point parameters, coding parameters, or modulation parameters.
  • the sending side node determines, according to one or more of the following parameters, the parameter of the first resource: fourth information from the control node, or parameter information of a predefined sub-resource; optionally, where the fourth The information is included in one or more of the following messages: a physical layer message, a MAC layer message, or an RRC layer message; optionally, the parameters of the foregoing first resource include one or more of the following: pilot parameters, precoding Parameters, redundancy version parameters, mapping start point parameters, encoding parameters, or modulation parameters.
  • the sending side node receives the fifth information from the control node, and determines the second resource according to the fifth information; optionally, the fifth information is group public information; optionally, the fifth information includes In physical layer control information, MAC layer messages, or RRC layer messages.
  • the sending side node receives the sixth information from the control node, determines a power control parameter of the first resource according to the sixth information, and sends data mapped to the first resource by using the power control parameter;
  • the sixth information is group common information; optionally, the sixth information is included in physical layer control information, a MAC layer message, or an RRC layer message.
  • the foregoing second resource may further include a third resource, where the third resource is a true subset of the foregoing second resource, and the third resource does not intersect with the first resource; optionally, the sixth information is further The power control parameter of the third resource is included; optionally, the power control parameter of the third resource is different from the power control parameter of the first resource; optionally, the number of the third resource may be one or more One.
  • the embodiment of the present application determines a part of resources in the resource set by configuring a resource set sent by the data, and maps the data symbol according to the part of the resource, and sends the data symbol mapped on the part of the resource, thereby reducing the multi-node cooperative transmission. Interference, which improves the reliability and delay performance of multi-node cooperative transmission.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a data sending method, including:
  • the transmitting side node receives the fifth information from the control node, and determines the second resource according to the fifth information; the sending side node receives the sixth information from the control node, and determines the power control of the first resource according to the sixth information. And transmitting, by using the power control parameter, data mapped to the first resource; the first resource is a true subset of the second resource; the number of the first resource is one or more;
  • the fifth information is the group public information; optionally, the fifth information is included in the physical layer control information, the medium access control (MAC) layer message, or the radio resource control (RRC) layer message; optionally
  • the sixth information is group common information; optionally, the sixth information is included in physical layer control information, a MAC layer message, or an RRC layer message.
  • the number of the foregoing first resources is one or more.
  • the second resource may further include a third resource, where the third resource is a true subset of the second resource, and the third resource has no intersection with the first resource; optionally,
  • the sixth information includes a power control parameter of the third resource; optionally, the power control parameter of the third resource is different from the power control parameter of the first resource; optionally, the third resource
  • the number can be one or more.
  • the transmitting side node performs rate matching to obtain a first bit sequence; the transmitting side node determines the first symbol sequence according to the first bit sequence, and Determining, in the first symbol sequence, a partial symbol to be mapped, mapping the partial symbol to the first resource; and sending, by the transmitting side node, the partial symbol.
  • the sending side node indexes the second resource, maps the partial symbol to the first resource, and sends the partial symbol.
  • the sending side node virtually maps the symbol in the first symbol sequence to the second resource, physically maps the partial symbol to the first resource, and sends the partial symbol.
  • the transmitting side node performs rate matching to determine a first bit sequence; the transmitting side node determines a first symbol sequence according to the first bit sequence, and determines The first resource and the second resource; the transmitting side node maps a symbol in the first symbol sequence to the second resource, and sends a symbol mapped in the first resource.
  • the sending side node performs rate matching according to the second resource to obtain a second bit sequence; the sending side node determines the second symbol according to the second bit sequence a sequence, mapping all or part of the symbols in the second symbol sequence to the first resource; the transmitting side node transmitting a symbol mapped to the first resource.
  • the sending side node performs rate matching according to the size of the second resource to obtain the second bit sequence, and maps a partial symbol in the second symbol sequence to the first resource. Further optionally, the sending side node performs rate matching according to one or more of the following to obtain the second bit sequence: a redundancy version RV, a size of the foregoing second resource, or a reference starting point.
  • the sending side node performs rate matching according to the second resource and the first resource to obtain the second bit sequence, and maps all symbols in the second symbol sequence to the first resource. Further optionally, the sending side node performs rate matching according to one or more of the following to obtain the second bit sequence: a redundancy version RV, a size of the first resource, a size of the second resource, or a reference starting point.
  • the sending side node maps the symbols in the second symbol sequence to the first resource according to one or more of the following: the second resource, the first resource, the mapping start point, the mapping order, and the mapping pattern. , or pilot pattern.
  • the first further possible embodiment based on the fifth aspect, the second further possible embodiment based on the fifth aspect, or the third further possible implementation based on the fifth aspect In the way:
  • the sending side node determines the first resource according to the first information from the control node, where the first information is included in one or more of the following messages: a physical layer message, a medium access control (MAC) layer message , or Radio Resource Control (RRC) layer message.
  • MAC medium access control
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the sending side node determines the first resource according to one or more of the following: the second resource, the activated bandwidth part (BWP), the measurement result, or the service scheduling status.
  • the second resource the activated bandwidth part (BWP)
  • BWP activated bandwidth part
  • the foregoing second resource includes one or more sub-resources.
  • the size of the foregoing sub-resource is related to one or more of the following: a size of a physical resource block binding (PRB bunding), a size of a mini-slot, a size of a slot, The number of beams, the number of spatial layers, the size of the second resource, a transport block size (TBS) parameter, a code rate parameter, or a modulation and coding scheme (MCS) parameter.
  • PRB bunding physical resource block binding
  • TBS transport block size
  • MCS modulation and coding scheme
  • the sending side node determines, according to the second information from the control node, a sub-resource that constitutes the first resource, where the second information is included in one or more of the following messages: a physical layer message, a MAC layer message, or RRC layer message.
  • the sending side node determines, according to one or more of the following, a sub-resource that constitutes the first resource: the second resource, the activated BWP, the measurement result, or the service scheduling status.
  • the parameter of the foregoing sub-resource is related to the parameter of the foregoing second resource; the parameter of the sub-resource includes one or more of the following: a pilot parameter, a pre-encoding parameter, a redundancy version parameter, a mapping start point parameter, Coding parameters, or modulation parameters.
  • the sending side node determines, according to one or more of the following parameters, the parameter of the foregoing sub-resource: third information from the control node, or parameter information of the predefined sub-resource; optionally, the third information
  • the information is included in one or more of the following: a physical layer message, a MAC layer message, or an RRC layer message; optionally, the parameters of the foregoing sub-resource include one or more of the following: a pilot parameter, a pre-coding parameter, Redundancy version parameters, mapping start point parameters, encoding parameters, or modulation parameters.
  • the parameter of the foregoing first resource is related to the parameter of the foregoing second resource; optionally, the parameter of the first resource includes one or more of the following: a pilot parameter, a precoding parameter, and a redundancy version parameter. , mapping start point parameters, coding parameters, or modulation parameters.
  • the sending side node determines, according to one or more of the following parameters, the parameter of the first resource: fourth information from the control node, or parameter information of a predefined sub-resource; optionally, where the fourth The information is included in one or more of the following messages: a physical layer message, a MAC layer message, or an RRC layer message; optionally, the parameters of the foregoing first resource include one or more of the following: pilot parameters, precoding Parameters, redundancy version parameters, mapping start point parameters, encoding parameters, or modulation parameters.
  • the embodiment of the present application determines, by using a resource set sent by the configuration data, a part of resources in the resource set and power control parameters of the part of the resource, and determines, according to the power control parameter, sending a data symbol mapped on the part of the resource.
  • the power, and the data symbols mapped on the part of the resources are transmitted, which reduces the interference in the multi-node cooperative transmission, thereby improving the reliability and delay performance of the multi-node cooperative transmission.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a data receiving method, including: receiving, by a receiving node, data by using a second resource.
  • the receiving side node receives the seventh information from the control node, and determines the second resource according to the seventh information.
  • the foregoing seventh information is included in one or more of the following messages: a physical layer message, a MAC layer message, or an RRC layer message.
  • the embodiment of the present application reduces the interference in multi-node cooperative transmission by receiving data on the resource set, thereby improving the reliability and delay performance of the multi-node cooperative transmission, and reducing the receiving complexity of the receiving side.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a data sending method, including: a control node sends a fifth information, where the fifth information is used by a first node to determine a second resource; and the control node sends the first information, where The first information is used for determining the first resource and transmitting data mapped on the first resource; the first resource is a true subset of the second resource.
  • the foregoing first information is included in one or more of the following messages: a physical layer message, a MAC layer message, or an RRC layer message.
  • the foregoing fifth information is included in one or more of the following messages: a physical layer message, a MAC layer message, or an RRC layer message.
  • the fifth information is group public information.
  • control node sends the second information, where the second information is used to determine the sub-resources of the first resource.
  • the foregoing second information is included in one or more of the following messages: a physical layer message, a MAC layer message, or an RRC layer message.
  • the control node sends third information, the third information being used for determining a parameter of the sub-resource.
  • the foregoing third information is included in one or more of the following messages: a physical layer message, a MAC layer message, or an RRC layer message.
  • the parameters of the foregoing sub-resources include one or more of the following: a pilot parameter, a precoding parameter, a redundancy version parameter, a mapping start point parameter, an encoding parameter, or a modulation parameter.
  • the control node sends fourth information, where the fourth information is used for determining a parameter of the first resource.
  • the foregoing fourth information is included in one or more of the following messages: a physical layer message, a MAC layer message, or an RRC layer message.
  • the parameter of the foregoing first resource includes one or more of the following: a pilot parameter, a precoding parameter, a redundancy version parameter, a mapping start point parameter, an encoding parameter, or a modulation parameter.
  • the control node sends sixth information, where the sixth information is used for determining the power control parameter of the first resource.
  • the foregoing sixth information is included in one or more of the following messages: a physical layer message, a MAC layer message, or an RRC layer message.
  • the sixth information is group public information.
  • the control node sends a seventh information, where the seventh information is used for determining the second resource; optionally, the control node is Receive data on the second resource.
  • the foregoing seventh information is included in one or more of the following messages: a physical layer message, a MAC layer message, or an RRC layer message.
  • the embodiment of the present application determines a part of resources in the resource set by configuring a resource set sent by the data, and maps the data to be sent according to the part of the resource and performs data transmission, thereby reducing interference in multi-node cooperative transmission, thereby improving multi-node. Reliability and latency performance of collaborative delivery.
  • the present application provides a communication apparatus, which can implement a corresponding function of one or more of the foregoing sending side node, the receiving side node, or the foregoing control node.
  • the communication device comprises a respective unit or component for performing the above method.
  • the unit included in the communication device can be implemented by software and/or hardware.
  • the communication device may be, for example, a terminal, or a network device (such as a base station), or a chip, a chip system, or a processor that can support the terminal or the network device to implement the above functions.
  • the present application provides a communication apparatus, including: a processor coupled to a memory, the memory being configured to store a program, when the program is executed by the processor, causing the communication device to implement the above The method of any of the aspects.
  • the present application provides a storage medium having stored thereon a computer program, the computer program being executed by a processor to implement the method of any of the above aspects.
  • the present application provides a chip system comprising: a processor for performing the method described in any of the above aspects.
  • the present application provides a communication system including the foregoing transmitting side node and the receiving side node, or the transmitting side node, the receiving side node, and the foregoing control node.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a data transmission method, including: determining, by a network device, a first time-frequency resource for transmitting target data, where the first time-frequency resource is part of a second time-frequency resource or All of the second time-frequency resources are all time-frequency resources that the network device can use for information transmission; the network device is configured according to a location of the target resource unit RE relative to the reference RE, and the first part that is carried on the reference RE An index value of a bit, determining an index value of a first bit carried on the target RE, where the target RE is located in the first time-frequency resource, and the reference RE is in the second The RE of the preset location in the time-frequency resource; the network device sends the target data to the terminal device on the first time-frequency resource.
  • the two network devices can transmit the same data on overlapping time-frequency resources without using interactive scheduling information. , which can reduce data interference and
  • An index value where n is a distance between the target RE and the reference RE, where m is the number of bits carried on the target RE, and the m is related to a modulation manner of the data, t is the number of layers of data transmitted on the target RE.
  • the index value of the first bit carried on the reference RE is associated with at least one of a redundancy version, a transport block size TBS.
  • the bit index carried on the reference RE may affect the bit sequence actually sent by the network device.
  • the network device can be enabled by using the method in this embodiment.
  • the bit sequence transmitted during the initial transmission and retransmission of the TBS is different, so that the decoding success rate of the TBS by the terminal device can be improved.
  • the index value of the first bit carried on the reference RE is an index value of the first bit in the transmitted bit sequence determined according to the value of the redundancy version.
  • the resource location of the reference RE is predefined by a protocol or configured by the network device to the terminal device by higher layer signaling.
  • the reference RE is the first RE of the second time-frequency resource.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides another data transmission method, including: the terminal device receives target data from the network device on the first time-frequency resource; and the first time-frequency resource is the second time-frequency resource. Part or all of the second time-frequency resource is all time-frequency resources that the network device can use for information transmission; wherein an index value of a first bit carried on the target resource unit RE is compared by the target RE Determining, at the location of the reference RE, and an index value of the first bit carried on the reference RE, the target RE is located in the first time-frequency resource, and the reference RE is in the second time-frequency An RE of a preset location in the resource; the terminal device demodulates and decodes the target data.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device receives data for cooperative transmission from two network devices, if the two network devices adopt the data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the data received by the terminal device on the same RE is The same, thereby reducing interference of data received by the terminal device, thereby improving the reliability of data transmission.
  • the index value of the first bit carried on the reference RE is associated with at least one of a redundancy version and a transport block size TBS.
  • the index value of the first bit carried on the reference RE is an index value of the first bit in the transmitted bit sequence determined according to the value of the redundancy version.
  • the resource location of the reference RE is determined by a protocol pre-defined or by the terminal device by receiving higher layer signaling from the network device.
  • the reference RE is the first RE of the second time-frequency resource.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a data transmission method, including: determining, by the network device, a first time-frequency resource for transmitting target data, where the first time-frequency resource is part of a second time-frequency resource Or all, the second time-frequency resource is all time-frequency resources that the network device can use for information transmission; and the network device performs s-round data on each layer of data in the t-layer data carried on the target resource unit RE.
  • the network device determines the jth layer ith round according to the location of the target RE relative to the reference RE and the index value of the first bit carried on the reference RE in the i-th wheel data mapping of the jth layer The index value of the first bit that is carried on the target RE when the data is mapped, wherein the target RE is located in the first time-frequency resource, and the reference RE is a preset position in the second time-frequency resource.
  • the j is a positive integer less than or equal to the t
  • the t is the number of layers of the target RE bearer data
  • the i is a positive integer less than or equal to the s
  • the s m /m min
  • the m is carried in the target R
  • the modulation order of the data on E, the min is the lowest modulation order of the data transmission; the network device sends the target data to the terminal device on the first time-frequency resource.
  • the min is predefined by a protocol or configured by the network device to the terminal device through higher layer signaling.
  • the modulation order is the number of bits carried by one modulation symbol.
  • the index value of the first bit carried on the reference RE when the i-th round of data mapping of the jth layer is associated with at least one of the redundancy version and the transport block size TBS.
  • the resource location of the reference RE is predefined by a protocol or configured by the network device to the terminal device by higher layer signaling.
  • the reference RE is the first RE of the second time-frequency resource.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a data transmission method, including: the terminal device receives target data from the network device on the first time-frequency resource; and the first time-frequency resource is the second time-frequency resource. Part or all of the second time-frequency resource is all time-frequency resources that the network device can use for information transmission; wherein each layer of the t-layer data on the target resource unit RE is data of the s-round
  • the index value of the first bit carried on the target RE when the data is mapped in the i-th round of the j-th layer is mapped by the position of the target RE relative to the reference RE, and the data of the i-th round of the j-th layer is mapped on the reference RE.
  • the two different network devices participating in the coordinated data transmission can still be guaranteed when the modulation modes are different or the number of MIMO layers is different.
  • Some of the data bits mapped by the two network devices received by the terminal device on the same RE are the same, so that data interference received by the terminal device can be reduced, and the reliability of data transmission is improved.
  • the m min is determined by a protocol pre-defined or by the terminal device by receiving high layer signaling sent by the network device.
  • the modulation order is the number of bits carried by one modulation symbol.
  • the index value of the first bit carried on the reference RE when the i-th round of data mapping of the jth layer is associated with at least one of the redundancy version and the transport block size TBS.
  • the resource location of the reference RE is determined by a protocol or determined by the terminal device by receiving higher layer signaling from the network device.
  • the reference RE is the first RE of the second time-frequency resource.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a network device, where the network device includes a module or a unit for performing the data transmission method provided by the first aspect or any possible implementation manner of the first aspect.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a terminal device, where the terminal device includes a module or a unit for performing the data transmission method provided by the second aspect or any possible implementation manner of the second aspect.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides another network device, where the network device includes a module or a unit for performing the data transmission method provided by the third aspect or any possible implementation manner of the third aspect.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides another terminal device, where the terminal device includes a module or a unit for performing the data transmission method provided by the fourth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides another network device, including: a processor, a memory, a transceiver, and a bus; a processor, a transceiver, and a memory communicate with each other through a bus; and a transceiver for receiving and transmitting Data; a memory for storing instructions; a processor for invoking instructions in the memory, performing the data transmission method provided by the first aspect or any of the possible implementations of the first aspect.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides another terminal device, including: a processor, a memory, a transceiver, and a bus; a processor, a transceiver, and a memory communicate with each other through a bus; and a transceiver for receiving and transmitting Data; a memory for storing instructions; a processor for invoking instructions in the memory, performing the data transmission method provided by any of the possible implementations of the second aspect or the second aspect.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides another network device, including: a processor, a memory, a transceiver, and a bus; a processor, a transceiver, and a memory communicate with each other through a bus; and a transceiver for receiving and transmitting Data; a memory for storing instructions; a processor for invoking instructions in the memory, performing the data transmission method provided by any of the possible implementations of the third aspect or the third aspect.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides another terminal device, including: a processor, a memory, a transceiver, and a bus; a processor, a transceiver, and a memory communicate with each other through a bus; and a transceiver for receiving and transmitting Data; a memory for storing instructions; a processor for invoking instructions in the memory, performing the data transmission method provided by any of the possible implementations of the fourth aspect or the fourth aspect.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer readable storage medium, where the storage medium includes an instruction, when the instruction is run on a network device, causing the network device to perform any of the first aspect or the first aspect A data transmission method provided by a possible implementation.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides another computer readable storage medium, where the storage medium includes an instruction, when the instruction is run on the terminal device, causing the terminal device to perform the second aspect or the second aspect A data transmission method provided by a possible implementation.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer readable storage medium, where the storage medium includes instructions, when the instruction is run on a network device, causing the network device to perform the third aspect or the third aspect A data transmission method provided by a possible implementation.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides another computer readable storage medium, where the storage medium includes an instruction, when the instruction is run on the terminal device, causing the terminal device to perform the fourth aspect or the fourth aspect A data transmission method provided by a possible implementation.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer program, where the computer program includes instructions, when the instruction is run on a network device, causing the network device to perform any of the first aspect or the first aspect.
  • the data transmission method provided by the method.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer program, where the computer program includes instructions, when the instruction is run on the terminal device, causing the terminal device to perform any of the possible implementation manners of the second aspect or the second aspect.
  • the data transmission method provided.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer program, where the computer program includes instructions, when the instruction is run on a network device, causing the network device to perform any of the third aspect or the third aspect
  • the data transmission method provided by the method is not limited to:
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a chip product of a network device, to perform the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation manner of the first aspect.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a chip product of a terminal device to perform the method in any of the possible implementations of the second aspect or the second aspect.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a chip product of a network device, to perform the method in any of the possible implementation manners of the third aspect or the third aspect.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a chip product of a terminal device to perform the method in any of the possible implementations of the fourth aspect or the fourth aspect.
  • the two network devices when two network devices use overlapping time-frequency resources for data transmission, and the data modulation mode and the RE bearer data used by the two network devices When the number of layers is the same, by using the data transmission method provided by this embodiment, the two network devices can transmit the same data on the overlapping time-frequency resources without interactive scheduling information, thereby reducing data interference and improving data transmission. Reliability.
  • each network device carries each bearer on the RE.
  • the data bits of one layer are subjected to multiple rounds of data mapping according to the data transmission method provided in this embodiment, and it is still ensured that some of the data bits mapped by the two network devices on the same RE are the same, thereby reducing data. Interference, improve the reliability of data transmission.
  • a thirty-seventh aspect provides a method for transmitting data, the method comprising: a primary node determining information of a common resource, the common resource being capable of being used for transmitting data by a group of child nodes; the master node determining the first resource and the a resource in which the common resource overlaps, the overlapping resource is used by the first child node to transmit data, where the first resource is a resource occupied by the first child node, and the first child node is a Determining any one of a set of child nodes; the master node transmits data with the first child node based on the overlapping resources.
  • a set of common resources is determined for a group of child nodes, and resources that overlap the resources shared by the child nodes and the resources occupied by the child nodes are used as resources for the child nodes to transmit data.
  • resources can be allocated for different child nodes on the configured common resources for each child node to transmit data, which can avoid interference between the child nodes.
  • the method further includes: the primary node determining at least one resource mapping manner on the common resource, the at least one resource mapping The method includes at least one of the following: a pre-frequency domain post-time domain, a pre-time domain post-frequency domain, and a time-frequency hybrid mapping.
  • demodulation can be performed according to a single resource mapping manner, thereby reducing complexity and good edge coverage performance.
  • the method further includes: the primary node determining, at the common resource, a location of the at least one starting subcarrier; the primary And determining, by the node, the resource that overlaps the first resource with the common resource, where the primary node determines, according to the location of the at least one starting subcarrier, a resource that overlaps the first resource with the common resource.
  • the information of the common resource includes an index table, where the index table is used by the group of child nodes to determine from the public resource.
  • a resource for transmitting data is used by the group of child nodes to determine from the public resource.
  • the information of the common resource includes at least one redundancy version RV.
  • the master node described in the above-mentioned thirty-seventh aspect may also be a chip or device disposed in the master node.
  • a thirty-eighth aspect a method for transmitting data, the method comprising: a first child node determining information of a common resource, the common resource being capable of being used for transmitting data by a group of child nodes; the first child node determining a resource that overlaps with the common resource, where the overlapping resource is used by the first child node to transmit data, where the first resource is a resource occupied by the first child node, the first A child node is any one of the set of child nodes; the first child node transmits data based on the overlapping resources.
  • a set of common resources is determined for a group of child nodes, and resources that overlap the resources shared by the child nodes and the resources occupied by the child nodes are used as resources for the child nodes to transmit data.
  • resources can be allocated for different child nodes on the configured common resources for each child node to transmit data, which can avoid interference between the child nodes.
  • the method further includes: the first child node determining at least one resource mapping manner on the common resource, the at least one The resource mapping mode includes at least one of the following: a pre-frequency domain post-time domain, a pre-time domain post-frequency domain, and a time-frequency hybrid mapping.
  • demodulation can be performed according to a single resource mapping manner, thereby reducing complexity and good edge coverage performance.
  • the method further includes: determining, by the first child node, a location of the at least one starting subcarrier in the common resource; The first sub-node determines the resource that the first resource overlaps with the common resource, and the first sub-node determines, according to the location of the at least one starting sub-carrier, a resource that overlaps the first resource with the common resource.
  • the information of the common resource includes an index table, where the index table is used by the group of child nodes to determine from the public resource.
  • a resource for transmitting data is used by the group of child nodes to determine from the public resource.
  • the information of the common resource includes at least one redundancy version RV.
  • first child node described in the above 38th aspect may also be a chip or device disposed in the first child node.
  • an apparatus for transmitting data including a transceiver, a processor, and a memory.
  • the processor is configured to control a transceiver transceiver signal for storing a computer program, the processor for calling and running the computer program from the memory, such that the device transmitting the data performs the thirty-seventh aspect or the thirtieth.
  • an apparatus for transmitting data is provided, and the apparatus for transmitting data may be a child node in the above method design, or a chip disposed in a child node.
  • the apparatus for transmitting data includes a processor coupled to the memory and operative to execute instructions in the memory to implement the method of the first sub-node of the thirty-eighth aspect and the thirty-eighth aspect.
  • the means for transmitting data further includes a memory.
  • the means for transmitting data further includes a communication interface, the processor being coupled to the communication interface.
  • a computer program product comprising: computer program code, when the computer program code is run on a computer, causing the computer to perform the thirty-seventh aspect or the thirtieth The method in eight aspects.
  • a forty-second aspect a computer readable medium storing program code for causing a computer to execute the thirty-seventh aspect or the third aspect when the computer program code is run on a computer The method in the eighteen aspects.
  • a chip system comprising a processor, configured to support a child node to implement the functions involved in the thirty-seventh aspect or the thirty-eighth aspect, for example, generating, receiving, Send, or process data and/or information involved in the above methods.
  • the chip system further includes a memory for storing necessary program instructions and data of the child node.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.
  • 1A is a schematic diagram of a communication system to which the data transmission method provided by the present application is applied;
  • FIG. 1B is a schematic diagram showing an example of a structure of a communication system
  • 2A shows a schematic diagram of a time domain resource and a frequency domain resource
  • 2B shows a schematic diagram of a time domain resource, a frequency domain resource, and an airspace resource
  • 2C is a schematic diagram of a data sending method provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a flowchart of a first data transmission according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • 4A is a schematic diagram showing the first type of rate matching or bit selection in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4B is a schematic diagram showing a second type of rate matching or bit selection in the embodiment of the present application.
  • 4C is a schematic diagram showing a third type of rate matching or bit selection in the embodiment of the present application.
  • 4D is a schematic diagram showing a fourth type of rate matching or bit selection in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5A is a schematic diagram showing a first seed resource of an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5B is a schematic diagram showing a second seed resource in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5C is a schematic diagram showing a third seed resource in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5D is a schematic diagram showing a fourth seed resource in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6A is a schematic diagram showing parameters of a first seed resource in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6B is a schematic diagram showing parameters of a second seed resource in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6C is a schematic diagram showing parameters of a third seed resource in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6D is a schematic diagram showing parameters of a fourth seed resource according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6E is a schematic diagram showing parameters of a fifth seed resource in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7A is a schematic diagram of a first first resource of an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7B is a schematic diagram of a second first resource of the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7C is a schematic diagram of a third first resource of the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8A is a schematic diagram showing a sub-resource forming a first resource according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8B is a schematic diagram showing another seed resource of the embodiment of the present application composing a first resource
  • FIG. 9A is a schematic diagram showing a first symbol mapping of an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9B is a schematic diagram showing a second symbol mapping of an embodiment of the present application.
  • 9C is a schematic diagram showing a third symbol mapping of an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9D is a schematic diagram showing a fourth symbol mapping of an embodiment of the present application.
  • 9E is a schematic diagram showing a fifth symbol mapping of an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9F is a schematic diagram showing a sixth symbol mapping of an embodiment of the present application.
  • 9G is a schematic diagram showing that multiple first nodes use the same first resource in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9H is a schematic diagram showing that a plurality of first nodes of the embodiment of the present application use a first resource that does not overlap;
  • FIG. 9I is a schematic diagram showing a plurality of first nodes using partially overlapping first resources according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9J is a schematic diagram showing another plurality of first nodes using partially overlapping first resources according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9K is a schematic diagram showing a first resource pattern of an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10A is a schematic diagram of indexing a second resource according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10B is a schematic diagram of mapping a partial symbol to a first resource according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10C is a schematic diagram showing another mapping of partial symbols to a first resource according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10D is a schematic diagram showing still another partial mapping of a partial symbol to a first resource according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11A is a schematic diagram of a plurality of first resources in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11B is a schematic diagram of a third resource according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a flowchart of a second data transmission according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a flowchart of a third data transmission according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14A is a schematic diagram showing a fifth type of rate matching or bit selection in the embodiment of the present application.
  • 14B is a schematic diagram showing a sixth type of rate matching or bit selection in the embodiment of the present application.
  • 14C is a schematic diagram showing a seventh type of rate matching or bit selection in the embodiment of the present application.
  • 14D is a schematic diagram showing an eighth type of rate matching or bit selection in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a flowchart of a fourth data transmission according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 16 is a flowchart of a fifth data transmission according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 17 is a flowchart of data receiving according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 18 is a flowchart of a sixth data transmission according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of a system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram of time-frequency resource allocation for cooperative transmission of network devices according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • 24A is a schematic diagram of time-frequency resource allocation of another network device cooperative transmission according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 24B is a schematic diagram of another time-frequency resource allocation for cooperative transmission of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 26 is a schematic diagram of a mapping relationship between data and an RE according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic diagram of mapping relationship between data and REs during cooperative transmission of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • 29 is a schematic diagram of mapping relationship between another data and an RE provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 30 is a schematic diagram of mapping relationship between another data and an RE according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 31 is a schematic diagram of mapping relationship between another data and an RE provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 32 is a schematic diagram of cooperative transmission of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 33 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device 10 or a network device 20 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 34 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 11 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 35 is a schematic structural diagram of another network device 10 or network device 20 according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 36 is a schematic structural diagram of another terminal device 11 according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 37 is a schematic diagram of a method for transmitting data applicable to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 39 is a schematic diagram of an integrated resource mapping manner and an index configuration applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 1A shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication system.
  • the communication system includes one or more network devices (for clarity, network device 10 and network device 20 are shown), and one or more terminal devices in communication with the one or more network devices.
  • the terminal device 11 and the terminal device 12 shown in FIG. 1A communicate with the network device 10, and the terminal device 21 and the terminal device 22 are shown communicating with the network device 20.
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • WCDMA wideband code division multiple access
  • TDMA time division multiple access
  • OFDMA orthogonal frequency-division multiple access
  • SC-FDMA single carrier frequency division multiple access
  • LTE long term evolution
  • new radio, NR new radio, NR
  • WiFi wireless-fidelity
  • WiMAX worldwide interoperability for microwave access
  • 3GPP 3rd generation partnership project
  • FIG. 1B is a schematic diagram showing an example of a possible architecture of a communication system.
  • a network device in a radio access network RAN is a base station (such as a gNB) of a CU and a DU separation architecture.
  • the RAN can be connected to the core network (for example, it can be the core network of LTE, or the core network of 5G, etc.).
  • CU and DU can be understood as the division of the base station from the perspective of logical functions.
  • the CU and DU can be physically separated or deployed together.
  • the function of the RAN terminates at the CU. Multiple DUs can share one.
  • a DU can also be connected to multiple CUs (not shown).
  • the CU and the DU can be connected through an interface, for example, an F1 interface.
  • the CU and DU can be divided according to the protocol layer of the wireless network.
  • the functions of the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer and the radio resource control (RRC) layer are set in the CU, and radio link control (RLC), media access control.
  • the functions of the (media access control, MAC) layer, the physical layer, and the like are set in the DU.
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • RRC radio resource control
  • RLC radio link control
  • the functions of the (media access control, MAC) layer, the physical layer, and the like are set in the DU.
  • the division of the CU and DU processing functions according to this protocol layer is merely an example, and may be divided in other manners.
  • a CU or a DU can be divided into functions having more protocol layers.
  • a CU or a DU can also be divided into partial processing functions with a protocol layer.
  • some functions of the RLC layer and functions of the protocol layer above the RLC layer are set in the CU, and the remaining functions of the RLC layer and the functions of the protocol layer below the RLC layer are set in the DU.
  • the functions of the CU or DU can also be divided according to the type of service or other system requirements. For example, according to the delay division, the function that needs to meet the delay requirement in the processing time is set in the DU, and the function that does not need to meet the delay requirement is set in the CU.
  • the CU may also have one or more functions of the core network.
  • One or more CUs can be set centrally and also separated.
  • the CU can be set to facilitate centralized management on the network side.
  • the DU can have multiple RF functions or remotely set the RF function.
  • the function of the CU can be implemented by one entity, and the control plane (CP) and the user plane (UP) can be further separated, that is, the control plane (CU-CP) and the user plane (CU-UP) of the CU can be different functions.
  • the entity implements, and the CU-CP and CU-UP can be coupled with the DU to jointly perform the functions of the base station.
  • the network device may be any device having a wireless transceiving function. Including but not limited to: Global System for Mobile (GSM) or base transceiver station (BTS) in CDMA, base station (NodeB) in WCDMA, evolved base station in LTE (NodeB or eNB or e -NodeB, evolutional Node B), base station (gNodeB or gNB) or transmission reception point (TRP) in NR, base station of 3GPP subsequent evolution, access node in WiFi system, wireless relay node, wireless backhaul Nodes, etc.
  • the base station may be: a macro base station, a micro base station, a pico base station, a small station, a relay station, or a balloon station.
  • a plurality of base stations can support the networks of the same technology mentioned above, and can also support the networks of the different technologies mentioned above.
  • the base station may include one or more co-station or non-communication transmission receiving point (TRP).
  • the network device may also be a wireless controller, a centralized unit (CU), and/or a distributed unit (DU) in a cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario.
  • the network device can also be a server, a wearable device, or an in-vehicle device.
  • the following uses a network device as a base station as an example for description.
  • the multiple network devices may be the same type of base station or different types of base stations.
  • the base station can communicate with the terminal device or with the terminal device through the relay station.
  • the terminal device can communicate with multiple base stations of different technologies.
  • the terminal device can communicate with a base station supporting the LTE network, or can communicate with a base station supporting the 5G network, and can also support the base station of the LTE network and the base station of the 5
  • the terminal is a wireless transceiver function that can be deployed on land, indoors or outdoors, handheld, wearable or on-board; it can also be deployed on the water (such as ships); it can also be deployed in the air (such as airplanes, balloons). And satellites, etc.).
  • the terminal may be a mobile phone, a tablet, a computer with wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (AR) terminal device, industrial control (industrial) Wireless terminal, vehicle terminal device, wireless terminal in self driving, wireless terminal in remote medical, wireless terminal in smart grid, transportation safety
  • Ultra-Reliable and Low-Latency Communication requires a delay of less than or equal to 1 millisecond (ms) while ensuring 99.999% reliability.
  • URLLC Ultra-Reliable and Low-Latency Communication
  • the concept of multi-node cooperative transmission is proposed, in which multiple nodes can transmit data from the same transmission block (TB) or coded block (CB).
  • TB transmission block
  • CB coded block
  • the above concept may cause data interference between multiple nodes, and may not ensure the reliability and delay requirements of data transmission at the same time. Therefore, how to reduce the data interference between multiple nodes in multi-node cooperative transmission, ensure the reliability of data transmission and the delay requirement are urgent problems to be solved.
  • the data sending method and device provided by the embodiment of the present application determine a part of resources in the resource set by configuring a resource set sent by the data, and mapping the data to be sent according to the part of the resource and transmitting the data, thereby reducing the multi-node cooperative sending.
  • the interference in the network improves the reliability and delay performance of multi-node cooperative transmission.
  • FIG. 2C by using the implementation method described in the embodiment of the present application, two sending nodes are configured with the same resource set, and the sending node 1 and the sending node 2 use different parts of the resource set to communicate with the receiving node.
  • the two transmitting nodes map and transmit the same data or different redundant versions of the same data on the overlapping resources.
  • the same data can also be understood as the same information bit sequence; different redundant versions of the same data can also be understood as obtaining one or more code blocks after the information bit sequence is encoded, from the code block or The different positions of the code block sequence intercept the information bits as different information bit sequences obtained from the start information bits. Since the above-mentioned partially overlapping resources are mapped on the same information bit or information bit sequence, the interference that the receiving node may generate on the overlapping resources is reduced.
  • the resource set illustrated in FIG. 2C can be understood as the second resource described in the embodiment of the present application, and some resources illustrated in FIG. 2C can be understood as the first resource described in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the resource in the embodiment of the present application may include a time domain resource; for example, the resource includes at least one frame, at least one subframe, at least one time slot, at least one mini-slot, or at least one time domain symbol, and the like.
  • the resource in the embodiment of the present application may include a frequency domain resource; for example, the resource includes at least one carrier, at least one cell carrier (CC), at least one bandwidth part (BWP), at least one a resource block group (RBG), at least one physical resource block group (PRG), at least one resource block (RB), or at least one sub-carrier (SC) Wait.
  • CC cell carrier
  • BWP bandwidth part
  • RBG resource block group
  • PRG physical resource block group
  • SC sub-carrier
  • the resources in the embodiment of the present application may include an airspace resource; for example, the resource includes at least one beam, at least one port, at least one antenna port, or at least one layer/spatial layer, and the like.
  • the resource in the embodiment of the present application may include a code domain resource; for example, the resource includes at least one orthogonal cover code (OCC), or at least one non-orthogonal multiple access (NOMA). )Wait.
  • OCC orthogonal cover code
  • NOMA non-orthogonal multiple access
  • FIG. 2A a schematic diagram of time domain resources and frequency domain resources is given.
  • the horizontal axis represents time (Fig. 2A schematically illustrates 4 time domain symbols in the time dimension), and the vertical axis represents frequency (Fig. 2A schematically illustrates 36 subcarriers in the frequency dimension).
  • the smallest granularity of small squares in Figure 2A indicates a resource element (RE) that contains a time domain symbol in time and one subcarrier in frequency.
  • a resource block (RB) including 12 subcarriers in the frequency domain is also illustrated in FIG. 2A.
  • FIG. 2B a schematic diagram of time domain resources, frequency domain resources and airspace resources is given.
  • the time domain resource and frequency domain resource in FIG. 2B can be referred to the description of FIG. 2A.
  • the left and right two figures of FIG. 2B respectively illustrate two different spatial layers, the two different spatial layers having the same time-frequency resource; or, alternatively, the left and right of FIG. 2B.
  • the diagrams illustrate two different port/antenna ports, respectively, which have the same time-frequency resources.
  • the resources in the embodiment of the present application may further include a combination of the foregoing resource types.
  • the resource includes a time domain resource and a frequency domain resource, or the resource includes a time domain resource and an air domain resource, or the resource includes a frequency domain resource and an air domain resource, or the resource includes a time domain resource and a frequency domain resource.
  • airspace resources For the description of the time domain resources, the frequency domain resources, and the airspace resources, refer to the above description of these resources, and details are not described herein again.
  • the configuration of the foregoing resources is involved in the embodiment of the present application.
  • One possible configuration is through semi-static message/information configuration; for example, the above resources are configured by radio resource control (RRC) messages/information or media access control (MAC) messages/information.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • MAC media access control
  • Another possible configuration is through dynamic message/information configuration; for example, configuring the above resources through physical layer messages/information.
  • Another possible configuration is through semi-static message/information and dynamic message/information configuration; for example, the above resources are configured by RRC message/information and physical layer message/information, or MAC message/information and physical layer message/information.
  • the above method for configuring the above resources by semi-static message/information and dynamic message/information can achieve different configuration effects.
  • the set of the foregoing resources is configured by the semi-static message/information, and one or more resources are further configured from the set of the resources by the dynamic message/information, so that the configuration overhead of the dynamic message can be reduced.
  • a relatively slow resource is configured by semi-static message/information, and a relatively fast resource is changed through dynamic message/information configuration; for example, when configuring data scheduling through semi-static message/information, A fixed time domain resource that configures frequency domain resources whose channel conditions change over time through dynamic messages/information, thereby achieving a compromise between configuration overhead and performance.
  • the resources in the embodiment of the present application may also be predefined, for example, the resource includes a predefined system bandwidth, CC, or BWP in the frequency domain.
  • the foregoing resource has a corresponding parameter, which may be referred to as a parameter of the resource.
  • the specific type of the parameter of the resource includes one or more of the following: a pilot parameter, a precoding parameter, a redundancy version parameter, a mapping start point parameter, an encoding parameter, a modulation parameter, a modulation coding parameter, a power control parameter, Uplink and downlink configuration parameters, frequency hopping parameters, hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) parameters, waveform parameters, sub-carrier spacing (SCS) parameters, or cyclic prefix (CP) parameters.
  • HARQ hybrid automatic repeat request
  • SCS sub-carrier spacing
  • CP cyclic prefix
  • pilot parameters described above are used to determine the pilots used on the above resources.
  • the pilot parameters include pilot sequence parameters that are used to determine the pilot sequences used on the resources described above.
  • the precoding parameter includes an index of a precoding codebook whose index is used to determine a precoding codebook used on the resource.
  • the above redundancy version parameters are used to determine the redundancy version used on the above resources.
  • the redundancy version parameter contains an index of the redundancy version, the index of which is used to determine the redundancy version used on the above resources.
  • mapping start point parameters are used to determine the mapping starting point of the data on the above resources.
  • the mapping start point parameter includes an index or identification of a mapping starting point, the index or identification of the mapping starting point to determine a mapping starting point of data on the resource.
  • the above encoding parameters are used to determine the encoding used on the above resources; exemplarily, the encoding parameters include a coding rate used to determine the encoding rate used by the data mapped on the resource.
  • the modulation parameters are used to determine a modulation scheme used on the resource; exemplarily, the modulation parameter includes a modulation order that is used to determine a modulation scheme used by the data mapped on the resource. It can be understood that the above coding parameters and modulation parameters can also be combined to form a modulation coding parameter (e.g., modulation coding scheme, MCS).
  • MCS modulation coding scheme
  • the power control parameters are used to determine power used on the resources; exemplarily, the power control parameters include closed loop power control parameters (eg, transmit power control commands); exemplarily, the power parameters include open loop power control parameters (eg, Expected reception power and path loss compensation factor, etc.).
  • the uplink and downlink configuration parameters are used to determine uplink and downlink configurations of the foregoing resources, such as which resources are used for uplink transmission, such as uplink time slots, or uplink symbols, and which resources are used for downlink transmission, for example, downlink time slots, or downlinks.
  • resources such as which resources are used for uplink transmission, such as uplink time slots, or uplink symbols, and which resources are used for downlink transmission, for example, downlink time slots, or downlinks.
  • the frequency hopping parameter is used to determine a frequency hopping mode used on the resource; exemplarily, the frequency hopping parameter includes a frequency domain hopping mode for determining a frequency hopping mode of the resource in a frequency domain, wherein the frequency hopping mode A mode can also be understood as a method of determining another frequency domain resource based on one frequency domain resource.
  • the above HARQ parameters are used to determine HARQ related information used on the above resources; exemplarily, the HARQ parameters include a HARQ process for determining a HARQ process for the resource usage.
  • the waveform parameters are used to determine a waveform used on the resource; exemplarily, the waveform parameter is used to indicate that the waveform used by the resource is a single carrier waveform or a multi-carrier waveform.
  • the above SCS parameters are used to determine the SCS used on the above resources; exemplarily, the SCS parameters are used to indicate that the SCS used by the resources is 15 kHz, 30 kHz, 60 kHz, 120 kHz, 240 kHz, or 480 kHz.
  • the CP parameter is used to determine the CP used on the resource; for example, the CP parameter is used to indicate that the CP used by the resource is a normal CP (NCP) or an extended CP (ECP).
  • NCP normal CP
  • ECP extended CP
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a data sending method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 3, the method of this embodiment may include:
  • Part 300 The first node performs rate matching to determine the first bit sequence.
  • Section 310 The first node determines a first symbol sequence according to the first bit sequence, and determines a partial symbol to be mapped in the first symbol sequence.
  • Part 320 The first node maps the partial symbol to a first resource and transmits the partial symbol.
  • the first node in the 300 part, the 310 part, and the 320 part may be a terminal, or may be a network device.
  • the first node determines the first bit sequence by performing rate matching or bit selection according to a size of the second resource.
  • the left diagram in FIG. 4A illustrates a circular buffer in which data bits are stored; the right diagram in FIG. 4A illustrates a second resource identified by a broken line.
  • the second resource includes The domain resource and the frequency domain resource, and the M REs are included.
  • the size of the second resource is M, that is, the second resource can map up to M modulation symbols.
  • the M modulation symbols correspond to N bits, and the modulation order is Qm.
  • N the N bits are the first bit sequence.
  • the starting point of the bit selection may be predefined or configured by the control node, and the first node extracts N bits from the circular buffer according to the starting point and the number of bits N selected by the bit.
  • the control node in this application may be a network device or a terminal. Illustratively in FIG.
  • the first node from the loop The 12 o'clock position of the buffer to the 9 o'clock position of the circular buffer selects N bits clockwise, and the N bits are the first bit sequence.
  • the first node determines the first bit sequence according to a size and a redundancy version (RV) of the foregoing second resource.
  • RV redundancy version
  • FIG. 4B the left diagram in FIG. 4B illustrates a circular buffer in which data bits are stored, and indicates the position of different RVs in the circular buffer (for example, RV0: 12-point position of the circular buffer; RV1) : loop buffer 3 o'clock position; RV2: loop buffer 6 o'clock position; RV3: loop buffer 9 o'clock position.);
  • the right diagram in FIG. 4B shows a second resource identified by a broken line, exemplarily, The second resource includes a time domain resource and a frequency domain resource, and includes M REs.
  • the size of the second resource is M, that is, the second resource can map up to M modulation symbols.
  • the M modulation symbols correspond to N bits, and the modulation order is Qm.
  • the first node determines the number of bits that need to be taken out from the circular buffer according to M.
  • N the N bits are the first bit sequence.
  • the first node extracts N bits from the circular buffer according to the RV and the number of bits N.
  • FIG. 4B taking RV0 and the circular buffer storing 4*N/3 bits, the first node is from the 12 o'clock position of the circular buffer to the loop buffer 9
  • the point position selects N bits clockwise, and the N bits are the first bit sequence described above.
  • the specific RV may be predefined, or the control node may notify the first node; the number of the foregoing RVs only serves as a schematic function, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited.
  • FIG. 4A and FIG. 4B describe the bit selection from the circular buffer in a clockwise order
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the bit selection from the circular buffer in other manners.
  • the bit selection may be performed in a circular buffer in a counterclockwise manner.
  • the bit selection may not be performed in a circular buffer in a manner of continuously selecting bits, but in a circular buffer in a manner of non-continuously selecting bits. .
  • Rate matching or bit selection by taking a circular buffer as an example, but it can be understood that the embodiment of the present application does not limit the buffer to adopt other kinds of structures (such as an array, a queue, a container, a stack, and a linear table). Rate matching or bit selection, pointers, linked lists, trees, graphs, structures, classes, heaps, hash tables, or hash tables.
  • the size of the foregoing second resource is only illustrated by using two dimensions of the time domain and the frequency domain, and if the second resource further includes resources of other dimensions (for example, a spatial domain dimension or a code domain dimension), The size of the second resource should also take into account the resources of the other dimensions. It can be understood that the number of the foregoing second resources may be one or more. It can be understood that the second resource can be configured to a plurality of the first nodes.
  • the first node determines the second resource.
  • the first node receives fifth information from the control node, and determines the second resource according to the fifth information.
  • the fifth information may be included in a physical layer message, where the physical layer message may be, for example, downlink control information (DCI) from the network device, and may also be, for example, a side chain from the terminal. Side control information (SCI); the first node receives the physical layer message to obtain the second resource.
  • the fifth information may be included in a high layer message, where the high layer message may be, for example, a MAC layer message or an RRC layer message from a network device; the first node receives the high layer message to obtain the second message. Resources.
  • the fifth information may also be included in the physical layer message and the high layer message, for example, the first node receives the high layer message to obtain multiple candidate second resources, and receives the physical layer message from the The second resource is determined among a plurality of candidate second resources.
  • the fifth information is group common information; in a possible implementation manner, the group common information including the fifth information is a group common physical downlink control channel (GC-) PDCCH) bearer; in another possible implementation, the group public information containing the fifth information is included in a high layer message (eg, a system message).
  • GC- group common physical downlink control channel
  • the group public information containing the fifth information is included in a high layer message (eg, a system message).
  • the second resource can be configured to a plurality of the first nodes.
  • the foregoing second resource includes one or more sub-resources.
  • the sub-resources may include one or more of a time domain resource, a frequency domain resource, an airspace resource, or a code domain resource, and the foregoing various resources may refer to the previous description of the resource.
  • the second resource includes two sub-resources of the same size.
  • the second resource includes 16 subcarriers in the frequency domain and 4 time domain symbols in the time domain.
  • the left diagram of FIG. 5A illustrates that the second resource includes two sub-resources divided in the frequency domain, and the two sub-resources have the same size in the frequency domain, and the sub-resource 1 and the sub-resource 2 are schematically in the left diagram of FIG. 5A. There are 8 subcarriers in the frequency domain.
  • the second resource includes two sub-resources divided in the time domain, and the two sub-resources have the same size in the time domain, and the sub-resource 1 and the sub-resource 2 are schematically in the right diagram of FIG. 5A. There are 2 time domain symbols in the time domain.
  • the second resource includes two sub-resources of different sizes.
  • the second resource includes 16 subcarriers in the frequency domain and 4 time domain symbols in the time domain.
  • the left diagram of FIG. 5B illustrates that the second resource includes two sub-resources divided in the frequency domain, and the two sub-resources have different sizes in the frequency domain, and the sub-resource 1 and the sub-resource 2 are schematically in the left diagram of FIG. 5B.
  • the frequency domain includes 4 subcarriers and 12 subcarriers, respectively.
  • the second resource includes two sub-resources divided in the time domain, and the two sub-resources have different sizes in the time domain, and the sub-resource 1 and the sub-resource 2 are schematically in the right-hand diagram of FIG. 5B.
  • the time domain contains three time domain symbols and one time domain symbol respectively.
  • FIG. 5C it illustrates that the second resource includes four sub-resources.
  • the left figure of FIG. 5C illustrates that the second resource includes four sub-resources divided in the frequency domain
  • the right figure of FIG. 5C illustrates that the second resource includes four sub-resources divided in the time domain.
  • the foregoing embodiments of the present application do not limit the foregoing sub-resources to be divided into only a single dimension (for example, only in the frequency domain, or only in the time domain).
  • FIG. 5D it illustrates that the second resource includes four sub-resources divided in the time domain and the frequency domain.
  • the size of the foregoing sub-resource is related to one or more of the following: a size of a resource block binding (RB bunding), a size of a mini-slot, and a slot (slot).
  • RB bunding resource block binding
  • mini-slot size of a mini-slot
  • slot slot
  • the size of the foregoing sub-resources in the frequency domain is equal to the size of the RB bunding, and the size of the RB bunding may be understood as the number of bound resource blocks.
  • the size of the RB bunding is 2, and the size of the sub-resource is 2 RBs in the frequency domain.
  • the RB bunding is 4, and the sub-resources are 4 in the frequency domain. RB.
  • the size of the foregoing sub-resource in the frequency domain is determined by a reference RB bunding size and a frequency domain scaling factor, where the frequency domain scaling factor indicates a ratio of the size of the sub-resource to a reference RB bunding size in a frequency domain. relationship.
  • the reference RB bunding size is 2, the frequency domain scale factor is 4, and the size of the sub-resource in the frequency domain is 8 RBs; the reference RB bunding size is 4, and the frequency domain scale factor is 1.
  • /2 the size of the sub-resource in the frequency domain is 2 RBs.
  • the RB bunding size and the frequency domain scaling factor of the above reference may be obtained by the first node in a predefined or default manner, or may be obtained by the first node through a physical layer message and/or a high layer message. .
  • the size of the foregoing RB bunding can also be understood as the size of a physical resource block group (PRG) or the size of a resource block group (RBG).
  • PRG physical resource block group
  • RBG resource block group
  • the size of the foregoing sub-resources in the time domain is equal to one time domain symbol, multiple time domain symbols, one mini-slot, multiple micro-slots, one time slot, multiple time slots, one subframe, and multiple Subframes, one frame, or multiple frames.
  • the size of sub-resource 1 and sub-resource 2 on the time domain are equal to two time-domain symbols.
  • the size of the child resource 1, the child resource 2, the child resource 3, and the child resource 4 in the time domain are all equal to one time domain symbol.
  • the size of the sub-resource in the time domain is a predefined or default time-domain resource size
  • the first node is according to the pre- The defined or default time domain resource size gets the size of the child resource in the time domain.
  • the first node obtains the size of the sub-resource in the time domain according to the reference time domain resource size and the time domain scaling factor.
  • the time domain scale factor represents a proportional relationship of the size of the sub-resource in the time domain to the reference time domain resource size. For example, if the reference time domain resource size is 1 time domain symbol and the time domain scale factor is 2, the first node may determine that the size of the sub resource in the time domain is 2 time domain symbols. Taking the reference time domain resource size as 8 time domain symbols and the time domain scale factor as 1/2 as an example, the first node may determine that the size of the sub-resource in the time domain is 4 time domain symbols. . It can be understood that the time domain resource size and the time domain scale factor of the above reference may be obtained by the first node in a predefined or default manner, or may be made by a physical layer message and/or a high layer message. obtain.
  • the size of the foregoing sub-resources on the airspace is determined by the number of beams or the number of spatial layers.
  • the size of the sub-resource on the airspace is equal to the number of beams or the number of the spatial layers.
  • the size of the sub-resource on the airspace is determined by the number of reference beams and the spatial scale factor, where the spatial scale factor indicates a proportional relationship between the size of the sub-resource and the number of reference beams in the airspace. For example, if the number of reference beams is 2 and the spatial scale factor is 4, the size of the sub-resources in the airspace is 8; and the number of reference beams is 4, and the spatial scale factor is 1/2.
  • the size of the sub-resource on the airspace is 2. It can be understood that the number of beams and the spatial scale factor of the above reference may be obtained by the first node in a predefined or default manner, or may be obtained by the first node through a physical layer message and/or a high layer message.
  • the size of the sub-resource on the airspace is determined by the number of reference spatial layers and the spatial scale factor, wherein the spatial scale factor indicates a proportional relationship between the size of the sub-resource and the number of reference spatial layers in the airspace. For example, if the number of reference spatial layers is 4 and the spatial scale factor is 2, the size of the sub-resources in the airspace is 8; and the number of reference spatial layers is 4, and the spatial scale factor is 1/2. Then the size of the sub-resource on the airspace is 2. It can be understood that the number of spatial layers and the spatial scale factor of the above reference may be obtained by the first node in a predefined or default manner, or may be obtained by the first node through a physical layer message and/or a high layer message.
  • the size of the foregoing sub-resource is related to the size of the second resource.
  • the size of the foregoing sub-resource in the frequency domain is determined by a size of the second resource in the frequency domain and a parameter Kf, where the parameter Kf indicates that the second resource is included in the frequency domain.
  • the number of the sub-resources Taking the left diagram of FIG. 5A as an example, the size of the second resource in the frequency domain is 16 subcarriers, the parameter Kf is 2, and the size of the two sub-resources in the frequency domain is the same, then the The size of the two sub-resources in the frequency domain is 8 subcarriers. Taking the left diagram of FIG.
  • the size of the second resource in the frequency domain is 16 subcarriers
  • the parameter Kf is 4, and the size of the four sub-resources in the frequency domain is the same, then the The size of the four sub-resources in the frequency domain is 4 sub-carriers.
  • the size of the second resource in the frequency domain is 16 subcarriers
  • the parameter Kf is 2
  • the sizes of the two sub-resources in the frequency domain are different
  • the size ratio of the resources in the frequency domain is 1:3, and then the size of the two sub-resources in the frequency domain is determined to be 4 subcarriers and 12 subcarriers, respectively.
  • the parameter Kf may be obtained by the first node in a predefined or default manner, or may be obtained by the first node by using a physical layer message and/or a high layer message.
  • the parameter Kf may be equal to the number of the multiple first nodes.
  • the size of the foregoing sub-resource in the time domain is determined by a size of the second resource in the time domain and a parameter Kt, where the parameter Kt indicates that the second resource is included in the time domain.
  • the number of said sub-resources Taking the right picture of FIG. 5A as an example, the size of the second resource in the time domain is 4 time domain symbols, the parameter Kt is 2, and the size of the two sub-resources in the time domain is the same. It is determined that the size of the two sub-resources in the time domain is two time domain symbols. Taking the right image of FIG.
  • the size of the second resource in the time domain is 4 time domain symbols
  • the parameter Kt is 4, and the size of the four sub-resources in the time domain is the same. It is determined that the size of the four sub-resources in the time domain is one time domain symbol.
  • the size of the second resource in the time domain is 4 time domain symbols
  • the parameter Kt is 2
  • the sizes of the two sub-resources in the time domain are different
  • the The size ratio of the two sub-resources in the time domain is 3:1, and then the size of the two sub-resources in the time domain is determined to be 3 time-domain symbols and 1 time-domain symbol, respectively.
  • the parameter Kt may be obtained by the first node in a predefined or default manner, or may be obtained by the first node by using a physical layer message and/or a high layer message.
  • the parameter Kt may be equal to the number of the multiple first nodes.
  • the size of the foregoing sub-resource on the airspace is determined by a size of the second resource on the airspace and a parameter Ks, where the parameter Ks indicates that the second resource is included in the airspace.
  • the number of child resources For example, if the size of the second resource in the time domain is 4 beams or 4 spatial layers, the parameter Ks is 2, and the size of the two sub-resources in the air domain is the same, the two sub-identities may be determined.
  • the size of resources on the airspace is 2 beams or 2 spatial layers.
  • the size of the second resource in the airspace is 4 beams or 4 spatial layers
  • the parameter Ks is 2
  • the sizes of the two sub-resources are different in the air domain
  • the two sub-resources are in the airspace.
  • the ratio of the size of the two sub-resources is 3:1
  • the size of the two sub-resources in the airspace is 3 beams and 1 beam respectively, or 3 spatial layers and 1 spatial layer respectively.
  • the parameter Ks may be obtained by the first node in a predefined or default manner, or may be obtained by the first node by using a physical layer message and/or a high layer message.
  • the parameter Ks may be equal to the number of the multiple first nodes.
  • the size of the foregoing sub-resource is determined by the TBS.
  • the size of the sub-resource is greater than or equal to Ntb/Qm, where the TBS of the data to be transmitted is Ntb and the modulation mode of the data to be transmitted is Qm.
  • the size of the foregoing sub-resource is determined by a code rate parameter.
  • the size of the second resource is M and the code rate parameter is CR
  • the size of the sub-resource is greater than or equal to M*CR.
  • the size of the foregoing sub-resource is determined by an MCS parameter.
  • the size of the second resource is M and the code rate corresponding to the MCS parameter is CR
  • the size of the sub-resource is greater than or equal to M*CR.
  • the foregoing sub-resources have corresponding parameters, which may be referred to as parameters of the sub-resources.
  • parameters of the sub-resources For the specific type of the parameter of the sub-resource, reference may be made to the specific type of the parameter of the foregoing resource, and details are not described herein again.
  • the first node determines a parameter of the sub-resource.
  • the parameter of the sub-resource is related to a parameter of the second resource, and the first node is configured according to the second resource
  • the parameter determines the parameters of the sub-resource.
  • a parameter of the unified second resource may be configured, and the first node determines a parameter of the sub-resource according to a location of the sub-resource in the second resource to determine a location of the sub-resource in the second resource.
  • a unified precoding parameter or a unified precoding parameter pattern may be configured for the second resource, and the first node determines the preamble of the sub resource according to the location of the sub resource in the second resource. Coding parameters.
  • the second resource includes four sub-resources that are equally divided in the frequency domain, and the second resource includes 16 subcarriers in the frequency domain and four time domain symbols in the time domain. And configuring a unified precoding parameter c0 for the second resource.
  • the first node may determine a precoding parameter of the allocated sub-resource according to the correspondence relationship illustrated in Table 1.
  • a unified precoding parameter pattern ⁇ precoding parameter c0, precoding parameter c1 ⁇ as shown in FIG. 6B is configured for the second resource.
  • the first node may determine a precoding parameter of the allocated sub-resource according to the correspondence relationship illustrated in Table 2.
  • a unified precoding parameter pattern ⁇ precoding parameter c0, precoding parameter c1 ⁇ as shown in FIG. 6C is configured for the second resource.
  • the first node may determine a precoding parameter of the allocated sub-resource according to the correspondence relationship illustrated in Table 3.
  • a unified precoding parameter pattern ⁇ precoding parameter c0, precoding parameter c1, precoding parameter c0, precoding parameter c1 ⁇ as shown in FIG. 6D is configured for the second resource.
  • the first node may determine precoding parameters of the allocated sub-resource according to the correspondence relationship illustrated in Table 4.
  • a unified precoding parameter pattern ⁇ precoding parameter c0, precoding parameter c1, precoding parameter c2, precoding parameter c3 ⁇ as shown in FIG. 6E is configured for the second resource.
  • the first node may determine precoding parameters of the allocated sub-resource according to the correspondence relationship illustrated in Table 5.
  • Precoding parameter c0 Precoding parameter c1
  • Precoding parameter c2 Precoding parameter c3
  • the number of the pre-coding parameters, the arrangement of the pre-coding parameter patterns, the number of the sub-resources, the size of the sub-resources, the size of the second resource, and the like in the foregoing examples are only illustrative, and this embodiment of the present application No restrictions.
  • the first node determines, according to third information from a control node and/or parameter information of a predefined sub-resource.
  • the parameters of the child resource can also be understood as parameters of the sub-resources dedicated to the sub-resource configuration.
  • the first node may determine parameters of the sub-resource based on third information from the control node.
  • the control node can be a network device or a terminal.
  • the third information may be included in a physical layer message, where the physical layer message may be, for example, a DCI from a network device, and may also be, for example, an SCI from a terminal; the first node receives the physical The layer message obtains the parameters of the sub-resource.
  • the third information may be included in a high-level message, where the high-level message may be, for example, a MAC layer message or an RRC layer message from a network device; the first node receiving the high-level message to obtain the sub-resource Parameters.
  • the third information may also be included in a physical layer message and a high layer message, for example, the first node receives the high layer message to obtain parameters of a plurality of candidate child resources, and receives the physical layer message.
  • a parameter of the sub-resource is determined from parameters of the plurality of candidate sub-resources.
  • the first node may determine a parameter of the sub-resource according to parameter information of a predefined sub-resource.
  • the predefined in the present application may refer to pre-defined, stored, pre-negotiated, pre-configured or solidified.
  • the first node may determine parameters of the sub-resource according to third information from the control node and parameter information of the predefined sub-resource. Determining, by the first node, parameters of the plurality of candidate sub-resources according to the parameter information of the predefined sub-resources, and receiving the third information from the control node, determining the sub-resources from parameters of the plurality of candidate sub-resources Parameters.
  • the first node determines a first sequence of symbols based on the first sequence of bits. Taking the first bit sequence as ⁇ f 0 , f 1 , f 2 , . . . , f E-1 ⁇ as an example, where E is the length of the first bit sequence.
  • the first bit sequence ⁇ f 0 , f 1 , f 2 , . . . , f E-1 ⁇ is pre-processed (eg, optionally pre-processing includes scrambling, modulation) Or one or more of layer mapping, or precoding, obtaining the first symbol sequence ⁇ z(0), . . .
  • the symbols in the first symbol sequence refer to
  • the modulation symbol obtained by the modulation can also be understood as the symbol to be mapped to be mapped to the resource, where M is the length of the first symbol sequence. It can be understood that M can also be understood as the size of the foregoing second resource (that is, the second resource includes M REs), and the M symbols in the first symbol sequence can be mapped to the M resources of the second resource. On RE.
  • BPSK binary phase shift keying
  • QPSK quadrature phase shift keying
  • 16QAM 16 quadrature amplitude modulation
  • the first node determines a partial symbol to be mapped in the first sequence of symbols.
  • the first node determines, in the first symbol sequence, a partial symbol to be mapped according to the first resource.
  • the first resource may be understood as a resource used by the first node for data transmission
  • the second resource may be understood as a candidate resource pool of the first resource, that is, the first resource is the second resource.
  • the first resource is not equal to the second resource, that is, the first resource is a true subset of the second resource.
  • the dotted line indicates that the second resource includes 16 subcarriers in the frequency domain, and includes four time domain symbols in the time domain, and the solid line indicates that the first resource is in the middle of the frequency domain of the second resource. It consists of 8 subcarriers and 4 time domain symbols on the time domain. Taking FIG.
  • the solid line indicates that the first resource consists of the first two time domain symbols on the second resource time domain and the 16 subcarriers on the frequency domain.
  • the solid line indicates that the first resource consists of the first two time domain symbols on the second resource time domain and the middle eight subcarriers on the frequency domain.
  • the number of the first resources may be one or more. It is to be understood that the above description is only for illustrative purposes, and the present application does not limit the specific resources that the first resource occupies in the second resource.
  • the first resource may be composed of one or more sub-resources of the second resource.
  • the dotted line indicates that the second resource includes 16 subcarriers in the frequency domain, and includes four time domain symbols in the time domain; and the second resource includes four sub-resources divided in the frequency domain;
  • the line indicates that the first resource consists of sub-resource 2 and sub-resource 3 in the second resource shown.
  • the second resource shown includes two sub-resources divided in the time domain; the solid line indicates that the first resource is composed of the sub-resources 1 in the second resource shown.
  • the first node determines a partial symbol to be mapped in the first symbol sequence according to a location of the first resource in the second resource.
  • the first node selects symbols ⁇ z(4), . . . , z(11) ⁇ , ⁇ z(20), . . . , z(27) ⁇ in the first symbol sequence, ⁇ z(36),...,z(43) ⁇ and ⁇ z(52),...,z(59) ⁇ are used as the partial symbols to be mapped above.
  • the solid line indicates that the first resource is composed of 16 subcarriers in the frequency domain of the second resource and the first two time domain symbols on the time domain.
  • the first node selects the symbols ⁇ z(0), . . . , z(31) ⁇ in the first symbol sequence as the partial symbols to be mapped.
  • the solid line indicates that the first resource is composed of 8 subcarriers in the middle of the frequency domain of the second resource and the first two time domain symbols on the time domain.
  • the first node selects symbols ⁇ z(4), . . . , z(11) ⁇ and ⁇ z(20), . . . , z(27) ⁇ in the first symbol sequence as The above partial symbols to be mapped.
  • the first node determines a partial symbol to be mapped in the first symbol sequence according to a symbol mapping criterion or an index criterion in the second resource.
  • the first node selects symbols ⁇ z(4), . . . , z(11) ⁇ , ⁇ z(20), . . . , z(27) ⁇ in the first symbol sequence, ⁇ z(36),...,z(43) ⁇ and ⁇ z(52),...,z(59) ⁇ are used as the partial symbols to be mapped above.
  • the symbols in the first symbol sequence are mapped on the RE of the second resource according to the index rule of the first time domain and the frequency domain; the solid line indicates that the first resource is in the frequency domain of the second resource.
  • the middle 8 subcarriers on the upper and the 4 time domain symbols on the time domain are composed.
  • the first node selects the symbol ⁇ z(16), . . . , z(47) ⁇ in the first symbol sequence as the partial symbol to be mapped.
  • symbol mapping criterion or the indexing criterion in the foregoing embodiment only serves as a schematic function, and the present application does not limit specific symbol mapping criteria or indexing criteria.
  • the first node determines the first resource.
  • the first node determines the first resource based on first information from a control node.
  • the first information may be included in a physical layer message, where the physical layer message may be, for example, a DCI from a network device, and may also be, for example, an SCI from a terminal; the first node receives the physical The layer message obtains the first resource.
  • the first information may be included in a high-level message, where the high-level message may be, for example, a MAC layer message or an RRC layer message from a network device; the first node receives the high-level message to obtain the first Resources.
  • the first information may also be included in a physical layer message and a high layer message, for example, the first node receives the high layer message to obtain a plurality of candidate first resources, and receives the physical layer message from the The first resource for mapping the partial symbol is determined among a plurality of candidate first resources.
  • the multiple first nodes may use the same first resource in the same second resource.
  • the first node 1 and the first node 2 are configured with the same second resource, and the first node 1 and the first node 2 use the same in the frequency domain of the second resource.
  • First resource is configured with the same second resource, and the first node 1 and the first node 2 use the same in the frequency domain of the second resource.
  • the multiple first nodes may use different first resources in the same second resource.
  • the first node 1 and the first node 2 are configured with the same second resource, and the first resource used by the first node 1 in the frequency domain of the second resource is the first resource.
  • the first resource used by the node 2 on the frequency domain of the second resource does not overlap at all; optionally, the first resource used by the first node 1 in the frequency domain of the second resource and the first node 2 that the collection of the first resources used in the frequency domain of the second resource is the second resource; and in this embodiment, in combination with other parts of the data transmission method shown in FIG. 3, the plurality of first nodes
  • the system bits can be completely covered while achieving the best spatial diversity gain between multiple nodes.
  • the first node 1 and the first node 2 are configured with the same second resource, and the first resource used by the first node 1 in the frequency domain of the second resource is The first resource used by a node 2 on the frequency domain of the second resource partially overlaps.
  • the respective first nodes in the second resource by using a separate high layer message or a physical layer message.
  • First resource when a plurality of the first nodes are configured with the same second resource, configure the respective first nodes in the second resource by using a separate high layer message or a physical layer message.
  • FIG. 9K illustrates a possible first resource pattern, where the first resource pattern includes the first resource 1 and the first resource 2 in the second resource illustrated.
  • the plurality of first nodes Determining, by the plurality of first nodes, respective first resources in the second resource according to the first resource pattern; for example, the plurality of first nodes may be in the first resource pattern according to respective identifiers Determining a respective first resource, the identifier of the first node is corresponding to the identifier of the first resource, and the corresponding relationship may be predefined or configured/instructed by the network device; For example, the first resource pattern and the first node having two identifiers 1 and 2 are used.
  • the first node with the identifier 1 uses the first resource 1 illustrated in FIG. 9K, and the identifier is the first of 2.
  • the node uses the first resource 2 illustrated in Figure 9K.
  • the identifier of the first node and the corresponding relationship between the identifier of the first node and the first resource only serve as a schematic function, and the present invention does not limit other possible identifiers and identifiers to the first resource. Correspondence.
  • FIG. 9G to FIG. 9K only illustrate examples of the first resource in the frequency domain, and the embodiments are also applicable to the time domain, the air domain or the code domain.
  • the first node is configured according to one of the foregoing second resource, an activated bandwidth part (BWP), an activated carrier, or a measurement result. Or determining a plurality of the first resources.
  • BWP activated bandwidth part
  • the first node is configured according to one of the foregoing second resource, an activated bandwidth part (BWP), an activated carrier, or a measurement result. Or determining a plurality of the first resources.
  • the first node may determine the first resource according to the foregoing second resource.
  • the first node may only select the first resource in the second resource, and may not select the first resource outside the second resource.
  • the first node may determine the first resource according to the foregoing second resource and the activated BWP of the first node.
  • the first node may select the first resource only within an intersection of a frequency domain of the second resource and the activated BWP.
  • the first node may determine the first resource according to the foregoing second resource and an activated carrier of the first node.
  • the first node may select the first resource only in an intersection of a frequency domain of the second resource and the activated carrier.
  • the second resource can be represented by the activated bandwidth part or the activated carrier.
  • the first node can determine the first resource according to the activated BWP of the first node or the activated carrier.
  • the first node may determine the first resource according to the measurement result of the foregoing second resource and channel quality.
  • the first node may select, as the first resource, a resource with a better channel quality measurement result in the foregoing second resource, where the measurement result of the channel quality is better understood to be that the channel quality measurement result is greater than or equal to a threshold value,
  • the threshold may be predefined or configured by the control node for the first node.
  • the first node may determine the first resource according to the foregoing second resource, the activated BWP of the first node, and a channel quality measurement result.
  • the first node may select, as the first resource, a resource with a better measurement result of the channel quality in the frequency domain of the second resource and the activated BWP intersection of the first node, where the channel quality measurement result is compared. It can be understood that the measurement result of the channel quality is greater than or equal to the threshold, and the threshold may be predefined or configured by the control node for the first node.
  • the first node may determine the first resource according to the measurement result of the foregoing second resource, the activated carrier of the first node, and channel quality.
  • the first node may select, as the first resource, a resource with a better measurement result of the channel quality in the frequency domain of the second resource and the activated carrier intersection of the first node, where the channel quality measurement result is compared. It can be understood that the measurement result of the channel quality is greater than or equal to the threshold, and the threshold may be predefined or configured by the control node for the first node.
  • the second resource can be represented by the activated bandwidth part or the activated carrier.
  • the first node can be based on the activated BWP of the first node or the activated carrier, and the channel quality measurement result. Determining the first resource.
  • the channel quality in the foregoing embodiment may be one or more of signal quality, signal strength, signal power, or signal-to-noise and interference ratio (SINR).
  • SINR signal-to-noise and interference ratio
  • the channel quality may be a function based on one or more of signal quality, signal strength, signal power, or SINR.
  • the specific embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific method for determining the quality of the channel.
  • the first node when determining the first resource, may also consider a service scheduling situation of the first node. For example, the first node needs to avoid resources occupied by its own service when determining the first resource. Through this implementation manner, the first node may reduce the impact on its own service when the non-self service is sent by using the first resource.
  • the first node determines a sub-resource that constitutes the first resource. It can be understood that the sub-resource is in the second resource.
  • the first node determines a sub-resource that constitutes the first resource according to second information from the control node.
  • the second information may be included in a physical layer message, where the physical layer message may be, for example, a DCI from a network device, and may also be, for example, an SCI from a terminal; the first node receives the physical The layer message obtains the child resources that make up the first resource.
  • the second information may be included in a high-level message, where the high-level message may be, for example, a MAC layer message or an RRC layer message from a network device; and the first node receives the high-level message to obtain the component.
  • a sub-resource of a resource may also be included in the physical layer message and the high layer message, for example, the first node receives the high layer message to obtain multiple candidate sub-resources, and receives the physical layer message from the Among the plurality of candidate sub-resources, the sub-resources constituting the first resource are determined.
  • the first node determines a composition based on one or more of the second resource, the activated BWP, or the measurement result.
  • a sub-resource of the first resource refer to the foregoing description of the first resource according to one or more of the foregoing second resource, the activated BWP, or the measurement result, and details are not described herein again.
  • the foregoing first resource has a corresponding parameter, which may be referred to as a parameter of the first resource.
  • a parameter of the first resource For the specific type of the parameter of the first resource, reference may be made to the specific type of the parameter of the foregoing resource, and details are not described herein again.
  • the first node determines a parameter of the first resource.
  • a parameter of the first resource is related to a parameter of the second resource, and the first node is according to the second
  • the parameters of the resource determine parameters of the first resource.
  • the first node determines, according to fourth information from a control node and/or parameter information of a predefined first resource.
  • the parameter of the first resource may refer to the foregoing description of the parameter of the foregoing sub-resource according to the third information from the control node and/or the parameter information of the predefined sub-resource, and details are not described herein again.
  • the first node maps the 310 partially determined partial symbols to be mapped to the first resource and transmits the symbols mapped to the first resource (ie, the partial symbols).
  • the first resource may be a virtual resource (such as a virtual resource block (VRB)), or may be a physical resource (such as a physical resource block (PRB)).
  • VRB virtual resource block
  • PRB physical resource block
  • the first node according to one or more of the second resource, the first resource, a mapping start point, a mapping order, a mapping pattern, or a pilot pattern
  • the partial symbols are mapped to the first resource.
  • the first node indexes the second resource, and maps the partial symbol to the first according to the index Resources.
  • the first node indexes the second resource according to the size of the second resource; it may be understood that the size of the second resource defines a range of the foregoing index.
  • the symbols ⁇ z(4), . . . , z(11) ⁇ , ⁇ z in the first symbol sequence ⁇ z(0), . . . , z(63) ⁇ are selected in FIG. 10A, FIG. 10B and the first node. (20), ..., z(27) ⁇ , ⁇ z(36), ..., z(43) ⁇ and ⁇ z(52), ..., z(59) ⁇ are exemplified as the above partial symbols.
  • the first node indexes the second resource according to the schematic diagram of FIG. 10A; schematically, the index in FIG. 10A starts from the lowest numbered resource in the second resource according to the order of the pre-frequency domain and the time domain.
  • the resources in the second resource are indexed.
  • the first node shown has the partial symbols ⁇ z(4),...,z(11) ⁇ , ⁇ z(20),...,z(27) ⁇ , ⁇ z(36),...,z(43) ⁇ And ⁇ z(52),...,z(59) ⁇ are mapped into the first resource, as shown in FIG. 10B, optionally, to the above partial symbols ⁇ z(4), . . . , z(11) ⁇ , ⁇ z(20),...,z(27) ⁇ , ⁇ z(36),...,z(43) ⁇ and ⁇ z(52),...,z(59) ⁇ the mapping satisfies: the symbol z(j Mapped on resource j, where j is the index of the second resource in Figure 10A above.
  • the above embodiments may also be understood as virtual mapping of symbols in the first symbol sequence ⁇ z(0), . . . , z(63) ⁇ to the second resource, and the partial symbol ⁇ z(4), ...,z(11) ⁇ , ⁇ z(20),...,z(27) ⁇ , ⁇ z(36),...,z(43) ⁇ and ⁇ z(52),...,z(59) ⁇ physics Mapping to the first resource.
  • index number only serves as a schematic function, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific index number.
  • the first node maps the partial symbols to the first resource according to a symbol mapping criterion or an indexing criterion.
  • the symbol mapping criterion or index criterion may be that the partial symbols are mapped on the first resource in a mapping order of a pre-frequency domain post-time domain; or the symbol mapping criterion or index criterion may be in the The above partial symbols are mapped on a resource in a mapping order of a pre-time domain and a post-frequency domain.
  • the symbol mapping criterion or index criterion may further include a mapping start point; the first node may map the partial symbol from the mapping starting point; for example, the mapping starting point may be the foregoing a resource with the smallest index or number in a resource, or the mapping starting point may be the resource with the largest index or number in the first resource; for example, the mapping starting point may be within the first resource (ie, The first resource includes a resource corresponding to the mapping start point, and may be outside the first resource (that is, the first resource does not include a resource corresponding to the mapping start point); for example, the first node may Receiving a physical layer message from a control node (eg, DCI from a network device, or SCI from a terminal) and/or a high layer message (eg, a MAC layer message from a network device, or an RRC layer message) to obtain the mapping starting point, or
  • the mapping starting point can also be predefined.
  • the first node maps the partial symbols to the first resource according to a mapping pattern, the mapping pattern
  • the second resource divides one or more sub-resources, that is, represents one or more sub-resources constituting the second resource.
  • the mapping manners may be different or different on different sub-resources.
  • the mapping pattern may also represent a plurality of blocks having different mapping modes, wherein each block may be composed of one or more consecutive or non-contiguous sub-resources.
  • symbol mapping criteria or index criteria in the one or more sub-resources may be independently configured; for example, symbol mapping criteria or indexing criteria within the one or more sub-resources may be controlled by the control node as the first node Configuration.
  • the partial symbols may be sequentially mapped on resources in the foregoing sub-resources.
  • the first node may receive a physical layer message from a control node (eg, DCI from a network device, or SCI from a terminal) and/or a high layer message (eg, a MAC layer message from a network device, or an RRC layer)
  • the map is obtained by the message, or the map can be predefined.
  • the symbols ⁇ z(4), . . . , z(11) ⁇ , ⁇ z(20) in the first symbol sequence ⁇ z(0), . . . , z(63) ⁇ are selected by FIG. 10C and the first node. ,...,z(27) ⁇ , ⁇ z(36),...,z(43) ⁇ and ⁇ z(52),...,z(59) ⁇ are taken as examples of the above partial symbols.
  • the second resource illustrated in FIG. 10C includes 4 sub-resources, and the first resource is composed of sub-resource 2 and sub-resource 3; the above-mentioned partial symbols ⁇ z(4), . . . , z(11) ⁇ , ⁇ z(20), .
  • mapping symbols ⁇ z(4),...,z(11) ⁇ and ⁇ z(20),...,z(27) ⁇ ) on resource 3 map the second half in order on the resources in sub-resource 2 (ie The symbols ⁇ z(36),...,z(43) ⁇ and ⁇ z(52),...,z(59) ⁇ ) are mapped on the sub-resource 2.
  • the four sub-resources included in the second resource illustrated in FIG. 10C are determined by mapping pattern partitioning. It can be understood that the above mapping diagram only serves as a schematic.
  • the first node maps the partial symbols to the first resource according to a pilot pattern.
  • the first node is not used to map the partial symbols on the resources in the first resource that need to be mapped with pilot symbols.
  • the pilot pattern can be a pattern of non-zero power pilots or a pattern of zero power pilots.
  • the first node maps the partial symbols to the first according to the second resource and symbol mapping criteria/index criteria A resource.
  • the symbol mapping criteria/indexing criteria may refer to the foregoing mapping order and the description of the foregoing mapping starting point, and details are not described herein again.
  • the first node maps the partial symbol to the first resource according to the mapping order and the mapping starting point within a range of the second resource.
  • the first node maps the partial symbols to the first resource according to a mapping pattern and a symbol mapping criterion/indexing criterion.
  • the symbol mapping criteria/indexing criteria may refer to the foregoing mapping order and the description of the foregoing mapping starting point, and details are not described herein again.
  • the mapping pattern divides the second resource into one or more sub-resources.
  • the mapping order and the mapping starting point are used to determine a mapping order and a mapping starting point in the sub-resource.
  • the mapping start point determining rule and/or the mapping order of the one or more sub-resources may be uniformly configured, and the sub-resource 2 and the sub-resource 3 in FIG.
  • the first mapping start point determination rule eg, the smallest RE in each sub-resource
  • the first mapping order eg, the pre-frequency domain post-time domain
  • the mapping start point determining rule and/or the mapping order of the one or more sub-resources may be independently configured, and the sub-resource 2 and the sub-resource 3 in FIG.
  • the first mapping is configured for the sub-resource 2 a starting point determination rule (for example, an index with the smallest index in the sub-resource 2) and a first mapping order (for example, a pre-time domain post-frequency domain), and configuring a second mapping starting point determination rule for the sub-resource 3 (for example, in the sub-resource 3)
  • the index with the smallest RE) and the second mapping order for example, the frequency domain after the frequency domain.
  • the first node determines a power control parameter of the first resource or the second resource, and uses power control of the first resource or the second resource The parameter transmits a symbol mapped to the first resource.
  • the first node may further determine a power control parameter of the first resource according to the sixth information from the control node.
  • the sixth information may be included in a physical layer message, where the physical layer message may be, for example, a DCI from a network device or control information carried by a group common control channel, and may also be, for example, from a terminal. SCI; the first node receives the physical layer message to obtain a power control parameter of the first resource.
  • the sixth information may be included in a high-level message, where the high-level message may be, for example, a MAC layer message or an RRC layer message from a network device; the first node receives the high-level message to obtain the first The power control parameters of the resource. It is to be understood that the sixth information may also be included in a physical layer message and a high layer message, for example, the first node receives the high layer message to obtain power control parameters of a plurality of candidate first resources, and receives the The physical layer message determines a power control parameter of the first resource from power control parameters of the plurality of candidate first resources, and sends a symbol mapped to the first resource by using a power control parameter of the first resource.
  • the high-level message may be, for example, a MAC layer message or an RRC layer message from a network device
  • the first node receives the high-level message to obtain the first The power control parameters of the resource.
  • the sixth information may also be included in a physical layer message and a high layer message,
  • the number of the first resources is one or more.
  • the second resource includes two first resources: a first resource 1 and a first resource 2.
  • the first node obtains a power control parameter of the first resource 1 according to the foregoing sixth information, and obtains a power control parameter of the first resource 2 by using the sixth information. It can be understood that the power control parameter of the first resource 1 and the power control parameter of the first resource 2 may be the same or different.
  • the power control parameters of the multiple first resources are configured to different first nodes.
  • the different first node receives the foregoing sixth information to obtain power control parameters of the first resource corresponding to different first nodes.
  • the power control parameter of the first resource 1 is configured to the first node 1
  • the power control parameter of the first resource 2 is configured to the first node 2
  • the sixth information determines a power control parameter of the first resource 1
  • the first node 2 receives the sixth information to determine a power control parameter of the first resource 2.
  • the first node determines, according to the sixth information, a power control parameter of a sub-resource that constitutes the first resource, and uses the component to form the first resource.
  • the power control parameters of the child resources are transmitted to map symbols on the child resources that make up the first resource. It can be understood that the number of the sub-resources constituting the first resource may be one or more. Taking FIG.
  • the sub-resource 2 and the sub-resource 3 constitute a first resource; the first node determines, according to the sixth information, power control parameters of the sub-resource 2 and the sub-resource 3, and uses the sub-resource The power control parameters of the resource 2 and the sub-resource 3 transmit symbols mapped on the sub-resource 2 and the sub-resource 3.
  • the first node determines, according to the sixth information, a power control parameter of a sub-resource that constitutes the second resource, and uses the component to form the second resource.
  • the power control parameters of the child resources are transmitted to map symbols on the child resources that make up the first resource. It can be understood that the number of the sub-resources constituting the second resource may be one or more. As shown in FIG.
  • the sub-resource 2 and the sub-resource 3 form a first resource
  • the sub-resource 1, the sub-resource 2, the sub-resource 3, and the sub-resource 4 constitute a second resource
  • the first node determines the a power control parameter of the sub-resource 1, the sub-resource 2, the sub-resource 3, and the sub-resource 4, and transmitting and mapping the sub-resources using the power control parameters of the sub-resource 2 and the sub-resource 3 2 and the symbols on the sub-resources 3.
  • the foregoing sixth information may configure or indicate a power pattern of the sub-resources that constitute the second resource.
  • the power pattern is used to configure or indicate whether data transmission is performed on the sub-resources that make up the second resource. For example, taking FIG. 8A as an example, the bit “0" represents no data transmission, and the bit “1" represents data transmission.
  • the power pattern may be indicated by a bit sequence "0110", indicating that the sub-resource 2 (corresponding to Data transmission is performed on the second bit “1" of the bit sequence and the sub-resource 3 (corresponding to the third bit “1” of the bit sequence) (the sub-resource 2 and the sub-resource 3 are the first resource) (sub-resource), and no data transmission is performed on sub-resource 1 (corresponding to the first bit “0" of the above-mentioned bit sequence) and sub-resource 4 (corresponding to the fourth bit "0" of the above-mentioned bit sequence) (or as Zero power transmission).
  • the power pattern is used to configure or indicate at what power level the sub-resources that make up the second resource are to be transmitted.
  • the bit “00” represents the first gear power level
  • the bit “01” represents the second gear power level
  • the bit “10” represents the third gear power level
  • the power pattern can be indicated by the bit sequence "00011100", which is represented in the sub-resource 2 (corresponding to the third and fourth bits "01" of the bit sequence)
  • the sub-resource 3 (corresponding to the fifth and sixth bits "11” of the bit sequence) for data transmission using the second gear and the fourth gear power level, respectively, and the sub-resource 1 (corresponding to the above bit)
  • the first and second bits "00" of the sequence and the sub-resource 4 (corresponding to the seventh and eighth bits "00” of the above-described bit sequence) all use the first gear power level for data transmission
  • the power pattern is used to configure or indicate, by using the power adjustment amount, the data adjustment quantity on the sub-resources that constitute the second resource, where the power adjustment amount is performed. It can be understood as the amount of adjustment compared to the power used most recently. For example, in FIG. 8A, a total of four power adjustment amounts is taken as an example, the bit “00” represents the first gear power adjustment amount, the bit “01” represents the second gear power adjustment amount, and the bit “10” represents the third gear.
  • the power adjustment amount is represented by the bit “11” representing the fourth-order power adjustment amount
  • the power pattern can be indicated by the bit sequence "00011100", which is indicated in the sub-resource 2 (corresponding to the third and fourth of the bit sequence) Bit “01") and sub-resource 3 (corresponding to the fifth and sixth bits "11" of the bit sequence described above) are respectively used for data transmission using the second gear and the fourth gear power adjustment amount, respectively.
  • the first gear power adjustment is used on both resource 1 (corresponding to the first and second bits "00" of the above bit sequence) and sub-resource 4 (corresponding to the seventh and eighth bits "00" of the above-mentioned bit sequence) Send data.
  • the power pattern is used to configure or indicate a power offset of a power level on a sub-resource of the second resource relative to a power level of a reference resource/ A power ratio, wherein the reference resource can be a predefined/configured sub-resource, or a predefined/configured pilot.
  • the power level of the reference resource may be predefined or configured by the network device, or may be determined by the first node itself. For example, in FIG. 8A, for example, the two power bias/power ratio values are common, the bit "0" represents the first power bias/power ratio, and the bit "1" represents the second power bias/power ratio.
  • the power pattern may be indicated by a bit sequence "0110” indicating sub-resource 2 (corresponding to the second bit “1” of the bit sequence) and sub-resource 3 (corresponding to the third bit of the bit sequence "1"
  • the data transmission is performed using the first power offset/power ratio, respectively, and the sub-resource 1 (corresponding to the first bit “0" of the bit sequence) and the sub-resource 4 (corresponding to the fourth bit sequence)
  • the second power offset/power ratio on the bit "0" is used for data transmission.
  • the second resource may further include a third resource, where the third resource is a true subset of the second resource, and the third resource has no intersection with the first resource.
  • the second resource illustrated in FIG. 11B includes 16 subcarriers in the frequency domain and 4 time domain symbols in the time domain.
  • the first resource illustrated in FIG. 11B includes 8 subcarriers in the middle of the indicated second resource in the frequency domain and 4 time domain symbols in the time domain including the second resource shown, and the second resource shown is shown in the second resource.
  • the resource other than the first resource is the third resource. It can be understood that the number of the third resources may be one or more.
  • the power control parameter of the third resource is different from the power control parameter of the first resource.
  • the first node sends, by using a power control parameter of the first resource, a symbol mapped on the first resource by using a first power on the first resource, where A node transmits a symbol mapped on the third resource on the third resource using a power lower than the first power by using a power control parameter of the third resource.
  • the first node sends, by using a power control parameter of the first resource, a symbol mapped on the first resource by using a first power on the first resource, where The first node determines that the power of the third resource is zero according to the power control parameter of the third resource.
  • the first node may obtain the power control parameter of the third resource by using the foregoing sixth information, or obtain the third resource by using other information that is different from the sixth information from the control node.
  • the specific control method refer to the foregoing method for obtaining the power control parameter of the first resource by using the sixth information, and details are not described herein again.
  • the first node reports whether it has the capability of the data sending method shown in FIG. 3.
  • the reporting may be through physical layer messages, higher layer messages, measurement reporting messages scrambled by a particular sequence, using a particular sequence of feedback messages, or using a particular sequence of pilots.
  • the control node configures the plurality of first nodes into groups, and the plurality of first nodes included in the group perform data transmission according to the data sending method shown in FIG. .
  • the plurality of first nodes may be configured into a group by a physical layer message and/or a high layer message.
  • the control node may configure the sending node 1 and the sending node 2 into a group; the first node in the group configured as a group (for example, the transmitting node 1 and the transmitting node 2 shown in FIG. 2C) may perform the present application.
  • the implementation method of the foregoing embodiment is not described herein again.
  • the control node configures or triggers the first node to perform the data sending method shown in FIG. 3.
  • the control node may also configure or trigger the first node not to perform the data sending method shown in FIG. 3.
  • the configuration or triggering may be through physical layer messages and/or higher layer messages; when the configuration or triggering is performed using physical layer messages, the physical layer message may use a dedicated identity (eg, a dedicated wireless network temporary identity (radio) Network temporary identifier (RNTI)) Scrambling.
  • a dedicated identity eg, a dedicated wireless network temporary identity (radio) Network temporary identifier (RNTI)
  • the foregoing embodiment of the present application determines a part of resources in the resource set by configuring a resource set sent by the data, determines a part of the symbol to be mapped according to the part of the resource, and maps the part of the symbol to be mapped to the part of the resource and sends the part.
  • the symbol reduces the interference in the above multi-node cooperative transmission, thereby improving the reliability and delay performance of multi-node cooperative transmission.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart diagram of another data sending method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the difference between the embodiment of the present application and the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 3 at least includes: in the embodiment described in FIG. 3, mapping part of the symbol in the first symbol sequence to the first resource, and transmitting the mapping on the first resource.
  • the partial symbol; while the embodiment depicted in FIG. 12 maps all symbols in the first symbol sequence onto the second resource, but transmits the symbols mapped on the first resource.
  • the method of this embodiment may include:
  • Section 1200 The first node performs rate matching to determine a first bit sequence.
  • Section 1210 The first node determines a first symbol sequence according to the first bit sequence, and determines a first resource and a second resource, where the first resource is a subset of the second resource.
  • the first resource is a true subset of the second resource.
  • Section 1220 The first node maps symbols in the first sequence of symbols to the second resource and transmits symbols mapped to the first resource.
  • first node in the 1200 part, the 1210 part, and the 1220 part may be a terminal or a network device.
  • the steps of determining the first resource and the second resource in Section 1210 may also be performed in Section 1200 or Section 1220.
  • the implementation manner of the first node determining the first symbol sequence according to the first bit sequence in the 1210 part may refer to the implementation manner in the embodiment illustrated in FIG.
  • Determining, by the first node, a description of the first symbol sequence according to the first bit sequence, where the first resource and the second resource in the 1210 part may refer to the first resource and the second in the implementation manner illustrated in FIG. Description of the resource the method for determining the first resource by the first node in the section 1210 may refer to the description of the first resource in the first node in the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 3, and the first part in the 1210 part
  • the description of the second resource is determined by the node in the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 3, and details are not described herein.
  • the first node maps symbols in the first symbol sequence to the second resource according to a symbol mapping criterion or an index criterion (may also be understood as a first symbol sequence)
  • the symbol in the physics is mapped onto the second resource) and the symbol mapped on the first resource is transmitted.
  • the symbol mapping criterion or the indexing criterion refer to the description of the symbol mapping criterion or the indexing criterion in the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 3, and details are not described herein again.
  • the first symbol sequence is ⁇ z(0), . . . , z(63) ⁇
  • the second resource includes 16 subcarriers in the frequency domain and 4 in the time domain.
  • Time domain symbols 64 REs in total
  • the symbol mapping criteria include: a mapping order is a pre-frequency domain post-time domain, and a mapping starting point is a resource with the smallest index or number in the second resource.
  • the first node maps symbols in the first symbol sequence ⁇ z(0), . . .
  • the first symbol sequence is ⁇ z(0), . . . , z(63) ⁇
  • the second resource includes 16 subcarriers in the frequency domain and 4 in the time domain.
  • Time-domain symbols 64 REs in total
  • the symbol mapping criteria include: a mapping order is a pre-frequency domain post-time domain, and a mapping starting point is a resource with the smallest index or number in the second resource.
  • the first node maps symbols in the first symbol sequence ⁇ z(0), . . . , z(63) ⁇ to the RE of the second resource according to the above symbol mapping criterion, and sends the mapping as shown The symbol ⁇ z(0),...,z(31) ⁇ on the first resource.
  • the first symbol sequence is ⁇ z(0), . . . , z(63) ⁇
  • the second resource includes 16 subcarriers in the frequency domain and 4 in the time domain.
  • Time-domain symbols 64 REs in total
  • the symbol mapping criteria include: a mapping order is a pre-frequency domain post-time domain, and a mapping starting point is a resource with the smallest index or number in the second resource.
  • the first node maps symbols in the first symbol sequence ⁇ z(0), . . .
  • the first symbol sequence is ⁇ z(0), . . . , z(63) ⁇
  • the second resource includes 16 subcarriers in the frequency domain and 4 in the time domain.
  • the time-domain symbols 64 REs in total
  • the symbol mapping criterion includes: the mapping order is a pre-time domain post-frequency domain, and the mapping starting point is a resource with the smallest index or number in the second resource.
  • the first node maps symbols in the first symbol sequence ⁇ z(0), . . . , z(63) ⁇ to the RE of the second resource according to the above symbol mapping criterion, and sends the mapping as shown
  • the above example is only to map all the symbols in the first symbol sequence to the second resource. It can be understood that in another possible implementation, the first symbol sequence may also be used. A partial symbol is mapped to the second resource, and a symbol mapped to the first resource is a true subset of the partial symbol mapped to the second resource.
  • the first node sends a power control for mapping the symbol usage on the first resource.
  • a power control for mapping the symbol usage on the first resource Referring to the description of the power control of the first node in part 320 of FIG. 3, Let me repeat.
  • the first node reports whether it has the capability of the data sending method shown in FIG.
  • the reporting may be through physical layer messages, higher layer messages, measurement reporting messages scrambled by a particular sequence, using a particular sequence of feedback messages, or using a particular sequence of pilots.
  • control node configures the plurality of first nodes into groups, and the plurality of first nodes included in the group perform data transmission according to the data sending method shown in FIG. .
  • the plurality of first nodes may be configured into a group by a physical layer message and/or a high layer message.
  • the control node configures or triggers the first node to perform the data sending method shown in FIG.
  • the control node may also configure or trigger the first node not to perform the data sending method shown in FIG.
  • the configuration or triggering may be through physical layer messages and/or higher layer messages; when the configuration or triggering is done using physical layer messages, the physical layer messages may be scrambled using a dedicated identity (eg, a dedicated RNTI).
  • the foregoing embodiment of the present application determines a part of the resource in the resource set by configuring a resource set sent by the data, and maps the data symbol according to the part of the resource, and sends the data symbol mapped on the part of the resource, thereby reducing the multi-node cooperative sending.
  • the interference in the network improves the reliability and delay performance of multi-node cooperative transmission.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart diagram of another data sending method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the difference between the embodiment of the present application and the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 3 and FIG. 12 includes at least: the bit sequence required for obtaining the subsequent operation in the embodiment of FIG. 3 and FIG. 12 is not limited;
  • the embodiment described in the following description clarifies that the bit sequence required for the subsequent operation can be obtained by performing rate matching according to the second resource, for example, performing rate matching according to the size of the second resource, or performing rate matching according to the second resource and the first resource.
  • the sequence of bits required for subsequent operations may include:
  • Section 1300 The first node determines a second bit sequence according to rate matching by the second resource.
  • Part 1310 The first node determines a second sequence of symbols according to the second sequence of bits.
  • Part 1320 Mapping all or part of the symbols in the second sequence of symbols to the first resource and transmitting symbols mapped to the first resource.
  • the first resource is a subset of the second resource.
  • the first resource is a true subset of the second resource.
  • the first node in the 1300 part, the 1310 part, and the 1320 part may be a terminal, or may be a network device.
  • the first node determines the second bit sequence by performing rate matching or bit selection according to the size of the second resource.
  • FIG. 14A the left diagram in FIG. 14A illustrates a circular buffer in which data bits are stored; the right diagram in FIG. 14A illustrates a second resource identified by a broken line and the second resource identified by a solid line.
  • the second resource includes a time domain resource and a frequency domain resource, and includes M REs. It can be understood that the size of the second resource is M, that is, the second resource can map up to M.
  • the number of bits N, the N bits are the second bit sequence described above.
  • the starting point of the bit selection may be predefined or configured by the control node, and the first node extracts N bits from the circular buffer according to the starting point and the number of bits N selected by the bit. Illustratively in FIG.
  • the first node from the circular buffer The 12 o'clock position is selected from the 6 o'clock position of the circular buffer clockwise by N bits, and the N bits are the second bit sequence.
  • the first node determines the second bit sequence according to the foregoing resource size and RV for rate matching or bit selection.
  • FIG. 14B the left diagram in FIG. 14B illustrates a circular buffer in which data bits are stored, and shows the position of different RVs in the circular buffer (for example, RV0: 12-point position of the circular buffer; RV1) : Loop buffer 3 o'clock position; RV2: Loop buffer 6 o'clock position; RV3: Loop buffer 9 o'clock position.).
  • the right diagram in FIG. 14B illustrates a second resource identified by a dashed line and a first resource identified by a solid line in the second resource.
  • the second resource includes a time domain resource and a frequency domain resource, and includes
  • the size of the second resource is M, that is, the second resource can map up to M modulation symbols, and the M modulation symbols correspond to N bits, and the modulation order is Qm.
  • the first node extracts N bits from the circular buffer according to the RV and the number of bits N.
  • the first node is from the 12 o'clock position of the circular buffer to the 6 o'clock position of the circular buffer.
  • N bits are selected clockwise, and the N bits are the second bit sequence described above.
  • the specific RV for example, RV0 in the above example
  • the control node may notify the first node; the number of the foregoing RVs only serves as a schematic function, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited. The specific number of RVs.
  • the first node when performing the implementation of part 1300 above, in part 1320, the first node will map part of the symbol in the second symbol sequence to the first resource, and send the mapping in Part of the symbol of the first resource.
  • the method for determining the partial symbols reference may be made to the foregoing description of the portion 310 in FIG. 3, and details are not described herein again.
  • the first node is configured according to a location of the first resource in the second resource (also as a relative relationship between the first resource and the second resource) Positional relationship)
  • the rate matching or bit selection is performed to determine the second bit sequence.
  • the first resource includes 8 subcarriers of a low frequency in the frequency domain of the second resource, and the first node is from a 12 o'clock position of the circular buffer to a circular buffer.
  • the 6-point position selects the second bit sequence clockwise.
  • the first resource includes 8 subcarriers of high frequency in the frequency domain of the second resource, and the first node is from the 6 o'clock position of the circular buffer to the loop.
  • the second bit sequence is clockwise selected at the 12 o'clock position of the buffer. It is to be understood that the location of the first resource in the second resource and the corresponding bit position in the circular buffer in the above example are only used for the purpose of the first resource. The specific location in the second resource and the bit position corresponding to the rate matching or bit selection are not limited.
  • the first node performs rate matching according to a location of the first resource in the second resource (which may also be understood as a relative position relationship between the first resource and the second resource) and an RV.
  • bit selection determines the second bit sequence.
  • the RV is a reference RV.
  • the first resource includes 8 subcarriers of low frequency in the frequency domain of the second resource, and the first node determines bit selection in the circular buffer shown in FIG. 14B.
  • the starting point is the position corresponding to the reference RV (RV0) (ie, the 12 o'clock position), and the first node selects the clockwise from the 12 o'clock position of the circular buffer to the 6 o'clock position of the circular buffer.
  • RV0 reference RV
  • the reference RV is RV0.
  • the first resource includes 8 subcarriers of high frequency in the frequency domain of the second resource, and the first node is determined in the circular buffer shown in the figure.
  • the starting point of the bit selection is a position corresponding to a position corresponding to the position corresponding to the reference RV (RV0) by 180 degrees clockwise (ie, a 6 o'clock position), and the first node is from the 6 o'clock position of the circular buffer to the loop.
  • the second bit sequence is clockwise selected at the 12 o'clock position of the buffer.
  • the position of the first resource in the second resource, the number of reference RVs, the number of RVs, and the corresponding bit positions and lengths in the circular buffer in the above example only play a schematic role.
  • the specific reference RV for example, RV0 in the above example
  • the control node may notify the first node.
  • the first node will map all of the symbols in the second sequence of symbols to the first resource.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the buffer from the circular buffer in other manners (for example, counterclockwise, or discontinuous, etc.). Perform bit selection.
  • the above example only describes the process of rate matching or bit selection by taking a circular buffer as an example, but it can be understood that the embodiment of the present application does not limit the buffer to adopt other kinds of structures (such as an array, a queue, a container, a stack, and a linear table). Rate matching or bit selection, pointers, linked lists, trees, graphs, structures, classes, heaps, hash tables, or hash tables.
  • the sizes of the foregoing first resource and the foregoing second resource are only illustrated by using two dimensions of a time domain and a frequency domain, if the first resource and the second resource further include other dimensions (for example, an airspace dimension, Or the resource of the code domain dimension, then the size of the first resource and the second resource should also consider the resources of the other dimension.
  • the number of the foregoing first resource and the foregoing second resource may be one or more.
  • the second resource can be configured to a plurality of the first nodes.
  • all symbols in the second sequence of symbols are mapped to the first resource. Taking the number of symbols in the second symbol sequence as M, the number of symbols that can be mapped on the first resource is M1, and M is less than or equal to M1, the first node is in the second symbol sequence. All M symbols are mapped to the M REs of the first resource.
  • the specific mapping method may refer to the description of mapping the partial symbol to the first resource in the implementation manner illustrated in FIG. 3, or may refer to mapping the symbol in the first symbol sequence in the implementation manner illustrated in FIG. 12 The description of the second resource is not described here.
  • the first node maps a partial symbol in the second sequence of symbols to the first resource. Taking the number of symbols in the second symbol sequence as M, the number of symbols that can be mapped on the first resource is M1, and M is greater than M1, the first node will be M2 in the second symbol sequence. The symbols are mapped to the M2 REs of the first resource, wherein the M2 is less than or equal to the M1.
  • the specific mapping method may refer to the description of mapping the partial symbol to the first resource in the implementation manner illustrated in FIG. 3, or may refer to mapping the symbol in the first symbol sequence in the implementation manner illustrated in FIG. 12 The description of the second resource is not described here.
  • the first node may determine the partial symbol in the second symbol sequence, and the specific determining method may refer to the first node in the first symbol sequence in the implementation manner illustrated in FIG.
  • the description of the partial symbols to be mapped is determined, and will not be described here.
  • the first node sends a power control that maps the symbol usage of the first resource.
  • the description is no longer Narration.
  • the first resource and the second resource in the foregoing embodiment may refer to the description of the first resource and the second resource in the implementation manner illustrated in FIG. 3, where the first node determines the first resource in the foregoing implementation manner.
  • the method may be used to determine the description of the first resource in the first node, and the method for determining the second resource in the first node in the foregoing embodiment may refer to the implementation manner illustrated in FIG.
  • the first node determines a description of the second resource, and details are not described herein again.
  • the first node reports whether it has the capability of the data sending method shown in FIG.
  • the reporting may be through physical layer messages, higher layer messages, measurement reporting messages scrambled by a particular sequence, using a particular sequence of feedback messages, or using a particular sequence of pilots.
  • control node configures the plurality of first nodes into groups, and the plurality of first nodes included in the group perform data transmission according to the data sending method shown in FIG. .
  • the plurality of first nodes may be configured into a group by a physical layer message and/or a high layer message.
  • control node configures or triggers the first node to perform the data sending method shown in FIG.
  • control node may also configure or trigger the first node not to perform the data sending method shown in FIG.
  • the configuration or triggering may be through physical layer messages and/or higher layer messages; when the configuration or triggering is done using physical layer messages, the physical layer messages may be scrambled using a dedicated identity (eg, a dedicated RNTI).
  • the foregoing embodiment of the present application determines a part of the resource in the resource set by configuring a resource set sent by the data, and maps the data symbol according to the part of the resource, and sends the data symbol mapped on the part of the resource, thereby reducing the multi-node cooperative sending.
  • the interference in the network improves the reliability and delay performance of multi-node cooperative transmission.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic flowchart diagram of another data sending method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the differences between the embodiments of the present application and the embodiments corresponding to FIG. 3, FIG. 12 and FIG. 13 include at least the following: the focus in the embodiments described in FIG. 3, FIG. 12 and FIG. 13 is mainly on resource mapping and/or rate matching.
  • the operation in the embodiment depicted in Figure 15 focuses on how to determine the second resource.
  • the method of this embodiment may include:
  • Section 1500 The first node receives the group public information, and determines the second resource according to the group public information, where the group public information is included in the physical layer control information.
  • group public information For a detailed implementation method of the group public information, refer to the description of the fifth information in the implementation manner shown in FIG. 3, where the second resource may refer to the description of the second resource in the implementation manner shown in FIG.
  • the first node determines that the second resource may refer to the description of the second resource in the first node in the implementation manner shown in FIG. 3, and details are not described herein again.
  • Section 1510 The first node determines a first resource and transmits data using the first resource, the first resource being a subset of the second resource.
  • the first resource is a true subset of the second resource.
  • the first resource may refer to the description of the first resource in the implementation manner shown in FIG. 3, where the first node determines that the first resource may refer to the first in the implementation manner shown in FIG.
  • the node determines the description of the first resource, and details are not described herein again.
  • the first node in the 1500 part and the 1510 part can be a terminal or a network device.
  • the step of determining the first resource by the first node in Section 1510 can also be performed in the 1500 portion.
  • the first node performs rate matching or bit selection to determine data bits
  • the specific implementation method may refer to the first embodiment in FIG. 3, FIG. 12, or FIG.
  • the node performs a description of rate matching or bit selection.
  • the first node determines the data symbol according to the foregoing data bit.
  • the first node may determine the symbol sequence according to the bit sequence in the implementation manner shown in FIG. 3, FIG. 12, or FIG. description.
  • the first node maps the foregoing data symbol to the first resource, and the specific implementation method may refer to the implementation manner shown in FIG. 3, FIG. 12, or FIG. Part of the symbol is mapped to the description of the first resource.
  • the first node controls to send the power of the data symbol mapped in the first resource
  • the specific implementation method may refer to the first node in the implementation manner shown in FIG. 3, FIG. 12, or FIG. A description of the power control.
  • the first node reports whether it has the capability of the data sending method shown in FIG.
  • the reporting may be through physical layer messages, higher layer messages, measurement reporting messages scrambled by a particular sequence, using a particular sequence of feedback messages, or using a particular sequence of pilots.
  • control node configures the plurality of first nodes into groups, and the plurality of first nodes included in the group perform data transmission according to the data sending method shown in FIG. .
  • the plurality of first nodes may be configured into a group by a physical layer message and/or a high layer message.
  • the set of common information may be detected or received by a plurality of first nodes within the group.
  • control node configures or triggers the first node to perform the data sending method shown in FIG.
  • control node may also configure or trigger the first node not to perform the data sending method shown in FIG. 15.
  • the configuration or triggering may be through physical layer messages and/or higher layer messages; when the configuration or triggering is done using physical layer messages, the physical layer messages may be scrambled using a dedicated identity (eg, a dedicated RNTI).
  • the foregoing embodiment of the present application determines a part of the resource in the resource set by configuring a resource set sent by the data, and maps the data symbol according to the part of the resource, and sends the data symbol mapped on the part of the resource, thereby reducing the multi-node cooperative sending.
  • the interference in the network improves the reliability and delay performance of multi-node cooperative transmission.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic flowchart diagram of another data sending method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the difference between the embodiment of the present application and the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 3, FIG. 12, FIG. 13, and FIG. 15 includes at least the following:
  • FIG. 16 focuses on how to transmit the mapping on the first resource by using power control. data.
  • the method of this embodiment may include:
  • Section 1600 The first node receives the fifth information from the control node, and determines the second resource according to the fifth information.
  • the fifth information is included in the physical layer control information.
  • the second resource may refer to the description of the second resource in the implementation manner shown in FIG. 3.
  • the first node determines that the second resource may refer to the description of the second resource in the first node in the implementation manner shown in FIG. 3, and details are not described herein again.
  • Section 1610 The first node determines a first resource, and the first resource is a subset of the second resource.
  • the first resource is a true subset of the second resource.
  • the number of the first resources is one or more.
  • the multiple first resources may constitute the second resource, and the multiple first resources do not overlap each other.
  • the first resource may refer to the description of the first resource in the implementation manner shown in FIG. 3, where the first node determines that the first resource may refer to the first in the implementation manner shown in FIG. The node determines the description of the first resource, and details are not described herein again.
  • the first node receives sixth information from the control node, determines a power control parameter of the first resource or the second resource according to the sixth information, and sends a mapping by using the power control parameter The data of the first resource.
  • the number of the first nodes may be one or more.
  • the sixth information refer to the description of the sixth information in the implementation manner shown in FIG. 3, where the first node determines the first resource or the second resource according to the sixth information.
  • the power control parameter reference may be made to the one or more first nodes in the implementation manner shown in FIG. 3 to obtain power control parameters of the first resource or the second resource according to the sixth information. Description, no longer repeat here.
  • the first node in the 1600 part, the 1610 part and the 1620 part can be a terminal or a network device.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the execution order of the 1600 part and the 1610 part. You can execute the 1600 part first and then the 1610 part; you can also execute the 1610 part first, then the 1600 part; you can also execute the 1600 part and the 1610 part simultaneously.
  • the step of the first node receiving the sixth information in the section 1620 and determining the power control parameter of the first resource according to the sixth information may also be performed in the 1600 part or the 1610 part.
  • the second resource may further include a third resource, where the third resource is a true subset of the second resource, and the third resource is not related to the first resource.
  • An intersection; optionally, the power control parameter of the third resource is different from the power control parameter of the first resource.
  • the third resource refers to the description of the third resource in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3; a detailed description of the power control parameter of the third resource may be referred to in the implementation manner shown in FIG. A description of the power control parameters of the third resource.
  • the first node may obtain the power control parameter of the third resource by using the foregoing sixth information, or obtain the third resource by using other information that is different from the sixth information from the control node.
  • the specific control method refer to the foregoing method for obtaining the power control parameter of the first resource by using the sixth information, and details are not described herein again.
  • the first node performs rate matching or bit selection to determine data bits
  • the specific implementation method may refer to the first embodiment in FIG. 3, FIG. 12, or FIG.
  • the node performs a description of rate matching or bit selection.
  • the first node determines the data symbol according to the foregoing data bit.
  • the first node may determine the symbol sequence according to the bit sequence in the implementation manner shown in FIG. 3, FIG. 12, or FIG. description.
  • the first node maps the foregoing data symbol to the first resource, and the specific implementation method may refer to the implementation manner shown in FIG. 3, FIG. 12, or FIG. Part of the symbol is mapped to the description of the first resource.
  • the first node reports whether it has the capability of the data sending method shown in FIG. 16.
  • the reporting may be through physical layer messages, higher layer messages, measurement reporting messages scrambled by a particular sequence, using a particular sequence of feedback messages, or using a particular sequence of pilots.
  • control node configures the plurality of first nodes into groups, and the plurality of first nodes included in the group perform data transmission according to the data sending method shown in FIG. .
  • the plurality of first nodes may be configured into a group by a physical layer message and/or a high layer message.
  • the control node configures or triggers the first node to perform the data sending method shown in FIG. 16.
  • the control node may also configure or trigger the first node not to perform the data sending method shown in FIG. 16.
  • the configuration or triggering may be through physical layer messages and/or higher layer messages; when the configuration or triggering is done using physical layer messages, the physical layer messages may be scrambled using a dedicated identity (eg, a dedicated RNTI).
  • the foregoing embodiment of the present application determines a part of the resource in the resource set and a power control parameter of the part of the resource by configuring a resource set sent by the data, and determines, according to the power control parameter, the data symbol that is mapped on the part of the resource.
  • the power, and the data symbols mapped on the part of the resources are transmitted, which reduces the interference in the multi-node cooperative transmission, thereby improving the reliability and delay performance of the multi-node cooperative transmission.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a data receiving method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the difference between the embodiment of the present application and the foregoing embodiment is at least the following: the foregoing embodiment mainly describes the related implementation method of the application from the perspective of the sending side node, and the embodiment of the present application mainly describes the present application from the perspective of the receiving side node.
  • Related implementation methods As shown in FIG. 17, the method of this embodiment may include:
  • Section 1700 The second node receives data using the second resource.
  • the second node receives the seventh information from the control node, and determines the second resource according to the seventh information.
  • the seventh information may be included in a physical layer message, where the physical layer message may be, for example, a DCI from a network device, and may also be, for example, an SCI from a terminal; the second node receives the physical The layer message obtains the second resource.
  • the seventh information may be included in a high layer message, where the high layer message may be, for example, a MAC layer message or an RRC layer message from a network device; the second node receives the high layer message to obtain the second message. Resources.
  • the seventh information may also be included in the physical layer message and the high layer message, for example, the second node receives the high layer message to obtain a plurality of candidate second resources, and receives the physical layer message from the The second resource is determined among a plurality of candidate second resources.
  • the seventh information is group common information; in a possible implementation manner, group common information including the seventh information is carried by a GC-PDCCH; in another possible implementation manner, The group common information of the seventh information is included in a high layer message (eg, a system message). It can be understood that the second resource can be configured to a plurality of the second nodes.
  • the second node in the 1700 part and the 1710 part can be a terminal or a network device.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the execution order of the 1700 part and the 1710 part. You can execute the 1700 part first and then the 1710 part; you can also execute the 1710 part first and then the 1700 part; you can also execute the 1700 part and the 1710 part simultaneously.
  • the second node reports whether it has the capability of the data receiving method shown in FIG.
  • the reporting may be through physical layer messages, higher layer messages, measurement reporting messages scrambled by a particular sequence, using a particular sequence of feedback messages, or using a particular sequence of pilots.
  • control node configures the plurality of second nodes into groups, and the plurality of second nodes included in the group perform data reception according to the data receiving method shown in FIG. .
  • the plurality of second nodes may be configured into a group by a physical layer message and/or a high layer message.
  • control node configures or triggers the second node to perform the data receiving method shown in FIG.
  • control node may also configure or trigger the second node not to perform the data receiving method shown in FIG.
  • the configuration or triggering may be through physical layer messages and/or higher layer messages; when the configuration or triggering is done using physical layer messages, the physical layer messages may be scrambled using a dedicated identity (eg, a dedicated RNTI).
  • the foregoing embodiment of the present application reduces interference in multi-node cooperative transmission by receiving data on a resource set, thereby improving reliability and delay performance of multi-node cooperative transmission, and reducing reception complexity on the receiving side.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a data sending method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the difference between the embodiment of the present application and the foregoing embodiment includes at least the following:
  • the embodiment of the present application mainly describes the related implementation method of the present application from the perspective of a control node. As shown in FIG. 18, the method of this embodiment may include:
  • Section 1800 The control node sends a fifth message, the fifth information being used for determining the second resource.
  • the fifth information For a detailed implementation of the fifth information, reference may be made to the description of the fifth information in the implementation manner shown in FIG. 3, where the second resource may refer to the description of the second resource in the implementation manner shown in FIG.
  • the first node determines that the second resource may refer to the description of the second resource in the first node in the implementation manner shown in FIG. 3, and details are not described herein again.
  • Section 1810 The control node sends first information, the first information being used for determining the first resource; optionally, the control node receiving data on the second resource.
  • the first resource is a true subset of the second resource.
  • the first information refer to the description of the first information in the implementation manner shown in FIG. 3, where the first resource may refer to the description of the first resource in the implementation manner shown in FIG.
  • the first node determines that the first resource may refer to the description of the first resource in the first node in the implementation manner shown in FIG. 3, and details are not described herein again.
  • control node in the embodiment of the present application may be a network device or a terminal.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the order of execution of the 1800 part and the 1810 part. You can execute the 1800 part first and then the 1810 part; you can also execute the 1810 part first, then the 1800 part; you can also execute the 1800 part and the 1810 part simultaneously.
  • control node sends second information, where the second information is used to determine the sub-resources of the first resource.
  • second information is used to determine the sub-resources of the first resource.
  • FIG. 3 where the first node determines a detailed implementation method of the sub-resources that constitute the first resource, refer to FIG.
  • a description of the first node determining the child resources constituting the first resource in the embodiment is not described herein again.
  • control node sends third information, where the third information is used for determining a parameter of the foregoing sub-resource.
  • the detailed implementation method of the third information may refer to the description of the third information in the implementation manner shown in FIG. 3, and the detailed implementation method for determining the parameters of the foregoing sub-resource by the first node may refer to the implementation manner shown in FIG. A description of the parameters of the sub-resource is determined by the first node, and details are not described herein again.
  • control node sends fourth information, where the fourth information is used for determining the parameter of the first resource.
  • fourth information is used for determining the parameter of the first resource.
  • FIG. 3 the control node sends fourth information, where the fourth information is used for determining the parameter of the first resource.
  • the control node sends sixth information, where the sixth information is used for determining the power control parameter of the first resource.
  • the sixth information is used for determining the power control parameter of the first resource.
  • a detailed implementation method of the sixth information refer to the description of the sixth information in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, and a detailed implementation method for determining the power control parameter of the first resource by using the first node may refer to FIG.
  • the description of the power control parameter of the first resource is determined by the first node in the embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
  • control node sends seventh information, where the seventh information is used for determining the second resource.
  • the seventh information refer to the description of the seventh information in the embodiment shown in FIG. 17.
  • the detailed implementation method for determining the second resource by the second node may refer to the implementation manner shown in FIG. Determining, by the second node, a description of the second resource, and details are not described herein again.
  • the foregoing embodiment of the present application determines a part of resources in the resource set by configuring a resource set sent by the data, and maps the data to be sent according to the part of the resource and performs data transmission, thereby reducing interference in the multi-node cooperative transmission, thereby improving The reliability and delay performance of multi-node cooperative transmission.
  • first resource, the second resource, or the sub-resource in the embodiment of the present application are all exemplified by consecutive resources in the time domain or the frequency domain. However, those skilled in the art can understand that the embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific distribution of the first resource, the second resource, or the sub-resource in various resource dimensions.
  • the first resource, the second resource, or the sub-resource in the embodiment of the present application may also be a resource that is discontinuous in various resource dimensions.
  • the first resource, the second resource, or the sub-resource in the embodiment of the present application may not include mapping a reference signal (RS), a synchronization signal (SS), and a physical broadcast channel (PBCH). ), or a resource of one or more of the SS/PBCH blocks (SS/PBCH block).
  • RS reference signal
  • SS synchronization signal
  • PBCH physical broadcast channel
  • the first resource or the second resource may have a discontinuous distribution in the time domain or the frequency domain. .
  • the first resource, the second resource, or the sub-resource in the embodiment of the present application may also include a resource mapped with one or more of RS, SS, PBCH, or SS/PBCH blocks.
  • the first resource illustrated in FIG. 9B includes an RE that maps the RS, and the resource position in the RS symbol may be skipped to map the symbol in the first symbol sequence or the second symbol sequence discontinuously.
  • the first resource illustrated in FIG. 9C includes an RE that maps the RS, and the symbol position in the first symbol sequence or the second symbol sequence may be continuously mapped by skipping the resource position of the RS mapping.
  • Mapping the symbol to the first resource, the second resource, or the sub-resource in the embodiment of the present application may include mapping to all or part of the first resource, all or part of the second resource, or all or part of the sub-resource. .
  • a and B in this application are only used to describe the corresponding relationship between A and B, and are not intended to limit the specific implementation manner in which the correspondence between A and B is implemented in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the correspondence between A and B can be implemented in a specific manner such as a function or a mapping table.
  • the correspondences shown in the table in this application may be configured, or may be predefined, stored, pre-negotiated, pre-configured, or solidified; the values of the indication information in each table are merely examples, and may be other values. This application is not limited. In the specific implementation, it is not necessarily required to have all the correspondences indicated in the tables. For example, in the above table, the correspondences shown by some of the rows may or may not be predefined. As another example, appropriate deformation adjustments can be made based on the above table, such as splitting, merging, and the like.
  • the names in the above-mentioned respective tables indicate that the names of the parameters may also be other names understandable by the communication device, and the values or representations of the parameters may also be other values or representations that the communication device can understand.
  • the corresponding relationships shown in the above tables may be implemented in other data structures, such as arrays, queues, containers, stacks, linear tables, pointers, linked lists, trees, graphs, structures, classes, heaps, and volumes. List or hash table
  • the method implemented by the communication device in the foregoing various method embodiments can also be implemented by components (for example, integrated circuits, chips, etc.) that can be used for the communication device.
  • the first node, the second node, or the control node in each of the foregoing method embodiments may be understood as a communication device.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a corresponding communication device (sometimes referred to as a communication device), where the communication device includes a corresponding one for performing each part in the foregoing embodiment.
  • a corresponding communication device sometimes referred to as a communication device
  • the communication device includes a corresponding one for performing each part in the foregoing embodiment.
  • Module can be software, hardware, or a combination of software and hardware.
  • Figure 19 is a block diagram showing the structure of a communication device.
  • the communication device 1900 may be the network device 10 or 20 in FIG. 1A, or may be disposed in the chip in the network device, or may be the terminal 11, 12, 21 or 22 in FIG. 1A, or may be disposed in the The chip inside the terminal.
  • the communication device can be used to implement the method corresponding to the communication device described in the foregoing method embodiments. For details, refer to the description in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the communication device 1900 can include one or more processors 1901, which can also be referred to as processing units, and can implement certain control functions.
  • the processor 1901 may be a general purpose processor or a dedicated processor or the like.
  • it can be a baseband processor or a central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor can be used to process communication protocols and communication data
  • the central processing unit can be used for communication devices (eg, base stations, baseband chips, distributed units (DUs), or centralized units (CUs), etc. Control, execute software programs, and process data from software programs.
  • the processor 1901 may also store instructions and/or data 1903 that may be executed by the processor such that the communication device 1900 performs the method embodiments described above.
  • a method corresponding to a communication device is described in the following.
  • the transceiver 1901 may include a transceiver unit for implementing the receiving and transmitting functions.
  • the transceiver unit can be a transceiver circuit or an interface.
  • the circuits or interfaces used to implement the receive and transmit functions can be separate or integrated.
  • communication device 1900 can include circuitry that can implement the functions of transmitting or receiving or communicating in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the communication device 1900 can include one or more memories 1902 on which instructions 1904 can be stored, the instructions can be executed on the processor, such that the communication device 1900 performs the above method implementation.
  • data may also be stored in the memory.
  • instructions and/or data may also be stored in the processor.
  • the processor and the memory may be provided separately or integrated.
  • the various correspondences described in the above method embodiments may be stored in a memory or stored in a processor.
  • the communication device 1900 may further include a transceiver 1905 and/or an antenna 1906.
  • the processor 1901 may be referred to as a processing unit that controls a communication device (terminal or network device).
  • the transceiver 1905 can be referred to as a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc., for implementing a transceiving function of the communication device.
  • a communication device 1900 (eg, an integrated circuit, a wireless device, a circuit module, a network device, a terminal, etc.) can include a processor 1901 and a transceiver 1905. Performing rate matching by the processor 1901 to determine a first bit sequence, determining a first symbol sequence according to the first bit sequence, determining a partial symbol to be mapped in the first symbol sequence, and mapping the partial symbol to the first Resource; the partial symbol is transmitted by the transceiver 1905.
  • the processor and transceiver described in the present application can be implemented in an integrated circuit (IC), an analog IC, a radio frequency integrated circuit RFIC, a mixed signal IC, an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a printed circuit board ( Printed circuit board, PCB), electronic equipment, etc.
  • IC integrated circuit
  • analog IC an analog IC
  • radio frequency integrated circuit RFIC a radio frequency integrated circuit
  • mixed signal IC an application specific integrated circuit
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • PCB printed circuit board
  • electronic equipment etc.
  • the processor and transceiver can also be fabricated using various IC process technologies, such as complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), n-type metal oxide semiconductor (n-metal oxide semiconductor) (n-type metal oxide semiconductor (nMetal-oxide-semiconductor, NMOS), P-type A positive oxide metal oxide semiconductor (PMOS), a Bipolar Junction Transistor (BJT), a bipolar CMOS (BiCMOS), a silicon germanium (SiGe), or a gallium arsenide (GaAs).
  • CMOS complementary metal oxide semiconductor
  • n-metal oxide semiconductor n-type metal oxide semiconductor
  • PMOS P-type A positive oxide metal oxide semiconductor
  • BJT Bipolar Junction Transistor
  • BiCMOS bipolar CMOS
  • SiGe silicon germanium
  • GaAs gallium arsenide
  • the communication device is described by taking a network device or a terminal as an example in the above description of the embodiment, the scope of the communication device described in the present application is not limited thereto, and the configuration of the communication device may not be limited to FIG.
  • the communication device can be a standalone device or can be part of a larger device.
  • the device can be:
  • the set of ICs may also include storage means for storing data and/or instructions;
  • an ASIC such as a modem (MSM);
  • FIG. 20 provides a schematic structural diagram of a terminal.
  • the terminal can be adapted for use in the system shown in Figure 1A.
  • FIG. 20 shows only the main components of the terminal.
  • the terminal 2000 includes a processor, a memory, a control circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device.
  • the processor is mainly used for processing communication protocols and communication data, and controlling the entire terminal, executing software programs, and processing data of the software programs.
  • Memory is primarily used to store software programs and data.
  • the RF circuit is mainly used for the conversion of the baseband signal and the RF signal and the processing of the RF signal.
  • the antenna is mainly used to transmit and receive RF signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • Input and output devices such as touch screens, display screens, keyboards, etc., are primarily used to receive user input data and output data to the user.
  • the processor can read the software program in the storage unit, parse and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program.
  • the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and then outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit, and the radio frequency circuit processes the baseband signal to obtain the radio frequency signal, and sends the radio frequency signal to the outside through the antenna in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, the radio frequency signal is further converted into a baseband signal, and the baseband signal is output to the processor, and the processor converts the baseband signal into data and performs the data. deal with.
  • FIG. 20 shows only one memory and processor for ease of illustration. In an actual terminal, there may be multiple processors and memories.
  • the memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device, and the like.
  • the processor may include a baseband processor and a central processing unit, and the baseband processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data, and the central processing unit is mainly used to control the entire terminal and execute the software.
  • the processor in FIG. 20 integrates the functions of the baseband processor and the central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor and the central processing unit can also be independent processors and interconnected by technologies such as a bus.
  • the terminal may include multiple baseband processors to accommodate different network standards.
  • the terminal may include multiple central processors to enhance its processing capabilities, and various components of the terminal may be connected through various buses.
  • the baseband processor can also be expressed as a baseband processing circuit or a baseband processing chip.
  • the central processing unit can also be expressed as a central processing circuit or a central processing chip.
  • the functions of processing the communication protocol and the communication data may be built in the processor, or may be stored in the storage unit in the form of a software program, and the processor executes the software program to implement the baseband processing function.
  • the antenna and control circuit having the transceiving function can be regarded as the transceiving unit 2011 of the terminal 2000, and the processor having the processing function can be regarded as the processing unit 2012 of the terminal 2000.
  • the terminal 2000 includes a transceiver unit 2011 and a processing unit 2012.
  • the transceiver unit can also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiver, and the like.
  • the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiver unit 2011 can be regarded as a receiving unit
  • the device for implementing the sending function in the transceiver unit 2011 is regarded as a sending unit, that is, the transceiver unit 2011 includes a receiving unit and a sending unit.
  • the receiving unit may also be referred to as a receiver, a receiver, a receiving circuit, etc.
  • the transmitting unit may be referred to as a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit or the like.
  • the receiving unit and the sending unit may be a unit that is integrated together, or may be a plurality of units that are independent of each other.
  • the receiving unit and the transmitting unit may be in one geographical location or may be dispersed in multiple geographical locations.
  • the communication device can be a terminal (such as a terminal in the system shown in FIG. 1A) or a component of the terminal (eg, an integrated circuit, a chip, etc.).
  • the communication device can also be a network device (e.g., the communication device is a base station device that can be applied to the system of Figures 1A, 1B), or can be a component of a network device (e.g., an integrated circuit, a chip, etc.).
  • the communication device may also be another communication module for implementing the operation corresponding to the communication device in the method embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 2100 can include a processing module 2102 (processing unit).
  • the transceiver module 2101 transmitter unit
  • the storage module 2103 storage unit
  • one or more of the modules in FIG. 21 may be implemented by one or more processors, or by one or more processors and memories; or by one or more processors.
  • the implementation is not limited by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the implementation is implemented by one or more processors, a memory, and a transceiver.
  • the processor, the memory, and the transceiver may be separately configured or integrated.
  • the communication device is provided with a function for implementing the terminal described in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device includes a module or a unit or a means corresponding to the step that the terminal performs the terminal described in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the functions or units or means can be implemented by software, or by hardware, or by software. Reference may be made in detail to the corresponding description in the foregoing corresponding method embodiments.
  • the communication device is provided with a function of the network device described in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device includes a module or a unit or a means for the network device to perform the steps related to the network device described in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the functions or units or means can be implemented by software, or by hardware, or by software. Reference may be made in detail to the corresponding description in the foregoing corresponding method embodiments.
  • each module in the communication device 2100 in this embodiment of the present application may be used to perform the method described in FIG. 3 in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the processing module 2102 performs rate matching to obtain a first bit sequence.
  • the processing module 2102 determines a first symbol sequence according to the first bit sequence, and determines a partial symbol to be mapped in the first symbol sequence, and maps the partial symbol to the first
  • the resource transceiver module 2101 transmits a partial symbol mapped to the first resource.
  • the processing module 2102 indexes the second resource, and maps the partial symbol to the first resource; the transceiver module 2101 sends the partial symbol.
  • the processing module 2102 virtually maps the symbols in the first symbol sequence to the second resource, physically maps the partial symbols to the first resource, and the transceiver module 2101 sends the partial symbols.
  • mappings involved in the embodiments of the present application are understood as physical mappings unless otherwise specified.
  • the first resource is a true subset of the foregoing second resource.
  • the number of the first resources is one or more.
  • the processing module 2102 performs rate matching according to the foregoing second resource to obtain the foregoing first bit sequence.
  • the processing module 2102 performs rate matching according to the redundancy version RV and/or the size of the foregoing second resource to obtain the foregoing first bit sequence.
  • the processing module 2102 maps the partial symbol to the first resource according to one or more of the following: the second resource, the first resource, the mapping start point, the mapping order, the mapping pattern, or the pilot pattern. .
  • the processing module 2102 determines, according to the first information from the control node, the first resource, where the first information is included in one or more of the following messages: a physical layer message, a medium access control (MAC) layer message, Or Radio Resource Control (RRC) layer message.
  • MAC medium access control
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the processing module 2102 determines the foregoing first resource according to one or more of the following: the foregoing second resource, an activated bandwidth portion (BWP), a measurement result, or a service scheduling state.
  • BWP activated bandwidth portion
  • the foregoing second resource includes one or more sub-resources.
  • the size of the foregoing sub-resource is related to one or more of the following: a size of the resource block group, a size of a mini-slot, a size of a slot, a number of beams, and a number of spatial layers.
  • the size of the second resource a transport block size (TBS) parameter, a code rate parameter, or a modulation and coding scheme (MCS) parameter.
  • TBS transport block size
  • MCS modulation and coding scheme
  • the processing module 2102 determines, according to the second information from the control node, a sub-resource that constitutes the foregoing first resource, where the second information is included in one or more of the following messages: a physical layer message, a MAC layer message, or an RRC Layer message.
  • the processing module 2102 determines, according to one or more of the following, a sub-resource that constitutes the foregoing first resource: the foregoing second resource, the activated BWP, the measurement result, or the service scheduling status.
  • the parameter of the foregoing sub-resource is related to the parameter of the foregoing second resource; the parameter of the sub-resource includes one or more of the following: a pilot parameter, a pre-encoding parameter, a redundancy version parameter, a mapping start point parameter, Coding parameters, or modulation parameters.
  • the processing module 2102 determines parameters of the foregoing sub-resource according to one or more of the following: third information from the control node, or parameter information of the predefined sub-resource; optionally, where the third information includes In one or more of the following messages: a physical layer message, a MAC layer message, or an RRC layer message; optionally, the parameters of the foregoing sub-resource include one or more of the following: pilot parameters, pre-encoding parameters, redundancy Remaining version parameters, mapping start point parameters, encoding parameters, or modulation parameters.
  • the parameter of the foregoing first resource is related to the parameter of the foregoing second resource; optionally, the parameter of the first resource includes one or more of the following: a pilot parameter, a precoding parameter, and a redundancy version parameter. , mapping start point parameters, coding parameters, or modulation parameters.
  • the processing module 2102 determines, according to one or more of the following parameters, the parameter of the first resource: fourth information from the control node, or parameter information of the predefined sub-resource; optionally, the fourth information Included in one or more of the following messages: a physical layer message, a MAC layer message, or an RRC layer message; optionally, the parameters of the foregoing first resource include one or more of the following: a pilot parameter, a precoding parameter , redundancy version parameters, mapping start point parameters, coding parameters, or modulation parameters.
  • the transceiver module 2101 receives the fifth information from the control node, and the processing module 2102 determines the second resource according to the fifth information; optionally, the fifth information is group public information; optionally, the fifth The information is included in physical layer control information, MAC layer messages, or RRC layer messages.
  • the transceiver module 2101 receives the sixth information from the control node, and the processing module 2102 determines the power control parameter of the first resource according to the sixth information, and the transceiver module 2101 sends the mapping to the first resource by using the power control parameter.
  • Data optionally, the sixth information is group common information; optionally, the sixth information is included in physical layer control information, a MAC layer message, or an RRC layer message.
  • the foregoing second resource may further include a third resource, where the third resource is a true subset of the foregoing second resource, and the third resource does not intersect with the first resource; optionally, the sixth information is further The power control parameter of the third resource is included; optionally, the power control parameter of the third resource is different from the power control parameter of the first resource; optionally, the number of the third resource may be one or more One.
  • the embodiment of the present application determines a part of resources in the resource set by configuring a resource set sent by the data, and maps the data to be sent according to the part of the resource and performs data transmission, thereby reducing interference in multi-node cooperative transmission, thereby improving multi-node. Reliability and latency performance of collaborative delivery.
  • each module in the communication device 2100 in this embodiment of the present application may also be used to perform the method described in FIG. 12, FIG. 13, FIG. 15, FIG. 16, FIG. 17, or FIG.
  • the descriptions of the corresponding methods of FIG. 3 are performed with reference to the above-mentioned respective modules, and details are not described herein.
  • processing units for performing these techniques at a communication device may be implemented in one or more general purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSPs), digital Signal processing device (DSPD), application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), programmable logic device (PLD), field programmable gate array (FPGA), or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic, discrete hardware components, or In any combination.
  • DSPs digital signal processors
  • DSPD digital Signal processing device
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • PLD programmable logic device
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • a general purpose processor may be a microprocessor.
  • the general purpose processor may be any conventional processor, controller, microcontroller, or state machine.
  • the processor may also be implemented by a combination of computing devices, such as a digital signal processor and a microprocessor, a plurality of microprocessors, one or more microprocessors in conjunction with a digital signal processor core, or any other similar configuration. achieve.
  • At least one refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item or a plurality of items.
  • at least one of (a, b, or c) may represent: a, b, c, ab, ac, bc, or abc, where a, b, c may be single or Multiple.
  • the steps of the method or algorithm described in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embedded in hardware, instructions executed by the processor, or a combination of the two.
  • the memory can be RAM memory, flash memory, ROM memory, EPROM memory, EEPROM memory, registers, hard disk, removable disk, CD-ROM, or any other form of storage medium in the art.
  • the memory can be coupled to the processor such that the processor can read information from the memory and can write information to the memory.
  • the memory can also be integrated into the processor.
  • the processor and the memory can be disposed in the ASIC, and the ASIC can be disposed in the terminal. Alternatively, the processor and memory may also be located in different components in the terminal.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions can be stored in a computer readable storage medium or transferred from one computer readable storage medium to another computer readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions can be from a website site, computer, server or packet
  • the center transmits to another website site, computer, server, or packet center by wire (eg, coaxial cable, fiber optic, digital subscriber line (DSL), or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • the computer readable storage medium can be any available media that can be accessed by a computer or a packet storage device that includes one or more available media integrated servers, packet centers, and the like.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium, such as a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape, an optical medium such as a DVD, or a semiconductor medium such as a Solid State Disk (SSD). Combinations of the above should also be included within the scope of the computer readable media.
  • a magnetic medium such as a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape, an optical medium such as a DVD, or a semiconductor medium such as a Solid State Disk (SSD).
  • SSD Solid State Disk
  • the embodiment of the present application discloses a data transmission method and device.
  • the two network devices may overlap when using the overlapping time-frequency resources to transmit data to the same terminal device.
  • the data transmitted on the time-frequency resources is the same, which can reduce data interference and improve the reliability of data transmission. The details are described below separately.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of a system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the system can include a network device 10, a network device 20, and a terminal device 11.
  • the network device 10 and the network device 20 can perform data communication with the terminal device 11.
  • the number of the network device 10 and the network device 20 that communicate with the terminal device 11 may be one or two or more.
  • the system architecture shown in FIG. 22 can be more generally expressed as a cooperative transmission between the first device and the second device, and the data is sent to the third device, where the first device and the second device can be network devices.
  • the device may also be a device with a wireless transceiver function, which is not limited in this application; the third device may be a terminal device or other devices having a wireless transceiver function, which is not limited in this application.
  • the network device 10 or the network device 20 may be an access device in which the terminal device accesses the mobile communication system in a wireless manner, and may be a base station NodeB, an evolved base station eNodeB, a base station in a 5G mobile communication system, and a future mobile communication system.
  • the access node, the relay node, and the like in the base station or the WiFi system may also be a transmission and receiving point (TRP).
  • TRP transmission and receiving point
  • the terminal device 11 may be a mobile user equipment (UE), an access terminal, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a user terminal, or a user agent.
  • the access terminal may be a cellular telephone, a handheld device with wireless communication capabilities, a computing device or an in-vehicle device, a wearable device, a terminal in a 5G network, or a terminal in a future public land mobile network (PLMN). Wait.
  • the terminal device 11 may be a mobile phone, a tablet, a computer with wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (AR) terminal device, and an industrial device.
  • Wireless terminal in industrial control wireless terminal in self driving, wireless terminal in remote medical surgery, wireless terminal in smart grid, transportation safety A wireless terminal in a wireless terminal, a wireless terminal in a smart city, a wireless terminal in a smart home, and the like.
  • the following describes an example of a downlink transmission in which the transmitting device is a network device and the receiving device is a terminal device.
  • a similar method can also be applied to a relay transmission system in which both the transmitting device and the receiving device are network devices, and a D2D transmission to which the transmitting device is a terminal device, and the receiving device is also a terminal device.
  • the physical transmission resource used by the network device and the terminal device for data transmission may be referred to as a time-frequency resource, and the time-frequency resource may include three dimensions: a time domain, a frequency domain, and a spatial domain.
  • the data transmitted by the network device on the allocated time-frequency resources may be determined according to a redundancy version (RV) and a transport block size (TBS). After adding a cyclic redundancy check (CRC) to the transport block (TB), the network device can segment the TB to obtain multiple coding blocks (CBs).
  • RV redundancy version
  • TBS transport block size
  • CRC cyclic redundancy check
  • the network device encodes each CB to obtain an encoded bit sequence.
  • the network device performs rate matching on the encoded bit sequence according to the RV to obtain a physical bit sequence mapped to the physical transmission resource.
  • the physical bit sequence is modulated to obtain a modulation symbol sequence, and the network device maps each symbol in the modulation symbol sequence to each of the allocated time-frequency resources and transmits the signal to the terminal device.
  • the data processing procedure of the network device is described by taking a CB as an example.
  • the CB may be one of a plurality of CBs obtained after performing a segmentation operation on a transport block (TB).
  • TB transport block
  • the channel-coded bit sequence is ⁇ b 1 , b 2 , . . . , b B ⁇ .
  • the encoded bit sequence ⁇ b 1 , b 2 , . . . , b B ⁇ may be stored by the network device in a circular buffer to obtain data from the circular buffer for modulation according to the allocated physical resource size and modulation mode.
  • the network device determines the index value k0 of the first bit in the transmitted bit sequence according to the value of the RV, and determines the number of data bits that can be sent as L according to the size of the allocated time-frequency resource, and finally determines that the bit sequence to be transmitted is ⁇ b k0 , b k0+1 , b k0+2 ... b k0+L-1 ⁇ , that is, consecutive L bits starting from the index value k0.
  • the network device may further perform a scrambling operation on the bit sequence ⁇ b k0 , b k0+1 , b k0+2 ...
  • the network device modulates the bit sequence ⁇ c k0 , c k0+1 , c k0+2, ...c k0+L-1 ⁇ , and modulates each m bits into one modulation symbol to obtain a modulation symbol sequence ⁇ d 0 , d 1 , d 2 ... d (L-1)/m ⁇ , wherein one modulation symbol corresponds to a point in the constellation.
  • the network device can also perform multi-antenna cyclic precoding on the modulation symbols using a precoding matrix.
  • the network device uses 2 transmit antennas, and the precoding matrix set is Then, the network device may perform precoding on the modulated symbol cycle using the matrix in the set by using a resource block (RB) as a granularity.
  • RB resource block
  • an RB numbered 0 uses a precoding matrix RB numbered 1 uses a precoding matrix RB number 2 uses precoding matrix RB numbered 3 uses a precoding matrix RB number 4 uses precoding matrix
  • the network device sequentially maps the modulation symbol sequence to the RE of the allocated time-frequency resource and sends it to the terminal device, and one RE carries a modulation symbol, in other words, one modulation symbol is mapped to one RE.
  • the value of RV determines the index value k0 of the first bit in the transmitted bit sequence, and the value of RV may be equal to 0, 1, 2, 3.
  • the above process of determining the bit sequence ⁇ b k0 , b k0+1 , b k0+2 ... b k0+L-1 ⁇ to be transmitted from the bit sequence ⁇ b 1 , b 2 , . . . , b B ⁇ is called a rate. match.
  • the above m is the number of bits carried on one modulation symbol, which is determined by the modulation method.
  • the modulation method may be binary phase shift keying (BPSK), quadrature phase shift keying (QPSK), 16 quadrature amplitude modulation (16QAM), and 64QAM.
  • BPSK binary phase shift keying
  • QPSK quadrature phase shift keying
  • 16QAM 16 quadrature amplitude modulation
  • 64QAM 64QAM.
  • a BPSK, QPSK, 16QAM, 64QAM modulation symbol can carry 1, 2, 4, and 6 bits, respectively, that is, m is equal to 1, 2, 4, and 6, respectively.
  • the network device can also use other modulation methods, such as pi/2-BPSK, 256QAM, 512QAM, 1024QAM, etc., which is not limited in this application.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • Rate matching includes three steps of sub-block interleaving, bit collection, bit selection, and puncturing.
  • the data bits ⁇ b 1 , b 2 , ..., b B ⁇ obtained by encoding the CB contain information bits and redundant bits, are stored in the buffer area, and determine the index of the first bit in the transmitted bit sequence according to the value of the RV. The value, in turn, determines that the transmitted data bit sequence is ⁇ b k0 , b k0+1 , b k0+2 ... b k0+L-1 ⁇ .
  • the data bits sent to the terminal device in the encoded data bits are selected according to the RV value in order to improve the decoding performance of the data on the terminal device side.
  • the present application is described by taking two network device cooperative transmission as an example, but the solution in the present application may also be extended to an application scenario in which two or more network devices cooperate to transmit.
  • the system architecture shown in FIG. 22 is only for a clearer description of the technical solutions of the present application, and does not constitute a limitation of the present application.
  • the present application The technical solutions provided are equally applicable to similar technical issues.
  • the same service data may be repeatedly transmitted to the same terminal device 11 through two or more network devices 10 and the network device 20, that is, two or more network devices 10 and the network device 20 cooperatively transmit service data to reduce data. Transmit delay and improve the reliability of data transmission.
  • FIG. 23 is a time-frequency resource for cooperative transmission of network devices according to an embodiment of the present application. Schematic diagram of the assignment. As shown in FIG. 23, in a case where the network device 1 and the network device 2 do not exchange any scheduling information, if the time-frequency resources used by the network device 1 and the network device 2 overlap, the network device 1 and the network device 2 overlap.
  • the data transmitted to the terminal device 11 on the frequency resource is likely to be different, and interference is formed on the terminal device 11 side.
  • the network device 1 uses the BPSK modulation method on the first resource element (RE) of the overlapping time-frequency resources.
  • the transmitted data bit is c k
  • the data bit transmitted by the network device 2 on the first RE of the overlapping time-frequency resources using BPSK modulation is c k+7
  • the terminal device 11 receives the data c k and c k+ 7 will interfere with each other, reducing the reliability of data transmission.
  • FIG. 24A is a schematic diagram of time-frequency resource allocation of another network device cooperative transmission according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the time-frequency resources used by the network device 1 and the network device 2 can be completely overlapped by the service data transmitted by the interaction scheduling information, and no data transmission is performed on the overlapping time-frequency resources.
  • FIG. 24B is a schematic diagram of another time-frequency resource allocation for cooperative transmission of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device 1 and the network device 2 can also completely overlap the time-frequency resources used by the service data transmitted through the interactive scheduling information, and on the overlapping time-frequency resources, the network device 1 and the network device 2 are directed to the terminal.
  • the device 11 transmits the same data, thereby reducing the interference received by the terminal device 11, and improving the reliability of data transmission.
  • the network device 1 and the network device 2 need to perform close cooperation through interaction scheduling information, such as data interaction through an interface between adjacent cells, which may result in The latency requirements for traffic data transmission are not met.
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 25, the data transmission method may include the following steps:
  • the network device determines a first time-frequency resource used for sending target data.
  • the first time-frequency resource is part or all of the second time-frequency resource
  • the second time-frequency resource is all time-frequency resources that the network device can use for information transmission.
  • the network device determines an index value of the first bit carried on the target RE according to the location of the target RE relative to the reference RE and the index value of the first bit carried on the reference RE.
  • the network device sends the target data to the terminal device on the first time-frequency resource.
  • the RE is the smallest resource unit among the physical resources.
  • an RE corresponds to a time domain symbol (symbol), for example, may be an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbol.
  • OFDM orthogonal frequency division multiplexing
  • one RE corresponds to one subcarrier.
  • a time-frequency resource whose time domain symbol is within the range of one subcarrier is called an RE.
  • the RE is the basic unit.
  • the definition of the time-frequency resource, the RE, and the like can refer to the existing LTE communication system standard, but this application does not limit this, and the definition of the time-frequency resource and the RE may be different in the future communication standard.
  • the target RE is located in the first time-frequency resource
  • the reference RE is the RE of the preset location in the second time-frequency resource.
  • FIG. 26 is a schematic diagram of a mapping relationship between data and an RE provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the target RE may be any one of the first time-frequency resources.
  • the reference RE is located in the second time-frequency resource.
  • the reference RE may be the first RE of the second time-frequency resource, or may be the last RE of the second time-frequency resource, where the first and last ones may be followed.
  • the data is mapped to the order on the second time-frequency resource to define.
  • the location of the reference RE may be predefined by the protocol or configured by the network device to the terminal device through higher layer signaling.
  • the higher layer signaling in this application may be radio resource control (RRC) signaling.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the number of bits that can be carried on the reference RE is related to the modulation mode, and the index value of the first bit carried on the reference RE may be preset.
  • the index value of the first bit carried on the reference RE may be associated with at least one of the redundancy version, the TBS.
  • the index value of the first bit carried on the reference RE may be determined by referring to the method of determining the index value of the first bit in the transmitted bit sequence according to the value of the RV in the foregoing rate matching process.
  • the index value of the first bit carried on the reference RE may be the index value k0 of the first bit in the transmission bit sequence corresponding to the RV value.
  • the formula for determining k0 according to the value of RV may change, which is not limited in this application.
  • the distance between the RE and the reference RE where m is the number of bits carried on the target RE.
  • the value of m is related to the modulation mode of the data. For the correspondence between the modulation mode and the m value, refer to the related description in the rate matching process.
  • the distance between the target RE and the reference RE may be determined according to the location of the target RE, the location of the reference RE, and the mapping order of the data to the time-frequency resource.
  • the mapping order of the data to the time-frequency resource may adopt the mapping order of the data to the time-frequency resource in the LTE downlink data transmission, that is, the order of the time domain after the frequency domain, or other mapping order, such as the time domain after the time domain.
  • the mapping order is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. It can be understood that the bit sequence carried on the target RE is consecutive m bits starting from the index value k.
  • the REs in the second time-frequency resource may correspond to one number in sequence.
  • the mapping order corresponds to the RE after the reference RE.
  • the numbers are a+1, a+2..., a+k,... in order.
  • the numbers corresponding to the REs before the reference RE in the mapping order are a-1, a-2..., a-k, .
  • the distance between the target RE and the reference RE is equal to the absolute value of the difference between the reference RE and the number corresponding to the target RE.
  • the distance between the RE corresponding to the number a+k and the reference RE is abs(a-(a+k)), that is, abs(k), where abs represents an absolute value operation.
  • the number corresponding to the RE may be only for a valid RE, and the effective RE refers to an RE that can be used for data transmission in the second time-frequency resource.
  • the valid RE does not include the RE occupied by other reference signals or control signaling, and the occupied RE is skipped when numbering. It can be understood that when the mapping order of the data to the time-frequency resource changes, even if the positions of the target RE and the reference RE are unchanged, the distance between the target RE and the reference RE changes.
  • the modulation mode of the data is BPSK
  • the distance between the first RE of the first time-frequency resource and the reference RE is 5 RE
  • the index of the bit carried on the reference RE is k0 (the corresponding data bit is b k0 before scrambling)
  • the index value of the bit carried on the first RE of the first time-frequency resource can be calculated as k0+5 (the data bit corresponding to the index value is before scrambling) b k0+5 , c k0+5 after scrambling).
  • the calculation method of the index value of the bit carried on the other REs of the first time-frequency resource is similar to the calculation method of the index value of the bit of the first RE carried in the first time-frequency resource, and details are not described herein.
  • the index value of the bit carried on the other REs other than the first RE of the first time-frequency resource may also be based on the index value of the bit carried on the first RE of the first time-frequency resource and the other RE The distance between the first RE and the first RE of the first time-frequency resource is determined.
  • the index of the data carried on the target RE may also be an index of the modulation symbol. It is assumed that the distance between the first RE of the first time-frequency resource and the reference RE is 5 REs, and the index value of the modulation symbol carried on the reference RE is 0, and the corresponding modulation symbol is d 0 . Therefore, the modulation symbol carried on the first RE of the first time-frequency resource has an index value of 5 and the modulation symbol of the pair is d 5 .
  • the calculation method of the index value of the modulation symbol carried on the other REs of the first time-frequency resource is similar to the calculation method of the index value of the modulation symbol carried on the first RE of the first time-frequency resource, and details are not described herein.
  • the index value of the modulation symbol carried on the other REs other than the first RE of the first time-frequency resource may also be based on the index value of the modulation symbol carried on the first RE of the first time-frequency resource and the other The distance between the RE and the first RE of the first time-frequency resource is determined.
  • the modulation mode of the data is QPSK, 16QAM, 64QAM, and the number of bits transmitted on the corresponding one RE is 2, 4, 6, then m corresponds to 2, 4, 6, correspondingly in the first time-frequency resource,
  • the third time-frequency resource may be preset in the second time-frequency resource, and the index value or the modulation symbol index value of the first bit carried on the RE in the third time-frequency resource is determined by using the foregoing method, and The bit index value of the data carried on the RE other than the third time-frequency resource or the index value of the modulation symbol may be determined without using the above method.
  • the third time-frequency resource may be predefined by the system, such as a protocol definition, or may be semi-statically configured to the terminal device through RRC signaling after the network device determines.
  • the third time-frequency resource may be one or more time units in the time domain and one or more frequency domain units in the frequency domain.
  • the time unit may be one of a frame, a subframe, a slot, a mini-slot, and a time domain symbol;
  • the frequency domain unit may be a subcarrier, an RB, a resource block group ( RB group, RBG), one of a carrier component (CC), a sub-band, and a bandwidth part (BP).
  • the third time-frequency resource can be used for cooperative transmission of data by multiple network devices, and time-frequency resources other than the third time-frequency resource in the second time-frequency resource can be used for other service data transmission, so as to perform transmission for different service data.
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic diagram of mapping relationship between data and REs during cooperative transmission of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the resource locations of the reference REs are the same for the two network devices, and the index values of the first bits carried on the reference RE are the same.
  • the data is transmitted in a scrambled manner, the scrambling mode and scrambling sequence of the two network devices are the same.
  • the starting value of the scrambling sequence may be determined by the bit index value k0, so as to ensure that the scrambling values of the bits of different network devices on the same RE are also the same.
  • multiple network devices can be precoded using the same set of precoding matrixes that are agreed upon. Assuming there are two network devices, each of which is a single transmit antenna, the two network devices can use a precoding matrix set. Precoding the modulation symbols, the network device 1 precodes the modulation symbols by using the first element in the matrix, and the network device 2 precodes the modulation symbols by using the second element in the matrix, for example, the network device 1 adopts Precoding the modulation symbols, and the network device 2 adopts Or, the network device 1 adopts Precoding the modulation symbols, and the network device 2 adopts In order to enable different network devices to precode the modulation symbols by using different elements of the same precoding matrix on the same RE, the two network devices can use the same precoding matrix determination rule to determine the preamble used on the target RE.
  • the precoding matrix set and the precoding matrix determining rule may be configured by signaling to a plurality of network devices that need to perform cooperative transmission.
  • the network device 1 and the network device 2 transmit data bits to the same terminal device, and all the time-frequency resources that the network device 1 and the network device 2 can use for information transmission are the same resource region. If the time-frequency resources used by the two network devices overlap, and the transmitted data bits are the same TB-encoded data bits, the time-frequency resources used by the network device 1 and the network device 2 are carried on each RE.
  • the index value of the first bit is determined by the distance between each of the REs and the reference RE, and the index value of the first bit carried on the reference RE. The specific process of determining the index value of the first bit carried on each RE can be referred to the specific description in the embodiment described in FIG. 25, and details are not described herein.
  • the resource location of the reference RE and the index value of the first bit carried on the reference RE are preset. Therefore, when the network device 1 and the network device 2 adopt the same modulation mode and both the network device 1 and the network device 2 transmit a single data stream, the mapping between each of the time-frequency resources used by the network device 1 and the network device 2 overlaps.
  • the data bits are the same. Therefore, the interference on the terminal device side is reduced, and the same data can improve the signal strength.
  • the network device 1 and the network device 2 both adopt the BPSK data modulation mode, and both the network device 1 and the network device 2 transmit a single data stream as an example, and the first time-frequency resource allocated to the network device 1 is taken as an example.
  • the network device 1 determines the index value of the first bit carried on each RE in accordance with the embodiment described in FIG.
  • the data bits carried on each RE are then determined.
  • the distance between the first RE assigned to the network device 1 and the reference RE is 9, and the index of the first bit carried on the reference RE is k0. Therefore, the index value of the first bit carried on the first RE is k0+9, and it is determined that the first bit carried on the first RE is c k0+9 .
  • the index value of the first bit carried by the network device 1 on each RE may be sequentially determined according to the above method.
  • the network device 2 determines the index value of the first bit carried on each RE according to the embodiment described in FIG. 25, and the process may refer to the network device described above. 1.
  • FIG. 27 there is no need to perform scheduling information interaction.
  • the data bits carried on each RE are the same, thereby reducing data interference and requiring The reliability of data transmission is improved by cooperative transmission within the delay.
  • the embodiment in the present application may also be extended to multiple data stream transmission scenarios, that is, multiple input multiple output (MIMO) scenarios.
  • MIMO multiple input multiple output
  • each data stream can be processed according to the above process.
  • the number of layers of data transmitted on the target RE is 1 or extended to a scenario where the number of layers of data transmitted on the target RE is greater than 1.
  • the target RE is simultaneously mapped with t modulation symbols, and the number of bits carried on the corresponding target RE is m*t. It can be understood that when the number of layers of data transmitted on the target RE is 1, the number of bits carried on one modulation symbol is m, and the number of bits carried on the target RE is also m.
  • a scenario in which the number of layers of data transmitted on one RE is one is used.
  • the foregoing embodiment may be applied to a scenario in which the network device 1 and the network device 2 perform cooperative data transmission using the same modulation mode and the same MIMO layer number.
  • the network device 1 and the network device 2 can simultaneously send the same data to the same terminal device on the overlapping time-frequency resources, thereby improving the signal-to-noise ratio of the data received by the terminal device, thereby improving data transmission. Reliability.
  • FIG. 28 is another data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application. Schematic diagram of the process. As shown in FIG. 28, the data transmission method may include the following steps:
  • the network device determines a first time-frequency resource used to send target data.
  • the network device performs s-round data mapping on each layer of data in the t-layer data that is carried on the target resource unit RE, where t is the number of layers of data carried on the RE, and s is data transmission by the network device. The ratio of the modulation order actually used to the lowest modulation order of the data transmission.
  • the network device determines the jth layer i-th round data mapping according to the location of the target RE relative to the reference RE and the index value of the first bit carried on the reference RE in the i-th wheel data mapping of the j-th layer.
  • the index value of the first bit carried on the target RE where i is a positive integer less than or equal to s, and j is a positive integer less than or equal to t.
  • the network device sends the target data to the terminal device on the first time-frequency resource.
  • Step S201 and step S203 may refer to step S101 and step S103 in the embodiment described in FIG. 25, respectively, and no further details are provided herein.
  • the network device When the network device performs data modulation with a modulation order higher than the lowest modulation order of the data transmission or performs multi-layer data transmission in the MIMO system, the network device transmits the data bits of each layer carried on the RE according to the data.
  • the lowest modulation order performs multiple rounds of data mapping. It can be understood that when the network device uses the lowest modulation order of data transmission for data modulation, the network device only needs to perform one round of data mapping for each layer carried on the RE.
  • Reference RE m is the modulation order actually used when the network device performs data transmission
  • m min is the lowest modulation order of data transmission.
  • the network device After the network device completes the data mapping, a plurality of bits mapped to the same layer of the same RE are combined and modulated to generate a modulation symbol.
  • the network device pre-codes the multi-layer modulation symbols, generates multi-layer data, and sends the data to the terminal device. It can be understood that the value of the above i may also be an integer greater than or equal to zero and less than s, and the value of j may also be an integer greater than or equal to zero and less than t.
  • the value of the modulation order m is equal to the number of bits that a modulation symbol can carry. For example, when the modulation mode is BPSK, the modulation order is 1; when the modulation mode is QPSK, the modulation order is 2; when the modulation mode is 16QAM The modulation order is 4; when the modulation mode is 64QAM, the modulation order is 6, and so on, and will not be described again.
  • the modulation order m can be different, the s of different layers can also be different.
  • the calculation method of the above n may refer to the calculation method of n in the scenario of cooperative data transmission with reference to the same modulation mode and the same MIMO layer number, and details are not described herein.
  • the value of m min can be predefined by the system.
  • the fixed value is 1 or 2.
  • the value of m min can also be determined by the network device and sent to the terminal device through high-level signaling.
  • the value of k 0,i,j can be obtained by referring to the calculation method of k0 , and the values of RV corresponding to different k 0,i,j can be different.
  • the value of the RV corresponding to the different k 0,i,j may be predefined by the system, or may be determined by the network device and sent to the terminal device through the high layer signaling.
  • k 0,i,j may have different values, which may cause more different information bits to be carried on the target RE, which is beneficial to improve data transmission efficiency.
  • the corresponding values of k 0,i,j are the same.
  • the reference REs used may also be different when mapping different levels of data in different layers.
  • the network device 1 participating in the cooperative transmission transmits the data to be transmitted on the second time-frequency resource by using the QPSK modulation method, and the network The device 2 sends the data to be transmitted on the third time-frequency resource by using the BPSK modulation mode, where the second time-frequency resource and the third time-frequency resource have partially overlapping time-frequency resources.
  • the network device 2 is in the first target RE.
  • the bit carried on is also b0; then the bit b0 is modulated into a BPSK modulation symbol map and transmitted to the terminal device on the first target RE.
  • the terminal device receives the QPSK modulation symbol from the network device 1 and the BPSK modulation symbol from the network device 2 on the first target RE, one bit of the QPSK modulation symbol is the same as the BPSK modulation symbol, thereby improving The terminal receives performance and improves data transmission efficiency.
  • the above solution for a multi-layer data transmission or other modulation mode scenario, can also make the bit sequence carried by the modulation symbols transmitted on the same target RE for the two network devices participating in the coordinated transmission satisfy the following relationship: adopting a lower layer A bit sequence transmitted by a network device of a lower or lower modulation mode is a subset of a bit sequence transmitted by a network device that uses a higher layer number or a higher modulation mode, thereby improving terminal reception performance and improving data transmission efficiency.
  • the target RE in the first time-frequency resource, if the target RE is occupied, for example, the target RE is occupied by a control channel, a broadcast channel, a synchronization channel, or a reference signal (RS), the occupied
  • the data carried on the RE may be punctured, and the data carried on the occupied RE will not be transmitted.
  • the data carried on the subsequent RE is not affected, and the index value of the first bit carried on the subsequent RE is still based on the distance between the subsequent RE and the reference RE, and the first bit carried on the reference RE. The index value is determined.
  • FIG. 29 is a schematic diagram of mapping relationship between another data and an RE provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the data bits carried on the RE occupied by the RS are not transmitted.
  • the first time-frequency resource may be discontinuous in the second time-frequency resource.
  • the bits of the first RE and the second RE carried by the first time-frequency resource are c k0+3 and c k0, respectively. +4 , the bit carried by the third RE is c k0+5 , and the bit carried by the fourth RE is c k0+6 .
  • the third RE is occupied by the RS, so c k0+5 is not transmitted.
  • the data bits carried on the fourth RE are not affected by the RS occupation and are normally transmitted.
  • the network device may skip the corresponding reserved RE location, that is, do not carry the data in the corresponding reserved RE location.
  • the reserved RE may be used to send the RS, and may also be used to send other information, which is not limited in this application.
  • the RE is reserved for transmitting the RS as an example for description.
  • FIG. 30 is a schematic diagram of mapping relationship between data and RE provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 30, the bit carried on the RE before the first RS is c k0+4 , and the bit carried on the RE after the first RS is c k0+5 .
  • the number of reference REs may be two or more in the second time-frequency resource.
  • the second time-frequency resource can be divided into different parts, each part is assigned a reference RE, and each part can be separated by one or more frequency domain elements in the frequency domain.
  • the index value of the first bit carried on the RE in each part is determined according to the position of the reference RE in the part and the index value of the first bit carried on the reference RE.
  • the RV value used in the current data transmission is determined implicitly by using the time-frequency resource of the data to be transmitted, thereby reducing
  • the overhead of downlink control signaling improves the efficiency of air interface transmission.
  • the correspondence between the RV value and the index of the time-frequency resource may be a system pre-defined or a protocol pre-defined, or may be notified to the terminal device by using the RRC signaling after the network device determines.
  • the index of the time-frequency resource may be one of a slot number, a mini-slot number, and a CC number.
  • the preset RV value corresponding to mini-slot1 is 0, and the RV value corresponding to mini-slot2 is 1.
  • Such a method of determining the RV value of the data according to the index of the time-frequency resource can also be used in the URLLC service.
  • the time-frequency resources adjacent to the index value can be used to transmit the TB of the same URLLC service, and the adjacent time-frequency resources of the index value correspond to different RV values, so that the index value is adjacent to the time-frequency resource.
  • the data is a different part of the data bits encoded by the same TB, and the amount of information of the TB received on the terminal device side after multiple transmissions is larger, and the decoding performance of the data transmission can be improved.
  • FIG. 31 is a schematic diagram of mapping relationship between another data and an RE provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the RV value of the data carried in the time-frequency resource corresponding to the mini-slot1 in the time domain may be RV0
  • the RV value of the data carried in the time-frequency resource corresponding to the mini-slot2 is RV1.
  • the index value of the first bit carried on the reference RE1 may be obtained according to the RV0 correspondence, assuming k0
  • the index value of the first bit carried on the reference RE2 may be obtained according to the RV1 correspondence, assuming k1.
  • the method of determining the index value of the first bit carried on the reference RE according to the RV value may refer to the method of determining the index value of the first bit of the bit sequence to be transmitted according to the RV value in the foregoing rate matching process.
  • the index value of the first bit carried on the target RE is determined according to the first bit index value k0 carried on the reference RE1 and the distance between the target RE and the reference RE1.
  • the index value of the first bit carried on the target RE is determined according to the first bit index value k1 carried on the reference RE2 and the distance between the target RE and the reference RE2.
  • the index value of the first bit carried in the first target RE is based on the distance between the first target RE and the reference RE1, and is mapped to the reference RE1.
  • the index value k0 of the first bit above determines that the corresponding data bit is c k0+3 .
  • the index value of the first bit carried in the first target RE is based on the distance between the first target RE and the reference RE2, and is mapped to the first bit on the reference RE2.
  • the index value k1 determines that the corresponding data bit is c k1+4 .
  • the values of different RVs corresponding to different CC numbers in the frequency domain may be preset, and then the index value of the first bit carried in the reference RE is determined, which is similar to the different RV values corresponding to the different mini-slot numbers. I will not repeat them here.
  • the RV values corresponding to different data transmission layers and/or different data mapping rounds in the same time-frequency resource region may be preset, thereby determining different reference data RE layers and/or reference REs of different data mapping rounds. The index value of the first bit on.
  • the data transmission method described in FIG. 25 or FIG. 28 may be adopted when the TBS is less than or equal to a preset threshold.
  • the network device may notify the terminal device to use the data transmission method described in FIG. 25 or FIG. 28 through RRC signaling or physical layer signaling.
  • one of the network devices may be selected as the primary network device, and when the initial data is transmitted, only the primary network device is used to send the URLLC to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device side feeds back an acknowledgement (ACK) or a negative acknowledgement (NACK) to two or more network devices according to whether the received data is successful. If two or more network devices receive a NACK, indicating that the initial transmission data transmission fails, when retransmitting the data, the data transmission method described in FIG. 25 or FIG. 28 is used; if two or more network devices are used An ACK is received, indicating that the initial transmission of data is successful, and the data transmission is ended.
  • ACK acknowledgement
  • NACK negative acknowledgement
  • FIG. 32 is a schematic diagram of cooperative transmission of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device 1 can be set as the primary network device.
  • the network device 1 transmits the initial transmission data to the terminal device, and the terminal device feeds back an ACK or a NACK to the network device 1 and the network device 2 according to whether the received data is successful.
  • the network device 1 and the network device 2 receive the NACK signal, the network device 1 and the network device 2 can perform cooperative transmission using the data transmission method described in FIG. 25 or FIG.
  • the terminal device may also transmit, to the network device 1 and the network device 2, identification information of a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ), such as a HARQ ID, or a packet ID information.
  • HARQ hybrid automatic repeat request
  • the network device 1 and the network device 2 can determine a data packet to be retransmitted based on the HARQ ID or the packet ID described above.
  • the HARQ ID and/or the packet ID information may be explicitly notified or implicitly notified.
  • the HARQ ID and/or the packet ID information may be implicitly determined according to the timing at which the signaling is located or the time-frequency resource in which it is located.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device feeds back the ACK/NACK to the network device 1 and the network device 2, the terminal device may also feed back the process number including the initial transmission data and the identifier of the initial transmission data to the network device 1 and the network device 2, such as the initial transmission. At least one of an ID of the data packet and an index of the time-frequency resource used by the initial transmission data.
  • the network device 1 and the network device 2 may select time-frequency resources that are the same as or similar to the time-frequency resources of the initial transmission data according to the index of the time-frequency resource used by the initial transmission data.
  • the same time-frequency resources as those used for the initial data are preferentially allocated; when the same time frequency as that used for the initial data cannot be allocated.
  • resources are allocated, the time-frequency resources that overlap most with the time-frequency resources used for the initial transmission data are allocated.
  • the network device 1 and the network device 2 transmit the same data bits on the overlapping time-frequency resources, which can reduce interference and improve reception quality.
  • the same URLLC may also be transmitted according to the process number of the initial transmission data transmission process and/or the identifier of the initial transmission data.
  • the service data is implemented to enable the network device 1 and the network device 2 to cooperatively transmit the URLLC service data.
  • the terminal device can also feed back a modulation and coding scheme (MCS), so that the network device 2 can allocate the MCS as the network device 1 as possible, so that the network device 1 and the network device 2 can select and The same MCS used for the initial data is transmitted to enable the network device 1 and the network device 2 to cooperatively transmit data.
  • MCS modulation and coding scheme
  • FIG. 33 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device 10 or a network device 20 according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the network device 10 or the network device 20 may include a processing unit 301 and send Unit 302, wherein:
  • the processing unit 301 is configured to determine a first time-frequency resource for transmitting target data, where the first time-frequency resource is part or all of the second time-frequency resource, and the second time-frequency resource is all time that the network device can be used for information transmission.
  • Frequency resource is part or all of the second time-frequency resource, and the second time-frequency resource is all time that the network device can be used for information transmission.
  • the processing unit 301 is further configured to determine an index value of the first bit carried on the target RE according to the location of the target resource unit RE relative to the reference RE and the index value of the first bit carried on the reference RE, where The target RE is located in the first time-frequency resource, and the reference RE is the RE of the preset position in the second time-frequency resource;
  • the sending unit 302 is configured to send the target data to the terminal device on the first time-frequency resource.
  • the distance between the RE and the reference RE, m is the number of bits carried on the target RE, and m is related to the modulation of the data.
  • the index value of the first bit carried on the reference RE is related to at least one of the redundancy version and the transport block size TBS.
  • the index value of the first bit carried on the reference RE is an index value of the first bit in the transmission bit sequence determined according to the value of the redundancy version.
  • the resource location of the reference RE is predefined by the protocol or configured by the sending unit 302 through the high layer signaling to the terminal device.
  • the reference RE is the first RE of the second time-frequency resource.
  • the functions of the processing unit 301 and the transmitting unit 302 may correspond to the corresponding description of the embodiment of the data transmission method shown in FIG.
  • the processing unit 301 is configured to determine a first time-frequency resource for transmitting target data, where the first time-frequency resource is part or all of the second time-frequency resource, and the second time-frequency resource All time-frequency resources that can be used for information transmission by network devices;
  • the sending unit 302 is configured to send the target data to the terminal device on the first time-frequency resource.
  • m min is predefined by the protocol or configured by the network device to the terminal device through high layer signaling.
  • the modulation order is the number of bits carried by one modulation symbol.
  • the index value of the first bit carried on the reference RE in the i-th round data mapping of the j-th layer is related to at least one of the redundancy version and the transport block size TBS.
  • the resource location of the reference RE is predefined by the protocol or configured by the network device to the terminal device through high layer signaling.
  • the reference RE is the first RE of the second time-frequency resource.
  • the functions of the processing unit 301 and the transmitting unit 302 may correspond to the corresponding description of the data transmission method embodiment shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 34 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 11 according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the terminal device 11 may include a processing unit 401 and a receiving unit 402, where:
  • the receiving unit 402 is configured to receive target data from the network device on the first time-frequency resource; the first time-frequency resource is part or all of the second time-frequency resource, and the second time-frequency resource is used by the network device for information transmission. All time-frequency resources;
  • the index value of the first bit carried on the target resource unit RE is determined by the location of the target RE relative to the reference RE and the index value of the first bit carried on the reference RE, and the target RE is located at the first time frequency.
  • the reference RE is an RE of a preset position in the second time-frequency resource;
  • the processing unit 401 is configured to demodulate and decode the target data.
  • the distance between the RE and the reference RE, m is the number of bits carried on the target RE, and m is related to the modulation of the data.
  • the index value of the first bit carried on the reference RE is related to at least one of the redundancy version and the transport block size TBS.
  • the index value of the first bit carried on the reference RE is an index value of the first bit in the transmission bit sequence determined according to the value of the redundancy version.
  • the resource location of the reference RE is determined by the protocol pre-defined or receiving unit 402 by receiving higher layer signaling from the network device 10 and/or the network device 20.
  • the reference RE is the first RE of the second time-frequency resource.
  • the functions of the processing unit 401 and the receiving unit 402 may correspond to the corresponding description of the embodiment of the data transmission method shown in FIG.
  • the receiving unit 402 is configured to receive target data from the network device 10 and/or the network device 20 on the first time-frequency resource;
  • the first time-frequency resource is part or all of the second time-frequency resource, and the second time-frequency resource is all time-frequency resources that the network device can use for information transmission; wherein each layer in the t-layer data on the target resource unit RE
  • the data is obtained by data mapping of the s round.
  • the index value of the first bit carried on the target RE in the i-th wheel data mapping of the jth layer is the position of the target RE relative to the reference RE, and the data of the jth layer i-th round
  • the index value of the first bit carried on the reference RE during mapping determines that the target RE is located in the first time-frequency resource, the reference RE is the RE of the preset position in the second time-frequency resource, and j is less than or equal to t.
  • t is the number of layers of the target RE bearer data
  • i is a positive integer less than or equal to s
  • s m/m min
  • m is the modulation order of the data carried on the target RE
  • m min is the data transmission Minimum modulation order
  • the processing unit 401 is configured to demodulate and decode the target data.
  • mmin is determined by the protocol pre-defined or receiving unit 402 by receiving high layer signaling from the network device.
  • the modulation order is the number of bits carried by one modulation symbol.
  • the index value of the first bit carried on the reference RE when the i-th round of data mapping of the jth layer is associated with at least one of the redundancy version and the transport block size TBS.
  • the resource location of the reference RE is determined by a protocol or by the terminal device by receiving higher layer signaling from the network device.
  • the reference RE is the first RE of the second time-frequency resource.
  • the functions of the processing unit 401 and the transmitting unit 402 may correspond to the corresponding description of the data transmission method embodiment shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 35 is a schematic structural diagram of another network device 10 or network device 20 according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the network device 10 or the network device 20 includes: one or more Network device processor 501, memory 502, communication interface 503, transmitter 505, receiver 506, coupler 507, and antenna 508. These components may be connected by bus 504 or other means, and FIG. 35 is exemplified by a bus connection. among them:
  • Communication interface 503 can be used by network device 10 or network device 20 to communicate with other communication devices, such as terminal devices or other network devices.
  • the terminal device may be the terminal device 11 shown in FIG. 34 or FIG. 36.
  • the communication interface 503 may be an LTE communication interface, or may be a communication interface of 5G or a future new air interface.
  • the network device 10 or the network device 20 may also be configured with a wired communication interface 503 to support wired communication, such as a backhaul link between a network device 10 or network device 20 and other network devices 10 or network devices 20. It can be a wired communication connection.
  • the transmitter 505 can be used to perform transmission processing on messages or data output by the network device processor 501.
  • transmitter 505 and receiver 506 can be viewed as a wireless modem.
  • the number of the transmitter 505 and the receiver 506 may each be one or more.
  • Transmitter 505 and receiver 506 may also be implemented by one or more transceivers.
  • the antenna 508 can be used to convert electromagnetic energy in a transmission line into electromagnetic waves in free space, or to convert electromagnetic waves in free space into electromagnetic energy in a transmission line.
  • Coupler 507 can be used to divide the mobile pass signal into multiple channels and distribute it to multiple receivers 506.
  • Memory 502 is coupled to network device processor 501 for storing various software programs and/or sets of instructions.
  • the memory 502 can store an operating system (hereinafter referred to as a system) such as an embedded operating system such as uCOS, VxWorks, or RTLinux.
  • the memory 502 can also store a data transfer program that can be used to communicate with one or more additional devices, one or more terminal devices, one or more network devices.
  • the network device processor 501 can be used to perform wireless channel management, implement call and communication link establishment and teardown, and provide cell handover control and the like for terminals in the control area.
  • the network device processor 501 can be used to read and execute computer readable instructions. Specifically, the network device processor 501 can be used to invoke a data transfer program stored in the memory 502.
  • the memory 502 can be used to store an implementation of the data transmission method provided by one or more embodiments of the present application on the network device 10 or the network device 20 side. With regard to implementation of the data transmission method provided by one or more embodiments of the present application, please refer to the embodiments described in FIGS. 25 and 28.
  • the network device 10 or the network device 20 shown in FIG. 35 is only one implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application. In actual applications, the network device 10 or the network device 20 may further include more or fewer components. There are no restrictions here.
  • FIG. 36 is a schematic structural diagram of another terminal device 11 according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the terminal device 11 may include: one or more terminal processors 601, a memory 602, Communication interface 603, receiver 605, transmitter 606, coupler 607, antenna 608, terminal interface 602, and input and output modules.
  • the input and output module may include one or more of an audio input and output module 610, a key input module 611, and a display 612, which may be a touch screen. These components may be connected by bus 604 or other means, and FIG. 36 is exemplified by a bus connection. among them:
  • the communication interface 603 can be used for the terminal device 11 to communicate with other communication devices, such as network devices.
  • the network device may be the network device 10 or the network device 20 shown in FIG. 33 or FIG.
  • the communication interface 603 may be an LTE communication interface, or may be a communication interface of 5G or a future new air interface.
  • the terminal 20 may also be configured with a wired communication interface 603, such as a local access network (LAN) interface.
  • LAN local access network
  • Transmitter 606 and receiver 605 can be viewed as a wireless modem.
  • the number of the transmitter 606 and the receiver 605 may each be one or more.
  • Transmitter 606 and receiver 605 may also be implemented by one or more transceivers.
  • the antenna 608 can be used to convert electromagnetic energy in the transmission line into electromagnetic waves in free space, or to convert electromagnetic waves in free space into electromagnetic energy in the transmission line.
  • the coupler 607 is configured to divide the mobile communication signal received by the antenna 608 into multiple channels and distribute it to a plurality of receivers 605.
  • the receiver 605 is used for the target data transmitted by the network device 10 or the network device 20.
  • the terminal device 11 may further include other communication components such as a global positioning system (GPS) module, a Bluetooth module, and a wireless fidelity. Wi-Fi) modules, etc.
  • GPS global positioning system
  • Wi-Fi wireless fidelity
  • the input and output module can be used to implement interaction between the terminal device 11 and the terminal/external environment, and can mainly include an audio input and output module 610, a key input module 611, a display 612, and the like. Specifically, the input and output module may further include: a camera, a touch screen, a sensor, and the like.
  • the input and output modules communicate with the terminal processor 601 through the terminal interface 609.
  • the input/output modules listed above may be added or subtracted according to the actual functions of the terminal device, which is not limited herein.
  • Memory 602 is coupled to terminal processor 601 for storing various software programs and/or sets of instructions.
  • the memory 602 can store an operating system (hereinafter referred to as a system) such as an embedded operating system such as ANDROID, IOS, WINDOWS, or LINUX.
  • the memory 602 can also store a data transfer program that can be used to communicate with one or more additional devices, one or more terminal devices, one or more network devices.
  • the memory 602 can also store a terminal interface program, which can realistically display the content of the application through a graphical operation interface, and receive control operations of the application through the input control such as menus, dialog boxes, and keys. .
  • the memory 602 can be used to store an implementation program of the data transmission method provided by one or more embodiments of the present application on the terminal device 11 side.
  • implementation of the data transmission method provided by one or more embodiments of the present application please refer to the embodiments described in FIGS. 25 and 28.
  • Terminal processor 601 can be used to read and execute computer readable instructions. Specifically, the terminal processor 601 can be used to invoke a program stored in the memory 612, such as an implementation program of the data transmission method provided by one or more embodiments of the present application on the terminal device 11 side, and execute instructions included in the program. It should be noted that the terminal device 11 shown in FIG. 36 is only one implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application. In an actual application, the terminal device 11 may further include more or less components, which are not limited herein.
  • the network device chip implements the functions of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the network device chip sends information to other modules in the network device (such as a radio frequency module or an antenna), and the information is sent to the terminal device via other modules of the network device; or the network device chip can also be from other modules in the network device. (such as a radio frequency module or an antenna) receives information that is sent by the terminal device to the network device.
  • the terminal device chip implements the function of the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the terminal device chip receives information from other modules in the terminal device (such as a radio frequency module or an antenna), and the information is sent by the network device to the terminal device; or the terminal device can also send other modules (such as the radio frequency device) to the terminal device.
  • the module or antenna transmits information that is sent to the network device via other modules of the terminal device.
  • the first time-frequency resource may also be referred to as a first resource
  • the second time-frequency resource may also be referred to as a second resource
  • the physical layer signaling may also be referred to as Physical layer message or physical layer control information.
  • RRC signaling may also be called RRC layer message or RRC message.
  • the precoding matrix may also be called precoding parameter.
  • the target data may also be called data.
  • the resource unit may also be used. Known as resource particles, it does not affect the understanding of its technical meaning.
  • processors in the embodiment of the present application may be a central processing unit (CPU), and may be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSPs), and application specific integrated circuits. (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC), Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, transistor logic device, hardware component, or any combination thereof.
  • a general purpose processor can be a microprocessor or any conventional processor.
  • the method steps in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented by means of hardware, or may be implemented by a processor executing software instructions.
  • the software instructions can be composed of corresponding software modules, which can be stored in random access memory (RAM), flash memory, read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM). , PROM), Erasable PROM (EPROM), Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory (EEPROM), Register, Hard Disk, Mobile Hard Disk, CD-ROM, or well known in the art Any other form of storage medium.
  • An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor to enable the processor to read information from, and write information to, the storage medium.
  • the storage medium can also be an integral part of the processor.
  • the processor and the storage medium can be located in an ASIC. Additionally, the ASIC can be located in a transmitting device or a receiving device. Of course, the processor and the storage medium can also exist as discrete components in the transmitting device or the receiving device.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions can be stored in or transmitted by a computer readable storage medium.
  • the computer instructions can be from a website site, computer, server or data center to another website site by wire (eg, coaxial cable, fiber optic, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) Transfer from a computer, server, or data center.
  • the computer readable storage medium can be any available media that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, or the like that includes one or more available media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (eg, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (eg, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (eg, a Solid State Disk (SSD)) or the like.
  • the program can be stored in a computer readable storage medium, when the program is executed
  • the flow of the method embodiments as described above may be included.
  • the foregoing storage medium includes various media that can store program codes, such as a ROM or a random access memory RAM, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk.
  • the embodiment of the present application considers that the activation BWPs of multiple sub-nodes may be different, and the data of multiple sub-nodes is jointly coded, or even if the BWPs of multiple sub-nodes are the same, the actual scheduled signal bandwidth may be different, so an integration is proposed. The way resources are mapped.
  • BWP Because the transmission or reception capabilities of different terminals in the same cell may be different in the NR, the system can configure the corresponding bandwidth for each terminal.
  • the bandwidth allocated to the terminal is called BWP, and the terminal transmits on its own BWP.
  • the terminal transmits a sounding reference signal (SRS) on its own BWP, so that the network performs channel estimation and resource scheduling, and transmits data on its own BWP based on network scheduling.
  • SRS sounding reference signal
  • the system can configure different BWPs for different terminals.
  • different BWPs may support different transmission bandwidths (that is, the number of RBs included in the BWP is different), subcarrier spacing, cyclic prefix (CP), etc., and the scheduling unit may be a time slot or a micro time. Gap and so on.
  • FIG. 37 is a schematic diagram of a method 400 for transmitting data according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 400 includes:
  • FIG. 38 is a schematic diagram of an integrated resource configuration manner proposed in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the common resource may be part of the resource within the system bandwidth or all resources within the system bandwidth.
  • the public resource may also be part or all of the resources within the BWP bandwidth of a certain child node.
  • the common resource may be a predefined or semi-static configuration, or may be a dynamic L1 signaling configuration, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • determining at least one resource mapping manner on the common resource is determining at least one resource mapping manner on the common resource.
  • the at least one resource mapping manner may be a pre-frequency domain post-time domain, a first-time domain post-frequency domain, and a time-frequency hybrid mapping manner (first time-frequency grid is divided into resources, and each grid may be followed by a frequency domain. Time domain or time domain after the frequency domain).
  • the resource mapping mode may be a predefined or semi-static configuration, or may be a dynamic L1 signaling configuration.
  • one or more common resource mapping start points may be configured, and one or more RV versions may be configured.
  • Figure 39 shows different integrated resource mapping methods and index configurations.
  • each sub-resource can be user-level resources configured for each user.
  • the system can allocate BWPs of different bandwidths to different terminals according to factors such as transmission and reception capabilities of the terminal (ie, an example of the child nodes) and service requirements.
  • a group of terminals UE0, UE1, and UE2 respectively allocate BWPs, that is, UE0BWP, UE1BWP, and UE2BWP, for a group of terminals in the system bandwidth.
  • Overlapping resources that is, resources in which UE0BWP, UE1BWP, and UE2BWP overlap with common resources, respectively.
  • the overlapping resources are the user resources used by the user.
  • a common resource index (k, l, p) is determined for a set of child nodes, where k represents a frequency domain subcarrier index, l represents a time domain symbol index, and p represents a spatial domain antenna port index.
  • the user-level resource and the common resource index (k', l', p') overlapping the common resource within the BWP bandwidth of the child node are determined. And the data of the same common resource index on the user resource is obtained by mapping the data on the corresponding common resource.
  • (k, l, p) and (k', l', p') are different index values under the same index criterion.
  • p can be omitted.
  • l can also be omitted.
  • bandwidth that can be actually used by each child node is less than or equal to the common resource bandwidth.
  • the cooperative sub-node determines the available user-level resources in the overlapping area according to at least one of a common resource parameter, its own BWP bandwidth, scheduling of other services, CSI information of channel measurement, and the like.
  • the cooperative child node maps the pre-received data (such as joint coded data) on the user-level resource according to the common resource parameter, and transmits it in the retransmission Timing configured by the cooperative child node.
  • the master node is the base station and the child node is the terminal.
  • the above process is illustrated by three examples.
  • Example 1 When a base station and a group of terminals are based on Grant-Free transmission.
  • Unscheduled transmission English can be expressed as Grant Free.
  • the schedule-free transmission here can be for uplink data transmission or downlink data transmission.
  • the unscheduled transmission can be understood as any meaning of the following meanings, or multiple meanings, or a combination of some of the various technical features or other similar meanings:
  • the unscheduled transmission may be: the base station pre-allocates and informs the terminal of the plurality of transmission resources; when the terminal has the uplink data transmission requirement, selects at least one transmission resource from the plurality of transmission resources pre-allocated by the base station, and uses the selected transmission resource to send the uplink data.
  • the base station detects uplink data sent by the terminal on one or more of the plurality of pre-assigned transmission resources. The detection may be blind detection, or may be performed according to one of the control domains in the uplink data, or may be detected in other manners.
  • the unscheduled transmission may be: the base station pre-allocates and informs the terminal device of multiple transmission resources, so that when the terminal has an uplink data transmission requirement, at least one transmission resource is selected from a plurality of transmission resources pre-allocated by the base station, and the selected transmission resource is used. Send upstream data.
  • the unscheduled transmission may be: acquiring information of a plurality of pre-assigned transmission resources, selecting at least one transmission resource from the plurality of transmission resources when the uplink data transmission request is required, and transmitting the uplink data by using the selected transmission resource.
  • the method of obtaining can be obtained from the base station.
  • the unscheduled transmission may be a method for realizing the uplink data transmission of the terminal without dynamic scheduling of the base station, and the dynamic scheduling may refer to a scheduling manner in which the base station indicates the transmission resource by signaling for each uplink data transmission of the terminal.
  • implementing uplink data transmission of the terminal device may be understood as allowing data of two or more terminals to perform uplink data transmission on the same time-frequency resource.
  • the transmission resource may be a transmission resource of one or more transmission time units after the moment when the terminal receives the signaling.
  • a transmission time unit can refer to a minimum time unit of one transmission, such as a TTI.
  • the unscheduled transmission may be a competitive transmission mode. Specifically, multiple terminals may simultaneously perform uplink data transmission on the same time-frequency resources allocated in advance without performing scheduling by the base station.
  • the public resource may be configured in advance for the terminal. The details are described next.
  • At least one set of common resource parameters is semi-statically configured for the base station and a group of terminals. Specifically, it includes:
  • mapping mode of common time-frequency resources ⁇ Anchor_0,...,Anchor_M,RV_0,...,RV_M,Ind ⁇
  • the starting RE is defined by the common resource index ⁇ k,l,p ⁇ .
  • the common RS sequence is defined: ⁇ RS_seq0, ..., RS_seqV, Ind ⁇ , and the sequence includes information such as RS length, time-frequency code domain, etc., and the terminal index, cooperation, and the like can be implicitly determined.
  • the common resource parameter may be shared by the terminal group, or a set may be separately configured for each terminal.
  • the embodiment of the present application is not limited to the connection between the terminal and the base station, and may be between the terminal and the terminal, between the base station and the base station, between the Master and the Slaves, and the transmission and reception directions may also be interchanged.
  • the common resource parameters and the user-level resource parameters of each terminal are semi-statically configured for the target terminal and the coordinated terminal and the base station.
  • the target terminal transmits the initial data in the Grant Free mode, and the cooperative terminal and the base station blindly detect the data of the target terminal.
  • blind detection can be understood as detecting the data that may arrive without predicting whether or not data arrives.
  • the blind detection can also be understood as detection without explicit signaling indication.
  • the coordinated terminal After the cooperative terminal correctly receives the initial data according to the user-level resource parameter of the target terminal, the coordinated terminal determines the available location according to at least one of the common resource parameter, its own BWP bandwidth, the scheduling of other services, and the CSI information of the channel measurement. Collaborative user resources in overlapping areas.
  • the cooperative terminal maps the data on the collaborative user resource according to the common resource parameter, and sends the retransmission Timing configured in the target terminal.
  • the base station can always detect the user-level resources and common resources of the target terminal; or can detect only the user-level resources, and trigger the detection of the common resources according to the common RS sequence, thereby saving the blind detection complexity.
  • the base station may determine the target terminal index, the HARQ process, and the like according to the scrambling code or the RS sequence.
  • the base station may also determine the target terminal index according to the time-frequency position of the RS sequence.
  • Example 2 When a base station and a group of terminals are scheduled to transmit, and the common resources are completely determined by the L1 scheduling message.
  • the specific scheduling procedure is that the base station sends a control channel, for example, a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) or an Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel (EPDCCH) or a short transmission time interval (short transmission).
  • Time Interval is a physical downlink control channel (sPDCCH) that can be used to schedule a physical downlink shared channel (Physical) using different Downlink Control Information (DCI) formats.
  • Scheduling information of the Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) or the Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH), the scheduling information includes control information such as resource allocation information, modulation and coding mode, etc.
  • the terminal device detects the control channel and detects the channel according to the detection.
  • the scheduling information carried in the control channel is used for receiving the downlink data channel or transmitting the uplink data channel.
  • the public resource may be determined by the L1 scheduling message: the target terminal or the base station sends a group-wide (Grant) message, and displays a common resource parameter, including: time-frequency resource indication RA, modulation and coding strategy (Modulation and Coding) Scheme, MCS) indication, waveform indication, etc. It can be consistent with the UL_Grant message of the current protocol and scrambled with cooperative RNTI.
  • Grant group-wide
  • the target terminal uplink Grant Free or Grant Based transmits the initial data, and the cooperative terminal and the base station receive the data of the target terminal.
  • the base station decodes the error, and the GC_Grant message is sent to schedule the target terminal and the coordinated terminal to perform retransmission.
  • the target terminal and/or the coordinated terminal determines the available collaborative user resources in the overlapping area according to at least one of an explicit common resource parameter in the GC_Grant, its own BWP bandwidth, a scheduling condition of other services, CSI information of channel measurement, and the like. .
  • the target terminal and/or the cooperative terminal maps the data on the cooperative user resource according to the common resource parameter, and transmits it in the retransmission Timing specified by the GC_Grant.
  • Example 3 When a base station and a group of terminals are based on scheduled transmissions, and the common resources are determined by a semi-static configuration + L1 scheduling message.
  • Common resources are determined by semi-static configuration + L1 scheduling messages.
  • a common resource parameter is semi-statically configured for a group of terminals and a base station, and the target terminal or the base station sends a scheduling message of the group-level common resource (Group Common), and displays or implicitly indicates information such as an index of the common resource.
  • the common resource parameters and the user-level resource parameters of each terminal are semi-statically configured for the target terminal and the coordinated terminal and the base station.
  • the target terminal uplink Grant Free or Grant Based transmits the initial data, and the cooperative terminal and the base station receive the data of the target terminal.
  • the base station decodes the error, and the GC_Grant message is sent to display information such as the public RA resource index or the NACK sequence implicitly carrying the public RA resource index, and the scheduling target terminal and the cooperative terminal perform retransmission.
  • the target terminal and/or the coordinated terminal determines the available overlapping area according to at least one of the semi-statically configured common resource parameter and the common RA resource index, its own BWP bandwidth, scheduling of other services, CSI information of channel measurement, and the like. Collaborative user resources.
  • the target terminal and/or the cooperative terminal maps the data on the cooperative user resource according to the common resource parameter, and transmits the retransmission Timing configured in the target terminal.
  • the application provides an apparatus for transmitting data, including a transceiver, a processor, and a memory.
  • the processor is configured to control a transceiver transceiver signal for storing a computer program, the processor for calling and running the computer program from the memory, such that the device transmitting the data performs the child node or the master node in the above embodiment of the present application
  • the method of transferring data may be the communication device 2100 illustrated in FIG. 21, the transceiver may be the transceiver module 2101 illustrated in FIG. 21, and the processor may be the processing module 2102 illustrated in FIG.
  • the present application provides an apparatus for transmitting data, which may be a child node in the method design described in the above embodiments of the present application, or a chip disposed in a child node.
  • the device for transmitting data includes a processor coupled to the memory and configured to execute instructions in the memory to implement the method described in the foregoing embodiments of the present application and the method performed by the first child node in the method described in the foregoing embodiment of the present application.
  • the means for transmitting data further includes a memory.
  • the means for transmitting data further includes a communication interface, the processor being coupled to the communication interface.
  • the above device for transmitting data may be the terminal 2000 illustrated in FIG. 20, and the above processor may be the processor illustrated in FIG. 20, and the above memory may be the memory illustrated in FIG.
  • the common resource or the common time-frequency resource in the foregoing embodiment of the present application may also be referred to as the second resource or the second time-frequency resource in the foregoing embodiment of the present application, which is described in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the first resource may also be referred to as the BWP of the child node.
  • the overlapping resources, user-used resources, user-level resources, or user resources described in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as the first in the foregoing embodiments of the present application. Resources or first time-frequency resources do not affect the understanding of their technical meaning.

Abstract

本申请提供一种数据发送的方法及装置。该方法包括：第一节点进行速率匹配确定第一比特序列；所述第一节点根据所述第一比特序列确定第一符号序列，并在所述第一符号序列中确定待映射的部分符号；所述第一节点将所述部分符号映射到第一资源，并发送所述部分符号。通过所提供的实施例，降低了多节点协作发送中的干扰，从而提升了多节点协作发送的可靠性和时延性能。

Description

数据发送的方法及装置
本申请要求于2017年09月08日提交中国专利局、申请号为201710810916.7、发明名称为“数据传输方法及设备”的中国专利申请的优先权，要求2018年05月07日提交中国专利局、申请号为PCT/CN2018/085917、发明名称为“一种多用户协作传输方法”的PCT专利申请的优先权，以及要求于2018年07月26日提交中国专利局、申请号为201810837621.3、发明名称为“数据发送的方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及通信技术领域，尤其涉及一种无线通信数据发送的方法及装置。
背景技术
无线通信系统中，经过信道编码输出的比特序列需经过速率匹配进行比特选择，从而获得适合数量的比特数据，以匹配待映射的资源。以长期演进(Long Term Evolution，LTE)或新空口(New Radio，NR)系统为例，速率匹配前的比特序列可表示为{d 0,d 1,d 2,…,d N-1}，速率匹配后的比特序列可表示为{f 0,f 1,f 2,…,f E-1}，即对长度为N的比特序列进行速率匹配后获得长度为E的比特序列。进行速率匹配的过程中，会根据后续实际能够传输的比特数量选出上述比特序列{f 0,f 1,f 2,…,f E-1}。该后续实际能够传输的比特数量由很多因素(例如，数据发送能够占用的资源、传输层数、调制方式等中的一种或多种)决定。
上述速率匹配后获得的比特序列经过进一步的预处理(例如，加扰、调制等中的一种或多种)，获得待进行资源映射的符号序列，该符号序列可表示为{z(0),…,z(M-1)}，该符号序列中的符号是指经过调制获得的调制符号，其中M为该符号序列的长度。该符号序列中的符号会被映射到数据发送能够占用资源(例如，时频资源、或空域资源等中的一种或多种)上。
随着无线通信系统的发展，数据传输对时延和可靠性的要求越来越高。例如NR中高可靠低时延通信(Ultra-Reliable and Low-Latency Communication，URLLC)，要求在保证99.999％可靠性的同时，达到小于或等于1毫秒(ms)的时延。为满足上述需求，多节点协作发送的概念被提出，该概念下多个节点可以发送来自相同传输块(transmission block，TB)或码块(coded block，CB)的数据。然而，上述概念会产生多节点间的数据干扰，可能无法同时保证数据传输的可靠性和时延需求。因此如何降低多节点协作发送中多节点间的数据干扰、保证数据传输的可靠性和时延需求是目前亟待解决的问题。
发明内容
本申请实施例提供一种数据发送的方法及装置，以期满足数据传输的可靠性和时延需求。
第一方面，本申请实施例提供一种数据发送的方法，包括：
发送侧节点进行速率匹配获得第一比特序列；
该发送侧节点根据上述第一比特序列确定第一符号序列，并在该第一符号序列中确定待映射的部分符号，将该部分符号映射到第一资源；
该发送侧节点发送映射到上述第一资源的部分符号。
可选地，上述发送侧节点对第二资源进行索引，将上述部分符号映射到所述第一资源，并发送该部分符号。
可选地，上述发送侧节点将上述第一符号序列中的符号虚拟映射到第二资源，将上述部分符号物理映射到所述第一资源，并发送该部分符号。
可以理解的是，本申请中的实施例涉及到的映射若没有做特别说明，均可以理解为物理映射。
可选地，上述第一资源为上述第二资源的真子集。
可选地，该第一资源的数量为一个或多个。
可选地，上述发送侧节点根据上述第二资源进行速率匹配获得上述第一比特序列。
可选地，上述发送侧节点还根据冗余版本RV和/或上述第二资源的大小进行速率匹配获得上述第一比特序列。
可选地，上述发送侧节点根据以下一项或多项将上述部分符号映射到所述第一资源：上述第二资源、上述第一资源、映射起始点、映射顺序、映射图样、或导频图样。
可选地，上述发送侧节点根据来自控制节点的第一信息确定上述第一资源，该第一信息包含在以下一项或多项消息中：物理层消息、媒体接入控制(MAC)层消息、或无线资源控制(RRC)层消息。
可选地，上述发送侧节点根据下述一项或多项确定上述第一资源：上述第二资源、激活的带宽部分(BWP)、测量结果、或业务调度状态。
可选地，上述第二资源包含一个或多个子资源。
可选地，上述子资源的大小与下述一项或多项有关：资源块组的大小、微时隙(mini-slot)的大小、时隙(slot)的大小、波束数量、空间层数量、所述第二资源的大小、传输块大小(TBS)参数、码率参数、或调制编码方式(MCS)参数。
可选地，上述发送侧节点根据来自控制节点的第二信息确定组成上述第一资源的子资源，该第二信息包含在以下一项或多项消息中：物理层消息、MAC层消息、或RRC层消息。
可选地，上述发送侧节点根据下述一项或多项确定组成上述第一资源的子资源：上述第二资源、激活的BWP、测量结果、或业务调度状态。
可选地，上述子资源的参数与上述第二资源的参数有关；上述子资源的参数包括下述一项或多项：导频参数、预编码参数、冗余版本参数、映射起始点参数、编码参数、或调制参数。
可选地，上述发送侧节点根据下述一项或多项确定上述子资源的参数：来自控制节点的第三信息、或预定义的子资源的参数信息；可选地，其中该第三信息包含在以下一项或多项消息中：物理层消息、MAC层消息、或RRC层消息；可选地，上述子资源的参数包括下述一项或多项：导频参数、预编码参数、冗余版本参数、映射起始点参数、编码参数、或调制参数。
可选地，上述第一资源的参数与上述第二资源的参数有关；可选地，上述第一资源的参数包括下述一项或多项：导频参数、预编码参数、冗余版本参数、映射起始点参数、编码参数、或调制参数。
可选地，上述发送侧节点根据下述一项或多项确定上述第一资源的参数：来自控制节点的第四信息、或预定义的子资源的参数信息；可选地，其中该第四信息包含在以下一项或多项消息中：物理层消息、MAC层消息、或RRC层消息；可选地，上述第一资源的参数包括下述一项或多项：导频参数、预编码参数、冗余版本参数、映射起始点参数、编码参数、或调制参数。
可选地，上述发送侧节点接收来自控制节点的第五信息，根据该第五信息确定上述第二资源；可选地，该第五信息为组公共信息；可选地，该第五信息包含在物理层控制信息、MAC层消息、或RRC层消息中。
可选地，上述发送侧节点接收来自控制节点的第六信息，根据该第六信息确定上述第一资源的功率控制参数，并使用该功率控制参数发送映射在该第一资源的数据；可选地，该第六信息为组公共信息；可选地，该第六信息包含在物理层控制信息、MAC层消息、或RRC层消息中。
可选地，上述第二资源还可包含第三资源，该第三资源为上述第二资源的真子集，且该第三资源与上述第一资源无交集；可选地，上述第六信息还包含该第三资源的功率控制参数；可选地，所述第三资源的功率控制参数与所述第一资源的功率控制参数不同；可选地，该第三资源的数量可以为一个或多个。
本申请实施例通过配置数据发送的资源集合，确定该资源集合内的部分资源，根据该部分资源映射待发送的数据并进行数据发送，降低了多节点协作发送中的干扰，从而提升了多节点协作发送的可靠性和时延性能。
第二方面，本申请实施例提供一种数据发送的方法，包括：
发送侧节点进行速率匹配获得第一比特序列；该发送侧节点根据所述第一比特序列确定第一符号序列，并确定第一资源和第二资源，该第一资源为该第二资源的真子集；该发送侧节点将上述第一符号序列中的符号映射到上述第二资源，并发送映射在上述第一资源的符号。可选地，上述第一资源的数量为一个或多个。
在基于第二方面的第一种进一步可能的实施方式中，上述发送侧节点根据上述第二资源进行速率匹配获得上述第一比特序列，并将上述第一符号序列中的部分符号映射到上述第一资源。
在基于第二方面的第二种进一步可能的实施方式中，上述发送侧节点还根据冗余版本RV和/或上述第二资源的大小进行速率匹配获得上述第一比特序列，并将上述第一符号序列中的部分符号映射到上述第一资源。
在上述第二方面、上述基于第二方面的第一种进一步可能的实施方式、或者上述基于第二方面的第二种进一步可能的实施方式中：
可选地，上述发送侧节点根据以下一项或多项将上述部分符号映射到所述第一资源：上述第二资源、上述第一资源、映射起始点、映射顺序、映射图样、或导频图样。
可选地，上述发送侧节点根据来自控制节点的第一信息确定上述第一资源，该第一信息包含在以下一项或多项消息中：物理层消息、媒体接入控制(MAC)层消息、或无线资源控制(RRC)层消息。
可选地，上述发送侧节点根据下述一项或多项确定上述第一资源：上述第二资源、激活的带宽部分(BWP)、测量结果、或业务调度状态。
可选地，上述第二资源包含一个或多个子资源。
可选地，上述子资源的大小与下述一项或多项有关：资源块绑定(RB bunding)的大小、微时隙(mini-slot)的大小、时隙(slot)的大小、波束数量、空间层数量、所述第二资源的大小、传输块大小(TBS)参数、码率参数、或调制编码方式(MCS)参数。
可选地，上述发送侧节点根据来自控制节点的第二信息确定组成上述第一资源的子资源，该第二信息包含在以下一项或多项消息中：物理层消息、MAC层消息、或RRC层消息。
可选地，上述发送侧节点根据下述一项或多项确定组成上述第一资源的子资源：上述第二资源、激活的BWP、测量结果、或业务调度状态。
可选地，上述子资源的参数与上述第二资源的参数有关；上述子资源的参数包括下述一项或多项：导频参数、预编码参数、冗余版本参数、映射起始点参数、编码参数、或调制参数。
可选地，上述发送侧节点根据下述一项或多项确定上述子资源的参数：来自控制节点的第三信息、或预定义的子资源的参数信息；可选地，其中该第三信息包含在以下一项或多项消息中：物理层消息、MAC层消息、或RRC层消息；可选地，上述子资源的参数包括下述一项或多项：导频参数、预编码参数、冗余版本参数、映射起始点参数、编码参数、或调制参数。
可选地，上述第一资源的参数与上述第二资源的参数有关；可选地，上述第一资源的参数包括下述一项或多项：导频参数、预编码参数、冗余版本参数、映射起始点参数、编码参数、或调制参数。
可选地，上述发送侧节点根据下述一项或多项确定上述第一资源的参数：来自控制节点的第四信息、或预定义的子资源的参数信息；可选地，其中该第四信息包含在以下一项或多项消息中：物理层消息、MAC层消息、或RRC层消息；可选地，上述第一资源的参数包括下述一项或多项：导频参数、预编码参数、冗余版本参数、映射起始点参数、编码参数、或调制参数。
可选地，上述发送侧节点接收来自控制节点的第五信息，根据该第五信息确定上述第二资源；可选地，该第五信息为组公共信息；可选地，该第五信息包含在物理层控制信息、MAC层消息、或RRC层消息中。
可选地，上述发送侧节点接收来自控制节点的第六信息，根据该第六信息确定上述第一资源的功率控制参数，并使用该功率控制参数发送映射在该第一资源的数据；可选地，该第六信息为组公共信息；可选地，该第六信息包含在物理层控制信息、MAC层消息、或RRC层消息中。
可选地，上述第二资源还可包含第三资源，该第三资源为上述第二资源的真子集，且该第三资源与上述第一资源无交集；可选地，上述第六信息还包含该第三资源的功率控制参数；可选地，所述第三资源的功率控制参数与所述第一资源的功率控制参数不同；可选地，该第三资源的数量可以为一个或多个。
本申请实施例通过配置数据发送的资源集合，确定该资源集合内的部分资源，根据该部分资源映射待发送的数据并进行数据发送，降低了多节点协作发送中的干扰，从而提升了多节点协作发送的可靠性和时延性能。
第三方面，本申请实施例提供一种数据发送的方法，包括：
发送侧节点根据第二资源进行速率匹配获得第二比特序列；该发送侧节点根据该第二比特序列确定第二符号序列，将该第二符号序列中的全部或部分符号映射到第一资源；该发送侧节点发送映射到该第一资源的符号；该第一资源为该第二资源的真子集。可选地，上述第一资源的数量为一个或多个。
在基于第三方面的第一种进一步可能的实施方式中，上述发送侧节点根据上述第二资源的大小进行速率匹配获得上述第二比特序列，将该第二符号序列中的部分符号映射到上述第一资源。
在基于第三方面的第二种进一步可能的实施方式中，上述发送侧节点根据上述第二资源和上述第一资源进行速率匹配获得上述第二比特序列，将该第二符号序列中的全部符号映射到上述第一资源。
在上述基于第三方面的第一种进一步可能的实施方式中：
可选地，上述发送侧节点根据以下一项或多项进行速率匹配获得上述第二比特序列：冗余版本RV、上述第二资源的大小、或参考起始点。
在上述基于第三方面的第二种进一步可能的实施方式中：
可选地，上述发送侧节点根据以下一项或多项进行速率匹配获得上述第二比特序列：冗余版本RV、上述第一资源的大小、上述第二资源的大小、或参考起始点。
在上述第三方面、上述基于第三方面的第一种进一步可能的实施方式、或者上述基于第三方面的第二种进一步可能的实施方式中：
可选地，上述发送侧节点根据以下一项或多项将上述第二符号序列中的全部或部分符号映射到上述第一资源：上述第二资源、上述第一资源、映射起始点、映射顺序、映射图样、或导频图样。
可选地，上述发送侧节点根据来自控制节点的第一信息确定上述第一资源，该第一信息包含在以下一项或多项消息中：物理层消息、媒体接入控制(MAC)层消息、或无线资源控制(RRC)层消息。
可选地，上述发送侧节点根据下述一项或多项确定上述第一资源：上述第二资源、激活的带宽部分(BWP)、测量结果、或业务调度状态。
可选地，上述第二资源包含一个或多个子资源。
可选地，上述子资源的大小与下述一项或多项有关：物理资源块组的大小、微时隙(mini-slot)的大小、时隙(slot)的大小、波束数量、空间层数量、所述第二资源的大小、传输块大小(TBS)参数、码率参数、或调制编码方式(MCS)参数。
可选地，上述发送侧节点根据来自控制节点的第二信息确定组成上述第一资源的子资源，该第二信息包含在以下一项或多项消息中：物理层消息、MAC层消息、或RRC层消息。
可选地，上述发送侧节点根据下述一项或多项确定组成上述第一资源的子资源：上述第二资源、激活的BWP、测量结果、或业务调度状态。
可选地，上述子资源的参数与上述第二资源的参数有关；上述子资源的参数包括下述一项或多项：导频参数、预编码参数、冗余版本参数、映射起始点参数、编码参数、或调制参数。
可选地，上述发送侧节点根据下述一项或多项确定上述子资源的参数：来自控制节点的第三信息、或预定义的子资源的参数信息；可选地，其中该第三信息包含在以下一项或多项消息中：物理层消息、MAC层消息、或RRC层消息；可选地，上述子资源的参数包括下述一项或多项：导频参数、预编码参数、冗余版本参数、映射起始点参数、编码参数、或调制参数。
可选地，上述第一资源的参数与上述第二资源的参数有关；可选地，上述第一资源的参数包括下述一项或多项：导频参数、预编码参数、冗余版本参数、映射起始点参数、编码参数、或调制参数。
可选地，上述发送侧节点根据下述一项或多项确定上述第一资源的参数：来自控制节点的第四信息、或预定义的子资源的参数信息；可选地，其中该第四信息包含在以下一项或多项消息中：物理层消息、MAC层消息、或RRC层消息；可选地，上述第一资源的参数包括下述一项或多项：导频参数、预编码参数、冗余版本参数、映射起始点参数、编码参数、或调制参数。
可选地，上述发送侧节点接收来自控制节点的第五信息，根据该第五信息确定上述第二资源；可选地，该第五信息为组公共信息；可选地，该第五信息包含在物理层控制信息、MAC层消息、或RRC层消息中。
可选地，上述发送侧节点接收来自控制节点的第六信息，根据该第六信息确定上述第一资源的功率控制参数，并使用该功率控制参数发送映射在该第一资源的数据；可选地，该第六信息为组公共信息；可选地，该第六信息包含在物理层控制信息、MAC层消息、或RRC层消息中。
可选地，上述第二资源还可包含第三资源，该第三资源为上述第二资源的真子集，且该第三资源与上述第一资源无交集；可选地，上述第六信息还包含该第三资源的功率控制参数；可选地，所述第三资源的功率控制参数与所述第一资源的功率控制参数不同；可选地，该第三资源的数量可以为一个或多个。
本申请实施例通过配置数据发送的资源集合，确定该资源集合内的部分资源，根据该部分资源映射待发送的数据并进行数据发送，降低了多节点协作发送中的干扰，从而提升了多节点协作发送的可靠性和时延性能。
第四方面，本申请实施例提供一种数据发送的方法，包括：发送侧节点接收组公共信息，根据所述组公共信息确定第二资源，所述组公共信息包含在物理层控制信息中；所述发送侧节点使用第一资源发送数据，所述第一资源为所述第二资源的真子集。可选地，上述第一资源的数量为一个或多个。
在基于第四方面的第一种进一步可能的实施方式中，所述发送侧节点进行速率匹配获得第一比特序列；所述发送侧节点根据所述第一比特序列确定第一符号序列，并在所述第一符号序列中确定待映射的部分符号，将所述部分符号映射到所述第一资源；所述发送侧节点发送所述部分符号。可选地，所述发送侧节点对所述第二资源进行索引，将所述部分符号映射到所述第一资源，并发送所述部分符号。可选地，上述发送侧节点将 上述第一符号序列中的符号虚拟映射到所述第二资源，将上述部分符号物理映射到所述第一资源，并发送该部分符号。
在基于第四方面的第二种进一步可能的实施方式中，所述发送侧节点进行速率匹配确定第一比特序列；所述发送侧节点根据所述第一比特序列确定第一符号序列，并确定所述第一资源和所述第二资源；所述发送侧节点将所述第一符号序列中的符号映射到所述第二资源，并发送映射在所述第一资源的符号。
在基于第四方面的第三种进一步可能的实施方式中，所述发送侧节点根据所述第二资源进行速率匹配获得第二比特序列；该发送侧节点根据该第二比特序列确定第二符号序列，将该第二符号序列中的全部或部分符号映射到所述第一资源；该发送侧节点发送映射到该第一资源的符号。
可选地，上述发送侧节点根据上述第二资源的大小进行速率匹配获得上述第二比特序列，将该第二符号序列中的部分符号映射到上述第一资源。进一步可选地，上述发送侧节点根据以下一项或多项进行速率匹配获得上述第二比特序列：冗余版本RV、上述第二资源的大小、或参考起始点。
可选地，上述发送侧节点根据上述第二资源和上述第一资源进行速率匹配获得上述第二比特序列，将该第二符号序列中的全部符号映射到上述第一资源。进一步可选地，上述发送侧节点根据以下一项或多项进行速率匹配获得上述第二比特序列：冗余版本RV、上述第一资源的大小、上述第二资源的大小、或参考起始点。
可选地，上述发送侧节点根据以下一项或多项将上述第二符号序列中的符号映射到上述第一资源：上述第二资源、上述第一资源、映射起始点、映射顺序、映射图样、或导频图样。
在上述第四方面、上述基于第四方面的第一种进一步可能的实施方式、上述基于第四方面的第二种进一步可能的实施方式、或者上述基于第四方面的第三种进一步可能的实施方式中：
可选地，上述发送侧节点根据来自控制节点的第一信息确定上述第一资源，该第一信息包含在以下一项或多项消息中：物理层消息、媒体接入控制(MAC)层消息、或无线资源控制(RRC)层消息。
可选地，上述发送侧节点根据下述一项或多项确定上述第一资源：上述第二资源、激活的带宽部分(BWP)、测量结果、或业务调度状态。
可选地，上述第二资源包含一个或多个子资源。
可选地，上述子资源的大小与下述一项或多项有关：物理资源块绑定(PRB bunding)的大小、微时隙(mini-slot)的大小、时隙(slot)的大小、波束数量、空间层数量、所述第二资源的大小、传输块大小(TBS)参数、码率参数、或调制编码方式(MCS)参数。
可选地，上述发送侧节点根据来自控制节点的第二信息确定组成上述第一资源的子资源，该第二信息包含在以下一项或多项消息中：物理层消息、MAC层消息、或RRC层消息。
可选地，上述发送侧节点根据下述一项或多项确定组成上述第一资源的子资源：上述第二资源、激活的BWP、测量结果、或业务调度状态。
可选地，上述子资源的参数与上述第二资源的参数有关；上述子资源的参数包括下述一项或多项：导频参数、预编码参数、冗余版本参数、映射起始点参数、编码参数、或调制参数。
可选地，上述发送侧节点根据下述一项或多项确定上述子资源的参数：来自控制节点的第三信息、或预定义的子资源的参数信息；可选地，其中该第三信息包含在以下一项或多项消息中：物理层消息、MAC层消息、或RRC层消息；可选地，上述子资源的参数包括下述一项或多项：导频参数、预编码参数、冗余版本参数、映射起始点参数、编码参数、或调制参数。
可选地，上述第一资源的参数与上述第二资源的参数有关；可选地，上述第一资源的参数包括下述一项或多项：导频参数、预编码参数、冗余版本参数、映射起始点参数、编码参数、或调制参数。
可选地，上述发送侧节点根据下述一项或多项确定上述第一资源的参数：来自控制节点的第四信息、或预定义的子资源的参数信息；可选地，其中该第四信息包含在以下一项或多项消息中：物理层消息、MAC层消息、或RRC层消息；可选地，上述第一资源的参数包括下述一项或多项：导频参数、预编码参数、冗余版本参数、映射起始点参数、编码参数、或调制参数。
可选地，上述发送侧节点接收来自控制节点的第五信息，根据该第五信息确定上述第二资源；可选地，该第五信息为组公共信息；可选地，该第五信息包含在物理层控制信息、MAC层消息、或RRC层消息中。
可选地，上述发送侧节点接收来自控制节点的第六信息，根据该第六信息确定上述第一资源的功率控制参数，并使用该功率控制参数发送映射在该第一资源的数据；可选地，该第六信息为组公共信息；可选地，该第六信息包含在物理层控制信息、MAC层消息、或RRC层消息中。
可选地，上述第二资源还可包含第三资源，该第三资源为上述第二资源的真子集，且该第三资源与上述第一资源无交集；可选地，上述第六信息还包含该第三资源的功率控制参数；可选地，所述第三资源的功率控制参数与所述第一资源的功率控制参数不同；可选地，该第三资源的数量可以为一个或多个。
本申请实施例通过配置数据发送的资源集合，确定该资源集合内的部分资源，根据该部分资源映射数据符号，并发送映射在该部分资源上的数据符号，降低了上述多节点协作发送中的干扰，从而提升了多节点协作发送的可靠性和时延性能。
第五方面，本申请实施例提供一种数据发送的方法，包括：
发送侧节点接收来自控制节点的第五信息，根据所述第五信息确定第二资源；所述发送侧节点接收来自控制节点的第六信息，根据所述第六信息确定第一资源的功率控制参数，并使用所述功率控制参数发送映射在所述第一资源的数据；所述第一资源为所述第二资源的真子集；所述第一资源的数量为一个或多个；可选地，上述第五信息为组公共信息；可选地，该第五信息包含在物理层控制信息、媒体接入控制(MAC)层消息、或无线资源控制(RRC)层消息中；可选地，上述第六信息为组公共信息；可选地，所述第六信息包含在物理层控制信息、MAC层消息、或RRC层消息中。可选地，上述第一资源的数量为一个或多个。
可选地，所述第二资源还可以包含第三资源，所述第三资源为所述第二资源的真子集，且所述第三资源与所述第一资源无交集；可选地，所述第六信息包含所述第三资源的功率控制参数；可选地，所述第三资源的功率控制参数与所述第一资源的功率控制参数不同；可选地，该第三资源的数量可以为一个或多个。
在基于第五方面的第一种进一步可能的实施方式中，所述发送侧节点进行速率匹配获得第一比特序列；所述发送侧节点根据所述第一比特序列确定第一符号序列，并在所述第一符号序列中确定待映射的部分符号，将所述部分符号映射到所述第一资源；所述发送侧节点发送所述部分符号。可选地，所述发送侧节点对所述第二资源进行索引，将所述部分符号映射到所述第一资源，并发送所述部分符号。可选地，上述发送侧节点将上述第一符号序列中的符号虚拟映射到所述第二资源，将上述部分符号物理映射到所述第一资源，并发送该部分符号。
在基于第五方面的第二种进一步可能的实施方式中，所述发送侧节点进行速率匹配确定第一比特序列；所述发送侧节点根据所述第一比特序列确定第一符号序列，并确定所述第一资源和所述第二资源；所述发送侧节点将所述第一符号序列中的符号映射到所述第二资源，并发送映射在所述第一资源的符号。
在基于第五方面的第三种进一步可能的实施方式中，所述发送侧节点根据所述第二资源进行速率匹配获得第二比特序列；该发送侧节点根据该第二比特序列确定第二符号序列，将该第二符号序列中的全部或部分符号映射到所述第一资源；该发送侧节点发送映射到该第一资源的符号。
可选地，上述发送侧节点根据上述第二资源的大小进行速率匹配获得上述第二比特序列，将该第二符号序列中的部分符号映射到上述第一资源。进一步可选地，上述发送侧节点根据以下一项或多项进行速率匹配获得上述第二比特序列：冗余版本RV、上述第二资源的大小、或参考起始点。
可选地，上述发送侧节点根据上述第二资源和上述第一资源进行速率匹配获得上述第二比特序列，将该第二符号序列中的全部符号映射到上述第一资源。进一步可选地，上述发送侧节点根据以下一项或多项进行速率匹配获得上述第二比特序列：冗余版本RV、上述第一资源的大小、上述第二资源的大小、或参考起始点。
可选地，上述发送侧节点根据以下一项或多项将上述第二符号序列中的符号映射到上述第一资源：上述第二资源、上述第一资源、映射起始点、映射顺序、映射图样、或导频图样。
在上述第五方面、上述基于第五方面的第一种进一步可能的实施方式、上述基于第五方面的第二种进一步可能的实施方式、或者上述基于第五方面的第三种进一步可能的实施方式中：
可选地，上述发送侧节点根据来自控制节点的第一信息确定上述第一资源，该第一信息包含在以下一项或多项消息中：物理层消息、媒体接入控制(MAC)层消息、或无线资源控制(RRC)层消息。
可选地，上述发送侧节点根据下述一项或多项确定上述第一资源：上述第二资源、激活的带宽部分(BWP)、测量结果、或业务调度状态。
可选地，上述第二资源包含一个或多个子资源。
可选地，上述子资源的大小与下述一项或多项有关：物理资源块绑定(PRB bunding)的大小、微时隙(mini-slot)的大小、时隙(slot)的大小、波束数量、空间层数量、所述第二资源的大小、传输块大小(TBS)参数、码率参数、或调制编码方式(MCS)参数。
可选地，上述发送侧节点根据来自控制节点的第二信息确定组成上述第一资源的子资源，该第二信息包含在以下一项或多项消息中：物理层消息、MAC层消息、或RRC层消息。
可选地，上述发送侧节点根据下述一项或多项确定组成上述第一资源的子资源：上述第二资源、激活的BWP、测量结果、或业务调度状态。
可选地，上述子资源的参数与上述第二资源的参数有关；上述子资源的参数包括下述一项或多项：导频参数、预编码参数、冗余版本参数、映射起始点参数、编码参数、或调制参数。
可选地，上述发送侧节点根据下述一项或多项确定上述子资源的参数：来自控制节点的第三信息、或预定义的子资源的参数信息；可选地，其中该第三信息包含在以下一项或多项消息中：物理层消息、MAC层消息、或RRC层消息；可选地，上述子资源的参数包括下述一项或多项：导频参数、预编码参数、冗余版本参数、映射起始点参数、编码参数、或调制参数。
可选地，上述第一资源的参数与上述第二资源的参数有关；可选地，上述第一资源的参数包括下述一项或多项：导频参数、预编码参数、冗余版本参数、映射起始点参数、编码参数、或调制参数。
可选地，上述发送侧节点根据下述一项或多项确定上述第一资源的参数：来自控制节点的第四信息、或预定义的子资源的参数信息；可选地，其中该第四信息包含在以下一项或多项消息中：物理层消息、MAC层消息、或RRC层消息；可选地，上述第一资源的参数包括下述一项或多项：导频参数、预编码参数、冗余版本参数、映射起始点参数、编码参数、或调制参数。
本申请实施例通过通过配置数据发送的资源集合，确定该资源集合内的部分资源以及所述部分资源的功率控制参数，根据所述功率控制参数确定发送映射在所述部分资源上的数据符号的功率，并发送映射在该部分资源上的数据符号，降低了上述多节点协作发送中的干扰，从而提升了多节点协作发送的可靠性和时延性能。
第六方面，本申请实施例提供一种数据接收的方法，包括：接收侧节点使用第二资源接收数据。
可选地，所述接收侧节点接收来自控制节点的第七信息，并根据所述第七信息确定所述第二资源。
可选地，上述第七信息包含在以下一项或多项消息中：物理层消息、MAC层消息、或RRC层消息。
本申请实施例通过通过在资源集合上接收数据，降低了多节点协作发送中的干扰，从而提升了多节点协作发送的可靠性和时延性能，且降低了接收侧的接收复杂度。
第七方面，本申请实施例提供一种数据发送的方法，包括：控制节点发送第五信息，所述第五信息用于第一节点确定第二资源；所述控制节点发送第一信息，所述第一信息用于第一资源的确定、并发送映射在所述第一资源上的数据；所述第一资源为所述 第二资源的真子集。可选地，上述第一信息包含在以下一项或多项消息中：物理层消息、MAC层消息、或RRC层消息。可选地，上述第五信息包含在以下一项或多项消息中：物理层消息、MAC层消息、或RRC层消息。可选地，上述第五信息为组公共信息。
在基于第七方面的第一种进一步可能的实施方式中，所述控制节点发送第二信息，所述第二信息用于组成上述第一资源的子资源的确定。可选地，上述第二信息包含在以下一项或多项消息中：物理层消息、MAC层消息、或RRC层消息。
在基于第七方面的第二种进一步可能的实施方式中，所述控制节点发送第三信息，所述第三信息用于上述子资源的参数的确定。可选地，上述第三信息包含在以下一项或多项消息中：物理层消息、MAC层消息、或RRC层消息。可选地，上述子资源的参数包括下述一项或多项：导频参数、预编码参数、冗余版本参数、映射起始点参数、编码参数、或调制参数。
在基于第七方面的第三种进一步可能的实施方式中，所述控制节点发送第四信息，所述第四信息用于上述第一资源的参数的确定。可选地，上述第四信息包含在以下一项或多项消息中：物理层消息、MAC层消息、或RRC层消息。可选地，上述第一资源的参数包括下述一项或多项：导频参数、预编码参数、冗余版本参数、映射起始点参数、编码参数、或调制参数。
在基于第七方面的第四种进一步可能的实施方式中，所述控制节点发送第六信息，所述第六信息用于上述第一资源的功率控制参数的确定。可选地，上述第六信息包含在以下一项或多项消息中：物理层消息、MAC层消息、或RRC层消息。可选地，上述第六信息为组公共信息。
在基于第七方面的第五种进一步可能的实施方式中，所述控制节点发送第七信息，所述第七信息用于上述第二资源的确定；可选地，所述控制节点在所述第二资源上接收数据。可选地，上述第七信息包含在以下一项或多项消息中：物理层消息、MAC层消息、或RRC层消息。
本申请实施例通过配置数据发送的资源集合，确定该资源集合内的部分资源，根据该部分资源映射待发送的数据并进行数据发送，降低了多节点协作发送中的干扰，从而提升了多节点协作发送的可靠性和时延性能。
第八方面，本申请提供一种通信装置，可以实现上述发送侧节点、上述接收侧节点、或上述控制节点中的一项或多项的相应功能。所述通信装置包括用于执行上述方法的相应的单元或部件。所述通信装置包括的单元可以通过软件和/或硬件方式实现。所述通信装置，例如可以为终端、或网络设备(如基站)、或者为可支持终端或网络设备实现上述功能的芯片、芯片系统、或处理器等。
第九方面，本申请提供一种通信装置，包括：处理器，所述处理器与存储器耦合，所述存储器用于存储程序，当所述程序被所述处理器执行时，使得通信装置实现上述任一方面所述的方法。
第十方面，本申请提供一种存储介质，其上存储有计算机程序，所述计算机程序被处理器执行时实现上述任一方面所述的方法。
第十一方面，本申请提供一种芯片系统，包括：处理器，用于执行上述任一方面所描述的方法。
第十二方面，本申请提供一种通信系统，包括上述发送侧节点和上述接收侧节点，或者包括上述发送侧节点、上述接收侧节点和上述控制节点。
第十三方面，本申请实施例提供了一种数据传输方法，包括：网络设备确定用于发送目标数据的第一时频资源，所述第一时频资源为第二时频资源的部分或者全部，所述第二时频资源为所述网络设备可用于信息传输的全部时频资源；所述网络设备根据目标资源单元RE相对于参考RE的位置，以及承载在所述参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值，确定承载在所述目标RE上的第一个比特的索引值，其中，所述目标RE位于所述第一时频资源内，所述参考RE为在所述第二时频资源中预设位置的RE；所述网络设备在所述第一时频资源上将所述目标数据发送给终端设备。当两个网络设备使用重叠的时频资源进行数据传输时，通过使用本实施例所提供的数据传输方法，这两个网络设备无需交互调度信息就可以在重叠的时频资源上传输相同的数据，从而可以降低数据干扰，并提高数据传输的可靠性。
在一个实施例中，承载在所述目标RE上的第一个比特的索引值k＝k0+n*m，其中，所述k0是承载在所述参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值，所述n为所述目标RE与所述参考RE之间的距离，所述m为承载在所述目标RE上的比特的数量，所述m与所述数据的调制方式相关。
在一个实施例中，承载在所述目标RE上的第一个比特的索引值k＝k0+n*m*t，其中，所述k0是承载在所述参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值，所述n为所述目标RE与所述参考RE之间的距离，所述m为承载在所述目标RE上的比特的数量，所述m与所述数据的调制方式相关，所述t为所述目标RE上传输数据的层数。
在一个实施例中，承载在所述参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值与冗余版本、传输块大小TBS中的至少一个相关。承载在参考RE上的比特索引会影响网络设备实际发送的比特序列，当同一个TBS的初传和重传采用不同的冗余版本时，通过采用本实施例的方法，能够使得网络设备在该TBS的初传和重传时发送的比特序列不同，从而能够提升终端设备对该TBS的解码成功率。
在一个实施例中，承载在所述参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值为根据所述冗余版本的取值确定的发送比特序列中第一个比特的索引值。
在一个实施例中，所述参考RE的资源位置是由协议预定义或由所述网络设备通过高层信令配置给所述终端设备。
在一个实施例中，所述参考RE是所述第二时频资源的第一个RE。
第十四方面，本申请实施例提供了另一种数据传输方法，包括：终端设备在第一时频资源上接收来自网络设备的目标数据；所述第一时频资源为第二时频资源的部分或者全部，所述第二时频资源为所述网络设备可用于信息传输的全部时频资源；其中，承载在目标资源单元RE上的第一个比特的索引值由所述目标RE相对于参考RE的位置，以及承载在所述参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值确定，所述目标RE位于所述第一时频资源内，所述参考RE为在所述第二时频资源中预设位置的RE；所述终端设备对所述目标数据进行解调和译码。当终端设备接收来自两个网络设备协作传输的数据时，如果这两个网络设备采用的是本申请的实施例所提供的数据传输方法，则终端设备在相同的RE上所接收到的数据是相同的，从而可以降低终端设备接收到的数据的干扰，进而提高数据传输的可靠性。
在一个实施例中，承载在所述目标RE上的第一个比特的索引值k＝k0+n*m，其中，所述k0是承载在所述参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值，所述n为所述目标RE与所述参考RE之间的距离，所述m为承载在所述目标RE上的比特的数量，所述m与所述数据的调制方式相关。
在一个实施例中，承载在所述参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值与冗余版本和传输块大小TBS中的至少一个相关。
在一个实施例中，承载在所述参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值为根据所述冗余版本的取值确定的发送比特序列中第一个比特的索引值。
在一个实施例中，所述参考RE的资源位置是由协议预定义或所述终端设备通过接收来自所述网络设备的高层信令确定。
在一个实施例中，所述参考RE是所述第二时频资源的第一个RE。
第十五方面，本申请实施例提供了又一种数据传输方法，包括：网络设备确定用于发送目标数据的第一时频资源，所述第一时频资源为第二时频资源的部分或者全部，所述第二时频资源为所述网络设备可用于信息传输的全部时频资源；网络设备对承载在目标资源单元RE上的t层数据中的每一层数据进行s轮的数据映射，对于每一轮数据映射，网络设备根据目标RE相对参考RE的位置，以及第j层第i轮数据映射时承载在参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值确定第j层第i轮数据映射时承载在目标RE上的第一个比特的索引值，其中，所述目标RE位于所述第一时频资源内，所述参考RE为在所述第二时频资源中预设位置的RE，所述j为小于或者等于所述t的正整数，所述t为所述目标RE承载数据的层数，所述i为小于或者等于所述s的正整数，所述s＝m/m min，所述m为承载在所述目标RE上的数据的调制阶数，所述m min为数据传输的最低调制阶数；所述网络设备在所述第一时频资源上将所述目标数据发送给终端设备。通过本实施例，可以实现在不需要交互任何调度信息的前提下，使得参与协作数据传输的两个不同的网络设备在调制方式不同或MIMO的层数不同的时候，仍然可以保证这两个网络设备在相同的RE上映射的数据比特中有部分是相同的，从而可以降低数据干扰，提高数据传输的可靠性。
在一个实施例中，第j层的第i轮数据映射时承载在所述目标RE上的第一个比特的索引值k i,j＝k 0,i,j+n*m min；其中，所述k 0,i,j为第j层第i轮数据映射时承载在目标参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值，所述n为所述目标RE与所述目标参考RE之间的距离。
在一个实施例中，所述m min由协议预定义或由所述网络设备通过高层信令配置给所述终端设备。
在一个实施例中，所述调制阶数为一个调制符号承载的比特数量。
在一个实施例中，第j层的第i轮数据映射时承载在所述参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值与冗余版本、传输块大小TBS中的至少一个相关。
在一个实施例中，所述参考RE的资源位置是由协议预定义或由所述网络设备通过高层信令配置给所述终端设备。
在一个实施例中，所述参考RE是所述第二时频资源的第一个RE。
第十六方面，本申请实施例提供了再一种数据传输方法，包括：终端设备在第一时频资源上接收来自网络设备的目标数据；所述第一时频资源为第二时频资源的部分或者全部，所述第二时频资源为所述网络设备可用于信息传输的全部时频资源；其中，目标资源单元RE上的t层数据中的每一层数据是经过s轮的数据映射得到的，第j层第i轮数据映射时承载在目标RE上的第一个比特的索引值由目标RE相对参考RE的位置，以及第j层第i轮数据映射时承载在参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值确定，所述目标RE位于所述第一时频资源内，所述参考RE为在所述第二时频资源中预设位置的RE，所述j为小于或者等于所述t的正整数，所述t为所述目标RE承载数据的层数，所述i为小于或者等于所述s的正整数，所述s＝m/m min，所述m为承载在所述目标RE上的数据的调制阶数，所述m min为数据传输的最低调制阶数；所述终端设备对所述目标数据进行解调和译码。通过本实施例，可以实现在两个不同的网络设备协作向终端设备传输数据时，使得参与协作数据传输的两个不同的网络设备在调制方式不同或MIMO的层数不同的时候，仍然可以保证在相同的RE上终端设备接收到的这两个网络设备映射的数据比特中有部分是相同的，从而可以降低终端设备接收到的数据干扰，提高数据传输的可靠性。
在一个实施例中，第j层的第i轮数据映射时承载在所述目标RE上的第一个比特的索引值k i,j＝k 0,i,j+n*m min；其中，所述k 0,i,j为第j层第i轮数据映射时承载在目标参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值，所述n为所述目标RE与所述目标参考RE之间的距离。
在一个实施例中，所述m min由协议预定义或所述终端设备通过接收所述网络设备发送的高层信令确定。
在一个实施例中，所述调制阶数为一个调制符号承载的比特数量。
在一个实施例中，第j层的第i轮数据映射时承载在所述参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值与冗余版本、传输块大小TBS中的至少一个相关。
在一个实施例中，所述参考RE的资源位置是由协议预定义或由所述终端设备通过接收来自网络设备的高层信令确定。
在一个实施例中，所述参考RE是所述第二时频资源的第一个RE。
第十七方面，本申请实施例提供了一种网络设备，该网络设备包括用于执行第一方面或第一方面的任一种可能实现方式所提供的数据传输方法的模块或单元。
第十八方面，本申请实施例提供了一种终端设备，该终端设备包括用于执行第二方面或第二方面的任一种可能实现方式所提供的数据传输方法的模块或单元。
第十九方面，本申请实施例提供了另一种网络设备，该网络设备包括用于执行第三方面或第三方面的任一种可能实现方式所提供的数据传输方法的模块或单元。
第二十方面，本申请实施例提供了另一种终端设备，该终端设备包括用于执行第四方面或第四方面的任一种可能实现方式所提供的数据传输方法的模块或单元。
第二十一方面，本申请实施例提供了又一种网络设备，包括：处理器，存储器，收发器和总线；处理器、收发器、存储器通过总线相互通信；收发器，用于接收和发送数据；存储器，用于存储指令；处理器，用于调用存储器中的指令，执行第一方面或第一方面的任一种可能实现方式所提供的数据传输方法。
第二十二方面，本申请实施例提供了又一种终端设备，包括：处理器，存储器，收发器和总线；处理器、收发器、存储器通过总线相互通信；收发器，用于接收和发送数据；存储器，用于存储指令；处理器，用于调用存储器中的指令，执行第二方面或第二方面的任一种可能实现方式所提供的数据传输方法。
第二十三方面，本申请实施例提供了再一种网络设备，包括：处理器，存储器，收发器和总线；处理器、收发器、存储器通过总线相互通信；收发器，用于接收和发送数据；存储器，用于存储指令；处理器，用于调用存储器中的指令，执行第三方面或第三方面的任一种可能实现方式所提供的数据传输方法。
第二十四方面，本申请实施例提供了又一种终端设备，包括：处理器，存储器，收发器和总线；处理器、收发器、存储器通过总线相互通信；收发器，用于接收和发送数据；存储器，用于存储指令；处理器，用于调用存储器中的指令，执行第四方面或第四方面的任一种可能实现方式所提供的数据传输方法。
第二十五方面，本申请实施例提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，该存储介质包括指令，当该指令在网络设备上运行时，使得网络设备执行第一方面或第一方面的任一种可能实现方式所提供的数据传输方法。
第二十六方面，本申请实施例提供了另一种计算机可读存储介质，该存储介质包括指令，当该指令在终端设备上运行时，使得终端设备执行第二方面或第二方面的任一种可能实现方式所提供的数据传输方法。
第二十七方面，本申请实施例提供了又一种计算机可读存储介质，该存储介质包括指令，当该指令在网络设备上运行时，使得网络设备执行第三方面或第三方面的任一种可能实现方式所提供的数据传输方法。
第二十八方面，本申请实施例提供了另一种计算机可读存储介质，该存储介质包括指令，当该指令在终端设备上运行时，使得终端设备执行第四方面或第四面的任一种可能实现方式所提供的数据传输方法。
第二十九方面，本申请实施例提供了一种计算机程序，该计算机程序包括指令，当该指令在网络设备上运行时，使得网络设备执行第一方面或第一方面的任一种可能实现方式所提供的数据传输方法。
第三十方面，本申请实施例提供了一种计算机程序，该计算机程序包括指令，当该指令在终端设备上运行时，使得终端设备执行第二方面或第二方面的任一种可能实现方式所提供的数据传输方法。
第三十一方面，本申请实施例提供了一种计算机程序，该计算机程序包括指令，当该指令在网络设备上运行时，使得网络设备执行第三方面或第三方面的任一种可能实现方式所提供的数据传输方法。
第三十二方面，本申请实施例提供了一种计算机程序，该计算机程序包括指令，当该指令在终端设备上运行时，使得终端设备执行第四方面或第四方面的任一种可能实现方式所提供的数据传输方法。
第三十三方面，本申请实施例提供了一种网络设备的芯片产品，以执行第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第三十四方面，本申请实施例提供了一种终端设备的芯片产品，以执行第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第三十五方面，本申请实施例提供了一种网络设备的芯片产品，以执行第三方面或第三方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第三十六方面，本申请实施例提供了一种终端设备的芯片产品，以执行第四方面或第四方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
上述第十三方面到第三十六方面的本申请实施例中，当两个网络设备使用重叠的时频资源进行数据传输时，且这两个网络设备使用的数据调制方式和RE承载数据的层数相同时，通过使用本实施例所提供的数据传输方法，这两个网络设备无需交互调度信息就可以在重叠的时频资源上传输相同的数据，从而可以降低数据干扰，并提高数据传输的可靠性。当两个网络设备进行数据传输时使用的时频资源重叠，且参与协作数据传输的两个网络设备使用的调制方式不同或MIMO的层数不同时，每个网络设备对承载在RE上的每一层的数据比特均按照本实施例所提供的数据传输方法进行多轮数据映射，仍然可以保证这两个网络设备在相同的RE上映射的数据比特中有部分是相同的，从而可以降低数据干扰，提高数据传输的可靠性。
第三十七方面，提供了一种传输数据的方法，该方法包括：主节点确定公共资源的信息，所述公共资源能够用于一组子节点传输数据；该主节点确定第一资源与所述公共资源重叠的资源，所述重叠的资源用于所述第一子节点传输数据，其中，所述第一资源为所述第一子节点所占的资源，所述第一子节点是所述一组子节点中的任一子节点；该主节点基于所述重叠的资源，与所述第一子节点传输数据。
本申请实施例中，通过为一组子节点确定一套公共资源，并将公共资源与子节点所占的资源交叠的资源作为供子节点传输数据的资源。换句话说，可以为不同的子节点在配置的公共资源上划分资源，供各子节点传输数据，这种方式可以避免子节点之间的干扰。
结合第三十七方面，在第三十七方面的某些实现方式中，所述方法还包括：该主节点确定所述公共资源上的至少一种资源映射方式，所述至少一种资源映射方式包括以下至少一种：先频域后时域、先时域后频域、时频混合映射。
本申请实施例中，可以按照单一资源映射方式进行解调，从而降低复杂度，边缘覆盖性能良好。
结合第三十七方面，在第三十七方面的某些实现方式中，所述方法还包括：该主节点在所述公共资源中，确定至少一个起始子载波的位置；所述该主节点确定第一资源与所述公共资源重叠的资源，包括：该主节点根据所述至少一个起始子载波的位置，确定第一资源与所述公共资源重叠的资源。
结合第三十七方面，在第三十七方面的某些实现方式中，所述公共资源的信息包括索引表，所述索引表用于所述一组子节点从所述公共资源中确定用于传输数据的资源。
结合第三十七方面，在第三十七方面的某些实现方式中，所述公共资源的信息包括至少一个冗余版本RV。
可以理解的是，上述第三十七方面中所述的主节点也可以是设置在该主节点中的芯片或装置。
第三十八方面，提供了一种传输数据的方法，该方法包括：第一子节点确定公共资源的信息，所述公共资源能够用于一组子节点传输数据；该第一子节点确定第一资源与所述公共资源重叠的资源，所述重叠的资源用于所述第一子节点传输数据，其中，所述第一资源为所述第一子节点所占的资源，所述第一子节点是所述一组子节点中的任一子节点；所述第一子节点基于所述重叠的资源传输数据。
本申请实施例中，通过为一组子节点确定一套公共资源，并将公共资源与子节点所占的资源交叠的资源作为供子节点传输数据的资源。换句话说，可以为不同的子节点在配置的公共资源上划分资源，供各子节点传输数据，这种方式可以避免子节点之间的干扰。
结合第三十八方面，在第三十八方面的某些实现方式中，所述方法还包括：该第一子节点确定所述公共资源上的至少一种资源映射方式，所述至少一种资源映射方式包括以下至少一种：先频域后时域、先时域后频域、时频混合映射。
本申请实施例中，可以按照单一资源映射方式进行解调，从而降低复杂度，边缘覆盖性能良好。
结合第三十八方面，在第三十八方面的某些实现方式中，所述方法还包括：该第一子节点在所述公共资源中，确定至少一个起始子载波的位置；所述该第一子节点确定第一资源与所述公共资源重叠的资源，包括：该第一子节点根据所述至少一个起始子载波的位置，确定第一资源与所述公共资源重叠的资源。
结合第三十八方面，在第三十八方面的某些实现方式中，所述公共资源的信息包括索引表，所述索引表用于所述一组子节点从所述公共资源中确定用于传输数据的资源。
结合第三十八方面，在第三十八方面的某些实现方式中，所述公共资源的信息包括至少一个冗余版本RV。
可以理解的是，上述第三十八方面中所述的第一子节点也可以是设置在该第一子节点中的芯片或装置。
第三十九方面，提供了一种传输数据的设备，包括收发器、处理器和存储器。该处理器用于控制收发器收发信号，该存储器用于存储计算机程序，该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序，使得该传输数据的设备执行上述第三十七方面或上述第三十八方面的实现方式中的方法。
第四十方面，提供了一种传输数据的装置，该传输数据的装置可以为上述方法设计中的子节点，或者为设置在子节点中的芯片。该传输数据的装置包括：处理器，与存储器耦合，可用于执行存储器中的指令，以实现上述第三十八方面以及第三十八方面中第一子节点所执行的方法。可选地，该传输数据的装置还包括存储器。可选地，该传输数据的装置还包括通信接口，处理器与通信接口耦合。
第四十一方面，提供了一种计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品包括：计算机程序代码，当所述计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第三十七方面或第三十八方面中的方法。
第四十二方面，提供了一种计算机可读介质，所述计算机可读介质存储有程序代码，当所述计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第三十七方面或第三十八方面中的方法。
第四十三方面，提供了一种芯片系统，该芯片系统包括处理器，用于支持子节点实现上述第三十七方面或第三十八方面中所涉及的功能，例如，生成，接收，发送，或处理上述方法中所涉及的数据和/或信息。在一种可能的设计中，所述芯片系统还包括存储器，所述存储器，用于保存子节点必要的程序指令和数据。该芯片系统可以由芯片构成，也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。
附图说明
图1A为本申请提供的数据发送方法应用的通信系统的示意图；
图1B示出了通信系统的一种架构举例示意图；
图2A示出了一种时域资源和频域资源的示意图；
图2B示出了一种时域资源、频域资源和空域资源的示意图；
图2C为本申请提供的数据发送方法的一种示意图；
图3示出了本申请实施例的第一种数据发送流程图；
图4A示出了本申请实施例的第一种进行速率匹配或比特选择的示意图；
图4B示出了本申请实施例的第二种进行速率匹配或比特选择的示意图；
图4C示出了本申请实施例的第三种进行速率匹配或比特选择的示意图；
图4D示出了本申请实施例的第四种进行速率匹配或比特选择的示意图；
图5A示出了本申请实施例的第一种子资源的示意图；
图5B示出了本申请实施例的第二种子资源的示意图；
图5C示出了本申请实施例的第三种子资源的示意图；
图5D示出了本申请实施例的第四种子资源的示意图；
图6A示出了本申请实施例的第一种子资源的参数示意图；
图6B示出了本申请实施例的第二种子资源的参数示意图；
图6C示出了本申请实施例的第三种子资源的参数示意图；
图6D示出了本申请实施例的第四种子资源的参数示意图；
图6E示出了本申请实施例的第五种子资源的参数示意图；
图7A示出了本申请实施例的第一种第一资源示意图；
图7B示出了本申请实施例的第二种第一资源示意图；
图7C示出了本申请实施例的第三种第一资源示意图；
图8A示出了本申请实施例的一种子资源组成第一资源的示意图；
图8B示出了本申请实施例的另一种子资源组成第一资源的示意图；
图9A示出了本申请实施例的第一种符号映射的示意图；
图9B示出了本申请实施例的第二种符号映射的示意图；
图9C示出了本申请实施例的第三种符号映射的示意图；
图9D示出了本申请实施例的第四种符号映射的示意图；
图9E示出了本申请实施例的第五种符号映射的示意图；
图9F示出了本申请实施例的第六种符号映射的示意图；
图9G示出了本申请实施例的多个第一节点使用相同第一资源的示意图；
图9H示出了本申请实施例的多个第一节点使用不重叠的第一资源的示意图；
图9I示出了本申请实施例的一种多个第一节点使用部分重叠的第一资源的示意图；
图9J示出了本申请实施例的另一种多个第一节点使用部分重叠的第一资源的示意图；
图9K示出了本申请实施例的一种第一资源图样的示意图；
图10A示出了本申请实施例的一种对第二资源进行索引的示意图；
图10B示出了本申请实施例的一种将部分符号映射到第一资源的示意图；
图10C示出了本申请实施例的另一种将部分符号映射到第一资源的示意图；
图10D示出了本申请实施例的又一种将部分符号映射到第一资源的示意图；
图11A示出了本申请实施例的一种多个第一资源的示意图；
图11B示出了本申请实施例的一种第三资源示意图；
图12示出了本申请实施例的第二种数据发送流程图；
图13示出了本申请实施例的第三种数据发送流程图；
图14A示出了本申请实施例的第五种进行速率匹配或比特选择的示意图；
图14B示出了本申请实施例的第六种进行速率匹配或比特选择的示意图；
图14C示出了本申请实施例的第七种进行速率匹配或比特选择的示意图；
图14D示出了本申请实施例的第八种进行速率匹配或比特选择的示意图；
图15示出了本申请实施例的第四种数据发送流程图；
图16示出了本申请实施例的第五种数据发送流程图；
图17示出了本申请实施例的一种数据接收流程图；
图18示出了本申请实施例的第六种数据发送流程图；
图19为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图；
图20为本申请实施例提供的一种终端的结构示意图；
图21为本申请实施例提供的一种通信设备示意图。
图22是本申请实施例提供的一种系统架构示意图；
图23是本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备协作传输的时频资源分配的示意图；
图24A是本申请实施例提供的另一种网络设备协作传输的时频资源分配的示意图；
图24B是本申请实施例提供的又一种网络设备协作传输的时频资源分配的示意图；
图25是本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输方法的流程示意图；
图26是本申请实施例提供的一种数据与RE之间的映射关系示意图；
图27是本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备协作传输时数据与RE之间的映射关系示意图；
图28是本申请实施例提供的另一种数据传输方法的流程示意图；
图29是本申请实施例提供的另一种数据与RE之间的映射关系示意图；
图30是本申请实施例提供的又一种数据与RE之间的映射关系示意图；
图31是本申请实施例提供的再一种数据与RE之间的映射关系示意图；
图32是本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备协作传输示意图；
图33是本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备10或网络设备20的结构示意图；
图34是本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备11的结构示意图；
图35是本申请实施例提供的另一种网络设备10或网络设备20的结构示意图；
图36是本申请实施例提供的另一种终端设备11的结构示意图；
图37是适用于本申请另一实施例的传输数据的方法的示意图；
图38是适用于本申请实施例的一体化资源配置的示意图；
图39是适用于本申请实施例的一体化资源映射方式及索引配置的示意图。
具体实施方式
本申请实施例提供的数据发送方法及装置可以应用于通信系统中。如图1A示出了一种通信系统结构示意图。该通信系统中包括一个或多个网络设备(清楚起见，图中示出网络设备10和网络设备20)，以及与该一个或多个网络设备通信的一个或多个终端设备。图1A中所示终端设备11和终端设备12与网络设备10通信，所示终端设备21和终端设备22与网络设备20通信。
本申请实施例描述的技术可用于各种通信系统，例如2G，3G，4G，4.5G，5G通信系统，多种通信系统融合的系统，或者未来演进网络(例如6G通信系统)。例如码分多址(code division multiple access，CDMA)、宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access，WCDMA)、时分多址(time division multiple access，TDMA)、频分多址(frequency division multiple access，FDMA)、正交频分多址(orthogonal frequency-division multiple access，OFDMA)、单载波频分多址(single carrier FDMA，SC-FDMA)，长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)系统，新空口(new radio,NR)系统，无线保真(wireless-fidelity，WiFi)系统、全球微波互联接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access，WiMAX)系统，以及第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project，3GPP)相关的蜂窝系统等，以及其他此类通信系统。
图1B示出的通信系统的一种可能的架构举例示意图，如图1B所示无线接入网RAN中的网络设备是CU和DU分离架构的基站(如gNB)。RAN可以与核心网相连(例如可以是LTE的核心网，也可以是5G的核心网等)。CU和DU可以理解为是对基站从逻辑功能角度的划分。CU和DU在物理上可以是分离的也可以部署在一起。RAN的功能终止于CU。多个DU可以共用一个。一个DU也可以连接多个CU(图中未示出)。CU和DU之间可以通过接口相连，例如可以是F1接口。CU和DU可以根据无线网络的协议层划分。例如分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol，PDCP)层及无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)层的功能设置在CU，而无线链路控制(radio link control，RLC)，媒体接入控制(media access control，MAC)层，物理(physical)层等的功能设置在DU。可以理解对CU和DU处理功能按照这种协议层的划分仅仅是一种举例，也可以按照其他的方式进行划分。例如可以将CU或者DU划分为具有更多协议层的功能。例如，CU或DU还可以划分为具有协议层的部分处理功能。在一设计中，将RLC层的部分功能和RLC层以上的协议层的功能设置在CU，将RLC层的剩余功能和RLC层以下的协议层的功能设置在DU。在另一种设计中，还可以按照业务类型或者其他系统需求对CU或者DU的功能进行划分。例如按时延划分，将处理时间需要满足时延要求的功能设置在DU，不需要满足该时延要求的功能设置在CU。图1B所示的网络架构可以应用于5G通信系统，其也可以与LTE系统共享一个或多个部件或资源。在另一种设计中，CU也可以具有核心网的一个或多个功能。一个或者多个CU可以集中设 置，也分离设置。例如CU可以设置在网络侧方便集中管理。DU可以具有多个射频功能，也可以将射频功能拉远设置。
CU的功能可以由一个实体来实现，也可以进一步将控制面(CP)和用户面(UP)分离，即CU的控制面(CU-CP)和用户面(CU-UP)可以由不同的功能实体来实现，所述CU-CP和CU-UP可以与DU相耦合，共同完成基站的功能。
可以理解的是，本申请中提供的实施例也适用于CU和DU不分离的架构。
本申请中，网络设备可以是任意一种具有无线收发功能的设备。包括但不限于：全球移动通信系统(Global System for Mobile，GSM)或CDMA中的基站(base transceiver station，BTS)，WCDMA中的基站(NodeB)，LTE中的演进型基站(NodeB或eNB或e-NodeB，evolutional Node B)，NR中的基站(gNodeB或gNB)或收发点(transmission reception point,TRP)，3GPP后续演进的基站，WiFi系统中的接入节点，无线中继节点，无线回传节点等。基站可以是：宏基站，微基站，微微基站，小站，中继站，或，气球站等。多个基站可以支持上述提及的同一种技术的网络，也可以支持上述提及的不同技术的网络。基站可以包含一个或多个共站或非共站的传输接收点(Transmission receiving point/Transmission reception point,TRP)。网络设备还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network，CRAN)场景下的无线控制器、集中单元(centralized unit，CU)，和/或分布单元(distributed unit,DU)。网络设备还可以是服务器，可穿戴设备，或车载设备等。以下以网络设备为基站为例进行说明。所述多个网络设备可以为同一类型的基站，也可以为不同类型的基站。基站可以与终端设备进行通信，也可以通过中继站与终端设备进行通信。终端设备可以与不同技术的多个基站进行通信，例如，终端设备可以与支持LTE网络的基站通信，也可以与支持5G网络的基站通信，还可以支持与LTE网络的基站以及5G网络的基站的双连接。
终端是一种具有无线收发功能的设备，可以部署在陆地上，包括室内或室外、手持、穿戴或车载；也可以部署在水面上(如轮船等)；还可以部署在空中(例如飞机、气球和卫星上等)。所述终端可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑(Pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(virtual reality，VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality，AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、车载终端设备、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端、可穿戴终端设备等等。本申请的实施例对应用场景不做限定。终端有时也可以称为终端设备、用户设备(user equipment，UE)、接入终端设备、车载终端、工业控制终端、UE单元、UE站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端设备、移动设备、UE终端设备、终端设备、无线通信设备、UE代理或UE装置等。终端也可以是固定的或者移动的。
随着无线通信系统的发展，数据传输对时延和可靠性的要求越来越高。例如NR中高可靠低时延通信(Ultra-Reliable and Low-Latency Communication，URLLC)，要求在保证99.999％可靠性的同时，达到小于或等于1毫秒(ms)的时延。为满足上述需求，多节点协作发送的概念被提出，该概念下多个节点可以发送来自相同传输块(transmission block，TB)或码块(coded block，CB)的数据。然而，上述概念会产生多节点间的数据干扰，可能无法同时保证数据传输的可靠性和时延需求。因此如何 降低多节点协作发送中多节点间的数据干扰、保证数据传输的可靠性和时延需求是目前亟待解决的问题。
本申请实施例提供的数据发送方法及装置，通过配置数据发送的资源集合，确定该资源集合内的部分资源，根据该部分资源映射待发送的数据并进行数据发送，降低了上述多节点协作发送中的干扰，从而提升了多节点协作发送的可靠性和时延性能。以图2C为例，通过本申请实施例描述的实施方法，两个发送节点被配置了相同的资源集合，发送节点1和发送节点2使用该资源集合内不同的部分资源与接收节点进行通信，且发送节点1使用的部分资源与发送节点2使用的部分资源有部分重叠，但这两个发送节点在该重叠的资源上映射并发送相同的数据或相同数据的不同冗余版本。其中，所述相同的数据也可以理解为相同的信息比特序列；所述相同数据的不同冗余版本也可以理解为对信息比特序列进行编码之后，得到一个或者多个码块，从码块或码块序列不同的位置截取信息比特作为起始信息比特获得的不同的信息比特序列。由于上述部分重叠的资源上映射的是相同的信息比特或信息比特序列，从而降低接收节点在该重叠的资源上可能产生的干扰。可以理解的是，图2C中示意的资源集合可以理解为本申请实施例中描述的第二资源，图2C中示意的部分资源可以理解为本申请实施例中描述的第一资源。
下面以具体实施例结合附图对本申请的技术方案进行详细说明。本申请中的实施例可以独立也可以相互结合，对于相同或相似的概念或过程可能在某些实施例不再赘述。应理解，本申请中所解释的功能可以通过独立硬件电路、使用结合处理器/微处理器或通用计算机而运行的软件、使用专用集成电路，和/或使用一个或多个数字信号处理器来实现。当本申请描述为方法时，其还可以由计算机处理器和被耦合到处理器的存储器实现。
本申请实施例中的资源可以包含时域资源；例如，所述资源包含至少一个帧、至少一个子帧、至少一个时隙、至少一个微时隙(mini-slot)或者至少一个时域符号等。本申请实施例中的资源可以包含频域资源；例如，所述资源包含至少一个载波(Carrier)、至少一个单元载波(componont carrier，CC)、至少一个带宽部分(bandwidth part，BWP)、至少一个资源块组(resource block group，RBG)、至少一个物理资源块组(physical resource-block group，PRG)、至少一个资源块(resource block，RB)、或至少一个子载波(sub-carrier，SC)等。本申请实施例中的资源可以包含空域资源；例如，所述资源包含至少一个波束、至少一个端口、至少一个天线端口、或者至少一个层/空间层等。本申请实施例中的资源可以包含码域资源；例如，所述资源包含至少一个正交覆盖码(orthogonal cover code，OCC)、或者至少一个非正交多址码(non-orthogonal multiple access，NOMA)等。
以图2A为例，给出了一种时域资源和频域资源的示意图。图2A中横轴代表时间(图2A示意性地在时间维度示意了4个时域符号)，纵轴代表频率(图2A示意性地在频率维度示意了36个子载波)。示意性地，图2A中最小粒度的小方格示意一个资源粒子(resource element，RE)，该资源粒子在时间上包含一个时域符号、在频率上包含一个子载波。示意性地，图2A中还示意了频域上包含12个子载波的资源块(resource block，RB)。
以图2B为例，给出了一种时域资源、频域资源和空域资源的示意图。图2B中的时域资源和频域资源可参考图2A的描述。对于空域资源，示意性地，图2B的左右两 张图分别示意了两个不同的空间层，该两个不同的空间层具有相同的时频资源；或者，也可以理解为图2B的左右两张图分别示意了两个不同的端口/天线端口，该两个不同的端口/天线端口具有相同的时频资源。
本申请实施例中的资源还可以包含上述资源种类的组合。例如，所述资源包含时域资源和频域资源，或者所述资源包含时域资源和空域资源，或者所述资源包含频域资源和空域资源，或者所述资源包含时域资源、频域资源和空域资源。关于时域资源、频域资源和空域资源可参考上述对这些资源的描述，此处不再赘述。
本申请实施例中涉及对上述资源的配置。一种可能的配置方式是通过半静态消息/信息配置；例如，通过无线资源控制(radio resource control，RRC)消息/信息或媒体接入控制(media access control，MAC)消息/信息配置上述资源。另一种可能的配置方式是通过动态消息/信息配置；例如，通过物理层消息/信息配置上述资源。另一种可能的配置方式是通过半静态消息/信息和动态消息/信息配置；例如，通过RRC消息/信息和物理层消息/信息、或者MAC消息/信息和物理层消息/信息配置上述资源。
上述通过半静态消息/信息和动态消息/信息共同配置上述资源的方法可以实现不同的配置效果。在一种可能的配置方式中，通过半静态消息/信息配置上述资源的集合，通过动态消息/信息进一步从所述资源的集合中配置一个或多个资源，从而可以降低动态消息的配置开销。在另一种可能的配置方式中，通过半静态消息/信息配置变化相对较慢的资源，通过动态消息/信息配置变化相对较快的资源；例如，通过半静态消息/信息配置数据调度时相对固定的时域资源，通过动态消息/信息配置信道条件随时间不断变化的频域资源，从而在配置开销和性能间获得折中。
本申请实施例中的资源也可以是预定义的，例如所述资源在频域上包括预定义的系统带宽、CC、或BWP。
可选地，上述资源具有相应的参数，可称之为资源的参数。所述资源的参数的具体种类包括下述的一项或多项：导频参数、预编码参数、冗余版本参数、映射起始点参数、编码参数、调制参数、调制编码参数、功率控制参数、上下行配置参数、跳频参数、混合自动重传请求(hybrid automatic repeat request，HARQ)参数、波形参数、子载波间隔(sub-carrier spacing，SCS)参数或循环前缀(cyclic prefix，CP)参数。
上述导频参数用以确定上述资源上使用的导频。示例性地，该导频参数包含导频序列参数，所述导频序列参数用以确定上述资源上使用的导频序列。
上述预编码参数用以确定上述资源上使用的预编码。示例性地，该预编码参数包含预编码码本的索引，所述预编码码本的索引用以确定上述资源上使用的预编码码本。
上述冗余版本参数用以确定上述资源上使用的冗余版本。示例性地，该冗余版本参数包含冗余版本的索引，所述冗余版本的索引用以确定上述资源上使用的冗余版本。
上述映射起始点参数用以确定数据在上述资源上的映射起始点。示例性地，该映射起始点参数包含映射起始点的索引或标识，所述映射起始点的索引或标识用以确定数据在上述资源上的映射起始点。
上述编码参数用以确定上述资源上使用的编码方式；示例性地，该编码参数包含编码率，所述编码率用以确定上述资源上映射的数据使用的编码率。上述调制参数用以确定上述资源上使用的调制方式；示例性地，该调制参数包含调制阶数，所述调制阶数用以确定上述资源上映射的数据使用的调制方式。可以理解的是，上述编码参数和调制参 数也可以合并在一起形成调制编码参数(例如调制编码方式，modulation coding scheme，MCS)。
上述功率控制参数用以确定上述资源上使用的功率；示例性地，该功率控制参数包括闭环功率控制参数(例如发送功率控制命令)；示例性地，该功率参数包括开环功率控制参数(例如期望接收功率和路损补偿因子等)。
上述上下行配置参数用以确定上述资源的上下行配置，比如哪些资源用于上行传输，比如，上行时隙，或，上行符号，哪些资源用于下行传输，比如，下行时隙，或，下行符号，或，哪些资源作为灵活资源，比如，灵活时隙，或，灵活符号。
上述跳频参数用以确定上述资源上使用的跳频模式；示例性地，该跳频参数包括频域跳频模式，用以确定上述资源在频域上的跳频模式，其中所述跳频模式也可以理解为根据一个频域资源确定出另一个频域资源的方法。
上述HARQ参数用以确定上述资源上使用的HARQ的相关信息；示例性地，该HARQ参数包括HARQ进程，用以确定上述资源使用的HARQ进程。
上述波形参数用以确定上述资源上使用的波形；示例性地，该波形参数用以指示上述资源使用的波形是单载波波形或多载波波形。
上述SCS参数用以确定上述资源上使用的SCS；示例性地，该SCS参数用以指示上述资源使用的SCS是15kHz、30kHz、60kHz、120kHz、240kHz、或480kHz。
上述CP参数用以确定上述资源上使用的CP；示例性地，该CP参数用以指示上述资源使用的CP是常规CP(normal CP，NCP)或扩展CP(extented CP，ECP)。
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种数据发送方法的流程示意图。如图3所示，该实施例的方法可以包括：
300部分：第一节点进行速率匹配确定第一比特序列。
310部分：所述第一节点根据所述第一比特序列确定第一符号序列，并在所述第一符号序列中确定待映射的部分符号。
320部分：所述第一节点将所述部分符号映射到第一资源，并发送所述部分符号。
可以理解的是，300部分、310部分和320部分中的第一节点可以是终端，也可以是网络设备。
在300部分一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一节点根据第二资源的大小进行速率匹配或比特选择确定所述第一比特序列。以图4A为例，图4A中的左图示意了一个存有数据比特的循环缓冲区；图4A中的右图示意了一块由虚线标识的第二资源，示例性地，该第二资源包含有时域资源和频域资源，且包含M个RE，可以理解该第二资源的大小为M，即所述第二资源最多可以映射M个调制符号。所述M个调制符号对应N个比特，以调制阶数为Qm为例，则N满足N＝M*Qm，所述第一节点根据M即可确定需要从上述循环缓冲区中取出的比特数量N，所述N个比特即为上述第一比特序列。可选地，可以预定义或由控制节点配置比特选择的起始点，所述第一节点根据该比特选择的起始点和比特数量N从上述循环缓冲区中取出N个比特。需要说明的是，本申请中的控制节点可以是网络设备，也可以是终端。示例性地在图4A中，以比特选择的起始点为循环缓冲区的12点位置、且所述循环缓冲区存有4*N/3个比特为例，所述第一节点从所述循环缓冲区的12点位置到循环缓冲区的9点位置顺时针选取N个比特，该N个比特即为上述第一比特序列。
在300部分另一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一节点根据上述第二资源的大小和冗余版本(redundancy version，RV)进行速率匹配或比特选择确定所述第一比特序列。以图4B为例，图4B中的左图示意了一个存有数据比特的循环缓冲区，且示意了不同RV在该循环缓冲区中的位置(例如，RV0：循环缓冲区12点位置；RV1：循环缓冲区3点位置；RV2：循环缓冲区6点位置；RV3：循环缓冲区9点位置。)；图4B中的右图示意了一块由虚线标识的第二资源，示例性地，该第二资源包含有时域资源和频域资源，且包含M个RE，可以理解该第二资源的大小为M，即所述第二资源最多可以映射M个调制符号。所述M个调制符号对应N个比特，以调制阶数为Qm为例，则N满足N＝M*Qm，所述第一节点根据M即可确定需要从上述循环缓冲区中取出的比特数量N，所述N个比特即为上述第一比特序列。所述第一节点根据RV和比特数量N从上述循环缓冲区中取出N个比特。示例性地在图4B中，以RV0、且所述循环缓冲区存有4*N/3个比特为例，所述第一节点从所述循环缓冲区的12点位置到循环缓冲区的9点位置顺时针选取N个比特，该N个比特即为上述第一比特序列。可以理解的是，上述具体的RV(例如上例中的RV0)可以是预定义的，也可以是控制节点通知第一节点的；上述RV的数量仅起示意作用，本申请实施例并不限制具体的RV数量。。
可以理解的是，图4A和图4B虽然以顺时针顺序描述从循环缓冲区中进行比特选择，但本申请实施例并不限制以其他的方式从循环缓冲区中进行比特选择。以图4C为例，在另一种可能的实施方式中，所述比特选择可以以逆时针的方式在循环缓冲区中进行。以图4D为例，在又一种可能的实施方式中，所述比特选择可以不以连续选取比特的方式在循环缓冲区中进行，而是以非连续选取比特的方式在循环缓冲区中进行。上述示例仅以循环缓冲区为例描述速率匹配或比特选择的过程，但可以理解的是，本申请实施例并不限制缓冲区采用其他种类的结构(例如数组、队列、容器、栈、线性表、指针、链表、树、图、结构体、类、堆、散列表或哈希表等)进行速率匹配或比特选择。
可以理解的是，上述第二资源的大小仅以时域和频域两个维度举例进行示意，若所述第二资源还包括其他维度(例如空域维度、或码域维度)的资源，则该第二资源的大小还应考虑所述其他维度的资源。可以理解的是，上述第二资源的数量可以是一个或多个。可以理解的是，所述第二资源可以被配置给多个所述第一节点。
可选地，所述第一节点确定所述第二资源。可选地，所述第一节点接收来自控制节点的第五信息，根据所述第五信息确定所述第二资源。可选地，所述第五信息可以包含在物理层消息中，所述物理层消息例如可以是来自网络设备的下行控制信息(downlink control information，DCI)，又例如也可以是来自终端的边链路控制信息(sidelink control information，SCI)；所述第一节点接收所述物理层消息获得所述第二资源。可选地，所述第五信息可以包含在高层消息中，所述高层消息例如可以是来自网络设备的MAC层消息或RRC层消息；所述第一节点接收所述高层消息获得所述第二资源。可以理解的是，所述第五信息还可以包含在物理层消息和高层消息中，例如，所述第一节点接收所述高层消息获得多个候选第二资源，接收所述物理层消息从该多个候选第二资源中确定所述第二资源。可选地，所述第五信息为组公共信息；在一种可能的实施方式中，包含所述第五信息的组公共信息由组公共物理下行控制信道(group common physical downlink control channel，GC-PDCCH)承载；在另一种可能的实施方式中，含有所述第 五信息的组公共信息包含在高层消息(例如，系统消息)中。可以理解的是，所述第二资源可以被配置给多个所述第一节点。
可选地，上述第二资源包含一个或多个子资源。所述子资源可以包含时域资源、频域资源、空域资源、或码域资源中的一种或多种，上述各种资源具体可参考之前对资源的描述。
以图5A为例，其示意了第二资源包含两个大小相同的子资源。示例性地，所述第二资源在频域上包含16个子载波，在时域上包含4个时域符号。图5A左图示意了所述第二资源包含在频域上划分的两个子资源，且两个子资源在频域上的大小相同，示意性地在图5A左图中子资源1和子资源2在频域上均包含8个子载波。图5A右图示意了所述第二资源包含在时域上划分的两个子资源，且两个子资源在时域上的大小相同，示意性地在图5A右图中子资源1和子资源2在时域上均包含2个时域符号。
以图5B为例，其示意了第二资源包含两个大小不同的子资源。示例性地，所述第二资源在频域上包含16个子载波，在时域上包含4个时域符号。图5B左图示意了所述第二资源包含在频域上划分的两个子资源，且两个子资源在频域上的大小不同，示意性地在图5B左图中子资源1和子资源2在频域上分别包含4个子载波和12个子载波。图5B右图示意了所述第二资源包含在时域上划分的两个子资源，且两个子资源在时域上的大小不同，示意性地在图5B右图中子资源1和子资源2在时域上分别包含3个时域符号和1个时域符号。
可以理解的是，本申请实施例不限定所述第二资源中子资源的数量。以图5C为例，其示意了第二资源包含四个子资源。其中，图5C左图示意了所述第二资源包含在频域上划分的四个子资源，图5C右图示意了所述第二资源包含在时域上划分的四个子资源。
可以理解的是，本申请实施例不限定上述子资源仅以单一维度划分(例如仅以频域划分、或仅以时域划分)。以图5D为例，其示意了第二资源包含在时域和频域上划分的四个子资源。
在一种可能的实施方式中，上述子资源的大小与下述一项或多项有关：资源块绑定(RB bunding)的大小、微时隙(mini-slot)的大小、时隙(slot)的大小、波束数量、空间层数量、所述第二资源的大小、传输块大小(transmission block size，TBS)参数、码率参数、或MCS参数。
可选地，上述子资源在频域上的大小等于RB bunding的大小，所述RB bunding的大小可以理解为绑定的资源块的数量。以RB bunding的大小为2为例，则所述子资源在频域上的大小为2个RB；以RB bunding的大小为4为例，则所述子资源在频域上的大小为4个RB。
可选地，上述子资源在频域上的大小由参考的RB bunding大小和频域比例因子确定，其中频域比例因子表示所述子资源的大小在频域上与参考的RB bunding大小的比例关系。以参考的RB bunding大小为2、频域比例因子为4为例，则所述子资源在频域上的大小为8个RB；再以参考的RB bunding大小为4、频域比例因子为1/2为例，则所述子资源在频域上的大小为2个RB。可以理解的是，上述参考的RB bunding大小和频域比例因子可以通过预定义或默认的方式让所述第一节点获得，也可以通过物理层消息和/或高层消息让所述第一节点获得。
可以理解的是，上述RB bunding的大小也可以理解为物理资源块组(physical resource block group，PRG)的大小或资源块组(resource block group，RBG)的大小。
可选地，上述子资源在时域上的大小等于一个时域符号、多个时域符号、一个微时隙、多个微时隙、一个时隙、多个时隙、一个子帧、多个子帧、一个帧、或多个帧。例如，在图5A的右图中，子资源1和子资源2在时域上的大小均等于两个时域符号。再例如，在图5C的右图中，子资源1、子资源2、子资源3和子资源4在时域上的大小均等于一个时域符号。
在一种可能的获得所述子资源在时域上的大小的实施方式中，所述子资源在时域上的大小是预定义或默认的时域资源大小，所述第一节点根据该预定义或默认的时域资源大小获得所述子资源在时域上的大小。
在另一种可能的获得所述子资源在时域上的大小的实施方式中，所述第一节点根据参考的时域资源大小和时域比例因子获得所述子资源在时域上的大小，其中时域比例因子表示所述子资源的大小在时域上与参考的时域资源大小的比例关系。以参考的时域资源大小为1个个时域符号、时域比例因子为2为例，则所述第一节点可以确定所述子资源在时域上的大小为2个时域符号。再以参考的时域资源大小为8个时域符号、时域比例因子为1/2为例，则所述第一节点可以确定所述子资源在时域上的大小为4个时域符号。可以理解的是，上述参考的时域资源大小和时域比例因子可以通过预定义或默认的方式让所述第一节点获得，也可以通过物理层消息和/或高层消息让所述第一节点获得。
可选地，上述子资源在空域上的大小由波束数量或空间层数量确定。
例如，所述子资源在空域上的大小等于所述波束数量或所述空间层数量。
再例如，所述子资源在空域上的大小由参考的波束数量和空域比例因子确定，其中空域比例因子表示所述子资源的大小在空域上与参考的波束数量的比例关系。以参考的波束数量为2、空域比例因子为4为例，则所述子资源在空域上的大小为8；再以参考的波束数量为4、空域比例因子为1/2为例，则所述子资源在空域上的大小为2。可以理解的是，上述参考的波束数量和空域比例因子可以通过预定义或默认的方式让所述第一节点获得，也可以通过物理层消息和/或高层消息让所述第一节点获得。
又例如，所述子资源在空域上的大小由参考的空间层数量和空域比例因子确定，其中空域比例因子表示所述子资源的大小在空域上与参考的空间层数量的比例关系。以参考的空间层数量为4、空域比例因子为2为例，则所述子资源在空域上的大小为8；再以参考的空间层数量为4、空域比例因子为1/2为例，则所述子资源在空域上的大小为2。可以理解的是，上述参考的空间层数量和空域比例因子可以通过预定义或默认的方式让所述第一节点获得，也可以通过物理层消息和/或高层消息让所述第一节点获得。
可选地，上述子资源的大小与所述第二资源的大小有关。
在一种可能的实施方式中，上述子资源在频域上的大小由所述第二资源在频域上的大小和参数Kf确定，其中参数Kf表示所述第二资源在频域上包含的所述子资源的数量。以图5A的左图为例，所述第二资源在频域上的大小为16个子载波，所述参数Kf为2，且所述两个子资源在频域上的大小相同，则可以确定所述两个子资源在频域上的大小均为8个子载波。以图5C的左图为例，所述第二资源在频域上的大小为16个子载波，所述参数Kf为4，且所述四个子资源在频域上的大小相同，则可以确定所述四个子资源在频域上的大小均为4个子载波。以图5B的左图为例，所述第二资源在频域上的大小为 16个子载波，所述参数Kf为2，所述两个子资源在频域上的大小不同，且所述两个子资源在频域上的大小比例为1:3，则可以确定所述两个子资源在频域上的大小分别为4个子载波和12个子载波。可选地，上述参数Kf可以通过预定义或默认的方式让所述第一节点获得，也可以通过物理层消息和/或高层消息让所述第一节点获得。可选地，若所述第二资源被多个所述第一节点共同使用，则所述参数Kf可以等于所述多个第一节点的数量。
在另一种可能的实施方式中，上述子资源在时域上的大小由所述第二资源在时域上的大小和参数Kt确定，其中参数Kt表示所述第二资源在时域上包含的所述子资源的数量。以图5A的右图为例，所述第二资源在时域上的大小为4个时域符号，所述参数Kt为2，且所述两个子资源在时域上的大小相同，则可以确定所述两个子资源在时域上的大小均为2个时域符号。以图5C的右图为例，所述第二资源在时域上的大小为4个时域符号，所述参数Kt为4，且所述四个子资源在时域上的大小相同，则可以确定所述四个子资源在时域上的大小均为1个时域符号。以图5B的右图为例，所述第二资源在时域上的大小为4个时域符号，所述参数Kt为2，所述两个子资源在时域上的大小不同，且所述两个子资源在时域上的大小比例为3:1，则可以确定所述两个子资源在时域上的大小分别为3个时域符号和1个时域符号。可选地，上述参数Kt可以通过预定义或默认的方式让所述第一节点获得，也可以通过物理层消息和/或高层消息让所述第一节点获得。可选地，若所述第二资源被多个所述第一节点共同使用，则所述参数Kt可以等于所述多个第一节点的数量。
在又一种可能的实施方式中，上述子资源在空域上的大小由所述第二资源在空域上的大小和参数Ks确定，其中参数Ks表示所述第二资源在空域上包含的所述子资源的数量。例如，所述第二资源在时域上的大小为4个波束或4个空间层，所述参数Ks为2，且所述两个子资源在空域上的大小相同，则可以确定所述两个子资源在空域上的大小均为2个波束或2个空间层。再例如，所述第二资源在空域上的大小为4个波束或4个空间层，所述参数Ks为2，所述两个子资源在空域上的大小不同，且所述两个子资源在空域上的大小比例为3:1，则可以确定所述两个子资源在空域上的大小分别为3个波束和1个波束，或者分别为3个空间层和1个空间层。可选地，上述参数Ks可以通过预定义或默认的方式让所述第一节点获得，也可以通过物理层消息和/或高层消息让所述第一节点获得。可选地，若所述第二资源被多个所述第一节点共同使用，则所述参数Ks可以等于所述多个第一节点的数量。
可选地，上述子资源的大小由TBS确定。在一种可能的实施方式中，以待传输数据的TBS为Ntb、待传输数据的调制方式为Qm为例，则所述子资源的大小大于或等于Ntb/Qm。通过该实施方式，可以在一个子资源内包含待传输块的所有系统比特，从而保证子资源上的数据可以自解码，提高数据传输的鲁棒性。
可选地，上述子资源的大小由码率参数确定。在一种可能的实施方式中，以所述第二资源的大小为M、所述码率参数为CR为例，则所述子资源的大小大于或等于M*CR。通过该实施方式，可以保证子资源内的码率不会超1，从而使得子资源内可以完整包含所有的系统比特，从而使能子资源上数据的自解码，提高数据传输的鲁棒性。
可选地，上述子资源的大小由MCS参数确定。在一种可能的实施方式中，以所述第二资源的大小为M、所述MCS参数对应的码率为CR为例，则所述子资源的大小大于或 等于M*CR。通过该实施方式，可以保证子资源内的码率不会超1，从而使得子资源内可以完整包含所有的系统比特，从而使能子资源上数据的自解码，提高数据传输的鲁棒性。
可选地，上述子资源具有相应的参数，可称之为子资源的参数。所述子资源的参数的具体种类可参考前述资源的参数的具体种类，此处不再赘述。
可选地，所述第一节点确定所述子资源的参数。
在一种可能的所述第一节点确定所述子资源的参数的实施方式中，所述子资源的参数与所述第二资源的参数有关，所述第一节点根据所述第二资源的参数确定所述子资源的参数。例如，可以配置统一的第二资源的参数，所述第一节点根据子资源在上述第二资源中的位置确定该子资源在上述第二资源中的位置确定该子资源的参数。以预编码参数为例，可以为所述第二资源配置统一的预编码参数或统一的预编码参数图样，所述第一节点根据子资源在上述第二资源中的位置确定该子资源的预编码参数。
以图6A为例，示意了第二资源包含四个大小相同的在频域上划分的子资源，所述第二资源在频域上包含16个子载波，在时域上包含4个时域符号，为所述第二资源配置统一的预编码参数c0。所述第一节点可以根据表1示意的对应关系确定被分配的子资源的预编码参数。
表1
子资源1 子资源2 子资源3 子资源4
预编码参数c0 预编码参数c0 预编码参数c0 预编码参数c0
以图6B为例，为所述第二资源配置如图6B所示的统一的预编码参数图样{预编码参数c0，预编码参数c1}。所述第一节点可以根据表2示意的对应关系确定被分配的子资源的预编码参数。
表2
子资源1 子资源2 子资源3 子资源4
预编码参数c0 预编码参数c0 预编码参数c1 预编码参数c1
以图6C为例，为所述第二资源配置如图6C所示的统一的预编码参数图样{预编码参数c0，预编码参数c1}。所述第一节点可以根据表3示意的对应关系确定被分配的子资源的预编码参数。
表3
子资源1 子资源2 子资源3 子资源4
预编码参数c0 预编码参数c0 预编码参数c0 预编码参数c1
以图6D为例，为所述第二资源配置如图6D所示的统一的预编码参数图样{预编码参数c0，预编码参数c1，预编码参数c0，预编码参数c1}。所述第一节点可以根据表4示意的对应关系确定被分配的子资源的预编码参数。
表4
子资源1 子资源2 子资源3 子资源4
预编码参数c0 预编码参数c1 预编码参数c0 预编码参数c1
以图6E为例，为所述第二资源配置如图6E所示的统一的预编码参数图样{预编码参数c0，预编码参数c1，预编码参数c2，预编码参数c3}。所述第一节点可以根据表5示意的对应关系确定被分配的子资源的预编码参数。
表5
子资源1 子资源2 子资源3 子资源4
预编码参数c0 预编码参数c1 预编码参数c2 预编码参数c3
可以理解的是，上述各示例中预编码参数的数量、预编码参数图样的排布、子资源的数量、子资源的大小、第二资源的大小等仅起示意作用，本申请实施例对此不做限制。
可以理解的是，上述仅以频域维度上子资源的划分为例说明所述子资源的参数与所述第二资源的参数有关的实施方式，该实施方式对其他资源维度上(例如时域、空域、或码域等)子资源的划分同样适用。可以理解的是，该实施方式对各种资源维度的组合上(例如时域和频域、时域和频域和空域等)子资源的划分也同样适用。
可以理解的是，在上述子资源的参数与所述第二资源的参数有关的实施方式下，所述子资源的参数的其他种类的具体实施方法与上述示例的预编码参数类似，此处不再赘述。
在另一种可能的所述第一节点确定所述子资源的参数的实施方式中，所述第一节点根据来自控制节点的第三信息和/或预定义的子资源的参数信息确定所述子资源的参数。上述来自控制节点的第三信息和/或预定义的子资源的参数信息也可以理解为为子资源配置专用的子资源的参数。
例如，所述第一节点可根据来自控制节点的第三信息确定所述子资源的参数。该控制节点可以是网络设备，也可以是终端。可选地，所述第三信息可以包含在物理层消息中，所述物理层消息例如可以是来自网络设备的DCI，又例如也可以是来自终端的SCI；所述第一节点接收所述物理层消息获得所述子资源的参数。可选地，所述第三信息可以包含在高层消息中，所述高层消息例如可以是来自网络设备的MAC层消息或RRC层消息；所述第一节点接收所述高层消息获得所述子资源的参数。可以理解的是，所述第三信息还可以包含在物理层消息和高层消息中，例如，所述第一节点接收所述高层消息获得多个候选的子资源的参数，接收所述物理层消息从该多个候选的子资源的参数中确定所述子资源的参数。
再例如，所述第一节点可根据预定义的子资源的参数信息确定所述子资源的参数。需要说明的是，本申请中的预定义可以是指预先定义、存储、预先协商、预配置或固化的。
又例如，所述第一节点可根据来自控制节点的第三信息和预定义的子资源的参数信息确定所述子资源的参数。所述第一节点根据预定义的子资源的参数信息获得多个候选的子资源的参数，接收所述来自控制节点的第三信息从该多个候选的子资源的参数中确定所述子资源的参数。
在310部分中，所述第一节点根据所述第一比特序列确定第一符号序列。以所述第一比特序列为{f 0,f 1,f 2,…,f E-1}为例，其中E为该第一比特序列的长度。在一种可能的实施方式中，对所述第一比特序列{f 0,f 1,f 2,…,f E-1}进行预处理(例如，可选地的预处理包 含加扰、调制、层映射、或预编码中的一种或多种)，获得所述第一符号序列{z(0),…,z(M-1)}，该第一符号序列中的符号是指经过调制获得的调制符号，也可以理解为待向资源映射的待映射符号，其中M为该第一符号序列的长度。可以理解的是，M也可以理解为上述第二资源的大小(即所述第二资源包含M个RE)，上述第一符号序列中的M个符号可以映射到所述第二资源的M个RE上。可选地，上述M与上述E之间的关系可以由调制方式确定；例如，当采用二相移相键控(binary phase shift keying，BPSK)调制方式时，上述M与上述E满足M＝E；当采用π/2-BPSK调制方式时，上述M与上述E满足M＝E；当采用四相移相键控(quadrature phase shift keying，QPSK)调制方式时，上述M与上述E满足M＝E/2；当采用16正交幅度调制(16quadrature amplitude modulation，16QAM)调制方式时，上述M与上述E满足M＝E/4；当采用64QAM调制方式时，上述M与上述E满足M＝E/6；当采用256QAM调制方式时，上述M与上述E满足M＝E/8。
在310部分中，所述第一节点在所述第一符号序列中确定待映射的部分符号。可选地，所述第一节点根据第一资源在所述第一符号序列中确定待映射的部分符号。
所述第一资源可理解为所述第一节点进行数据发送时使用的资源，而上述第二资源可理解为所述第一资源的候选资源池，即所述第一资源为所述第二资源的子集。可选地，所述第一资源不等于所述第二资源，即所述第一资源为所述第二资源的真子集。以图7A为例，虚线示意了第二资源在频域上包含16个子载波，在时域上包含4个时域符号，实线示意了第一资源由所述第二资源频域上的中间8个子载波以及时域上的4个时域符号组成。以图7B为例，实线示意了第一资源由前述第二资源时域上的前两个时域符号以及频域上的16个子载波组成。以图7C为例，实线示意了第一资源由前述第二资源时域上的前两个时域符号以及频域上的中间8个子载波组成。可选地，所述第一资源的数量可以为一个或多个。可以理解的是，以上图示仅起示意作用，本申请并不限定所述第一资源在所述第二资源中占用的具体资源。
可选地，所述第一资源可以由所述第二资源中的一个或多个子资源组成。以图8A为例，虚线示意了第二资源在频域上包含16个子载波，在时域上包含4个时域符号；且所示第二资源包含在频域上划分的四个子资源；实线示意了第一资源由所示第二资源中的子资源2和子资源3组成。以图8B为例，所示第二资源包含在时域上划分的两个子资源；实线示意了第一资源由所示第二资源中的子资源1组成。可以理解的是，以上图示仅起示意作用，本申请并不限定组成所述第一资源的具体子资源。
在310部分一种可选的实施方式中，所述第一节点根据所述第一资源在所述第二资源中的位置在所述第一符号序列中确定待映射的部分符号。
以图9A为例，虚线示意了第二资源在频域上包含16个子载波，在时域上包含4个时域符号，共有M＝64个RE，且上述第一符号序列为{z(0),…,z(63)}，该第一符号序列中的符号可以按照图9A的示意映射在所述第二资源的RE上；实线示意了第一资源由所述第二资源频域上的中间8个子载波以及时域上的4个时域符号组成。根据图9A示意的第一资源，所述第一节点选择第一符号序列中的符号{z(4),…,z(11)}、{z(20),…,z(27)}、{z(36),…,z(43)}和{z(52),…,z(59)}作为上述待映射的部分符号。
以图9D为例，实线示意了第一资源由所述第二资源频域上的16个子载波以及时域上的前两个时域符号组成。根据图9D示意的第一资源，所述第一节点选择第一符号序列中的符号{z(0),…,z(31)}作为上述待映射的部分符号。
以图9E为例，实线示意了第一资源由所述第二资源频域上中间的8个子载波以及时域上的前两个时域符号组成。根据图9E示意的第一资源，所述第一节点选择第一符号序列中的符号{z(4),…,z(11)}和{z(20),…,z(27)}作为上述待映射的部分符号。
在310部分一种可选的实施方式中，所述第一节点根据所述第二资源中的符号映射准则或索引准则在所述第一符号序列中确定待映射的部分符号。
以图9A为例，虚线示意了第二资源在频域上包含16个子载波，在时域上包含4个时域符号，共有M＝64个RE，且上述第一符号序列为{z(0),…,z(63)}，该第一符号序列中的符号按照先频域后时域的索引准则映射在所述第二资源的RE上；实线示意了第一资源由所述第二资源频域上的中间8个子载波以及时域上的4个时域符号组成。根据图9A示意的第一资源，所述第一节点选择第一符号序列中的符号{z(4),…,z(11)}、{z(20),…,z(27)}、{z(36),…,z(43)}和{z(52),…,z(59)}作为上述待映射的部分符号。
以图9F为例，上述第一符号序列中的符号按照先时域后频域的索引准则映射在所述第二资源的RE上；实线示意了第一资源由所述第二资源频域上的中间8个子载波以及时域上的4个时域符号组成。根据图9F示意的第一资源，所述第一节点选择第一符号序列中的符号{z(16),…,z(47)}作为上述待映射的部分符号。
可以理解的是，上述实施方式中的符号映射准则或索引准则仅起示意作用，本申请不限制具体的符号映射准则或索引准则。
可选地，所述第一节点确定所述第一资源。
在一种可能的确定所述第一资源的实施方式中，所述第一节点根据来自控制节点的第一信息确定所述第一资源。可选地，所述第一信息可以包含在物理层消息中，所述物理层消息例如可以是来自网络设备的DCI，又例如也可以是来自终端的SCI；所述第一节点接收所述物理层消息获得所述第一资源。可选地，所述第一信息可以包含在高层消息中，所述高层消息例如可以是来自网络设备的MAC层消息或RRC层消息；所述第一节点接收所述高层消息获得所述第一资源。可以理解的是，所述第一信息还可以包含在物理层消息和高层消息中，例如，所述第一节点接收所述高层消息获得多个候选第一资源，接收所述物理层消息从该多个候选第一资源中确定用于映射上述部分符号的所述第一资源。
可选地，当有多个所述第一节点被配置相同的第二资源时，所述多个第一节点可以在所述相同的第二资源中使用相同的第一资源。例如，以图9G为例，第一节点1和第一节点2被配置相同的第二资源，且该第一节点1和该第一节点2在所述第二资源的频域上使用相同的第一资源。
可选地，当有多个所述第一节点被配置相同的第二资源时，所述多个第一节点可以在所述相同的第二资源中使用不同的第一资源。
例如，以图9H为例，第一节点1和第一节点2被配置相同的第二资源，且该第一节点1在所述第二资源的频域上使用的第一资源与该第一节点2在所述第二资源的频域上使用的第一资源完全不重叠；可选地，该第一节点1在所述第二资源的频域上使用的第一资源与该第一节点2在所述第二资源的频域上使用的第一资源的合集为所述第二资 源；通过这种实施方式，结合图3所示数据发送方法的其他部分，所述多个第一节点可以完整地覆盖系统比特，同时可以获得最佳的多节点间的空间分集增益。
再例如，以图9I为例，第一节点1和第一节点2被配置相同的第二资源，且该第一节点1在所述第二资源的频域上使用的第一资源与该第一节点2在所述第二资源的频域上使用的第一资源部分重叠。
又例如，以图9J为例，第一节点1和第一节点2被配置相同的第二资源，并且该第一节点1在所述第二资源的频域上使用的第一资源为所述第二资源、该第一节点2在所述第二资源的频域上使用的第一资源为所述第二资源的真子集；通过这种实施方式，结合图3所示数据发送方法的其他部分，所述多个第一节点可以保证系统比特被完全发送，从而提高了数据传输的可靠性。
可选地，当有多个所述第一节点被配置相同的第二资源时，使用独立的高层消息或物理层消息为所述多个第一节点配置各自的在所述第二资源中的第一资源。
可选地，当有多个所述第一节点被配置相同的第二资源时，使用统一的高层消息或物理层消息为所述多个第一节点配置在所述第二资源中的第一资源图样；以图9K为例，图9K示意了一种可能的第一资源图样，该第一资源图样包含在图示第二资源中的第一资源1和第一资源2。所述多个第一节点根据所述第一资源图样确定各自在所述第二资源中的第一资源；例如，所述多个第一节点可以根据各自的标识在所述第一资源图样中确定各自的第一资源，所述第一节点的标识与所述第一资源的标识存在对应关系，所述对应关系可以是预定义的、或是由网络设备配置/指示的；以图9K示意的第一资源图样、以及有两个标识为1和2的第一节点的为例，所述标识为1的第一节点使用图9K示意的第一资源1，所述标识为2的第一节点使用图9K示意的第一资源2。可以理解的是，上述第一节点的标识、以及上述第一节点的标识与所述第一资源的对应关系仅起示意作用，本发明并不限制其他可能的标识以及标识与所述第一资源的对应关系。
可以理解的是，上述图9G-图9K的实施方式仅示意了第一资源在频域上的示例，这些实施方式也同样适用于时域、空域或码域。
在另一种可能的确定所述第一资源的实施方式中，所述第一节点根据上述第二资源、激活的带宽部分(bandwidth part，BWP)、激活的载波、或测量结果中的一项或多项确定所述第一资源。
例如，所述第一节点可以根据上述第二资源确定所述第一资源。所述第一节点只能在所述第二资源内选择所述第一资源，而不能在所述第二资源以外选择所述第一资源。
再例如，所述第一节点可以根据上述第二资源和所述第一节点的激活的BWP确定所述第一资源。所述第一节点只能在所述第二资源的频域与所述激活的BWP的交集内选择所述第一资源。
再例如，所述第一节点可以根据上述第二资源和所述第一节点的激活的载波确定所述第一资源。所述第一节点只能在所述第二资源的频域与所述激活的载波的交集内选择所述第一资源。
可以理解的是，第二资源可以由激活的带宽部分或激活的载波来表示，这种情况下，第一节点可以根据第一节点的激活的BWP或激活的载波来确定所述第一资源。
再例如，所述第一节点可以根据上述第二资源和信道质量的测量结果确定所述第一资源。所述第一节点可以在上述第二资源内选择信道质量的测量结果较好的资源作为第 一资源，其中所述信道质量的测量结果较好可理解为信道质量的测量结果大于或等于阈值，所述阈值可以是预定义的，也可以是由控制节点为所述第一节点配置的。
再例如，所述第一节点可以根据上述第二资源、所述第一节点的激活的BWP和信道质量的测量结果确定所述第一资源。所述第一节点可以在上述第二资源的频域与所述第一节点的激活的BWP交集内选择信道质量的测量结果较好的资源作为第一资源，其中所述信道质量的测量结果较好可理解为信道质量的测量结果大于或等于阈值，所述阈值可以是预定义的，也可以是由控制节点为所述第一节点配置的。
再例如，所述第一节点可以根据上述第二资源、所述第一节点的激活的载波和信道质量的测量结果确定所述第一资源。所述第一节点可以在上述第二资源的频域与所述第一节点的激活的载波交集内选择信道质量的测量结果较好的资源作为第一资源，其中所述信道质量的测量结果较好可理解为信道质量的测量结果大于或等于阈值，所述阈值可以是预定义的，也可以是由控制节点为所述第一节点配置的。
可以理解的是，第二资源可以由激活的带宽部分或激活的载波来表示，这种情况下，第一节点可以根据第一节点的激活的BWP或激活的载波，以及信道质量的测量结果来确定所述第一资源。
可以理解的是，上述实施方式中的信道质量可以为信号质量、信号强度、信号功率、或信干噪比(signal-to-noise and interference ratio，SINR)中的一个或多个。例如，所述信道质量可以是基于信号质量、信号强度、信号功率、或SINR中一个或多个的函数。本申请实施例并不限定确定该信道质量的具体方法。
可以理解的是，所述第一节点在确定所述第一资源时，还可以考虑该第一节点的业务调度情况。例如，所述第一节点在确定所述第一资源时需避开其自身业务占用的资源。通过这一实施方式，所述第一节点可以在使用所述第一资源发送非自身业务时，降低对自身业务的影响。
可选地，所述第一节点确定组成所述第一资源的子资源。可以理解的是，所述子资源在上述第二资源中。
在一种可能的确定组成所述第一资源的子资源的实施方式中，所述第一节点根据来自控制节点的第二信息确定组成所述第一资源的子资源。可选地，所述第二信息可以包含在物理层消息中，所述物理层消息例如可以是来自网络设备的DCI，又例如也可以是来自终端的SCI；所述第一节点接收所述物理层消息获得组成所述第一资源的子资源。可选地，所述第二信息可以包含在高层消息中，所述高层消息例如可以是来自网络设备的MAC层消息或RRC层消息；所述第一节点接收所述高层消息获得组成所述第一资源的子资源。可以理解的是，所述第二信息还可以包含在物理层消息和高层消息中，例如，所述第一节点接收所述高层消息获得多个候选的子资源，接收所述物理层消息从该多个候选的子资源中确定组成所述第一资源的子资源。
在另一种可能的确定组成所述第一资源的子资源的实施方式中，所述第一节点根据所述第二资源、激活的BWP、或测量结果中的一项或多项确定组成所述第一资源的子资源。具体的实施方法可参考前述根据上述第二资源、激活的BWP、或测量结果中的一项或多项确定所述第一资源的描述，此处不再赘述。
可选地，上述第一资源具有相应的参数，可称之为第一资源的参数。所述第一资源的参数的具体种类可参考前述资源的参数的具体种类，此处不再赘述。
可选地，所述第一节点确定所述第一资源的参数。
在一种可能的所述第一节点确定所述第一资源的参数的实施方式中，所述第一资源的参数与所述第二资源的参数有关，所述第一节点根据所述第二资源的参数确定所述第一资源的参数。具体的实施方法可参考前述根据所述第二资源的参数确定所述子资源的参数的描述，此处不再赘述。
在另一种可能的所述第一节点确定所述第一资源的参数的实施方式中，所述第一节点根据来自控制节点的第四信息和/或预定义的第一资源的参数信息确定所述第一资源的参数。具体的实施方法可参考前述根据来自控制节点的第三信息和/或预定义的子资源的参数信息确定上述子资源的参数的描述，此处不再赘述。
在320部分中，所述第一节点将310部分确定的待映射的部分符号映射到第一资源，并发送映射在该第一资源的符号(即所述部分符号)。可以理解的是，所述第一资源可以是虚拟资源(例如虚拟资源块(virtual resource block，VRB))，也可以是物理资源(例如物理资源块(physical resource block，PRB))，在本申请实施例中不做限定。
可选地，在320部分中，所述第一节点根据所述第二资源、所述第一资源、映射起始点、映射顺序、映射图样、或导频图样中的一项或多项将所述部分符号映射到所述第一资源。
在一种可选地将上述部分符号映射到上述第一资源的实施方式中，所述第一节点对所述第二资源进行索引，并根据该索引将所述部分符号映射到所述第一资源。可选地，所述第一节点根据所述第二资源的大小对所述第二资源进行索引；可以理解，所述第二资源的大小限定了上述索引的范围。
以图10A、图10B以及所述第一节点选择上述第一符号序列{z(0),…,z(63)}中的符号{z(4),…,z(11)}、{z(20),…,z(27)}、{z(36),…,z(43)}和{z(52),…,z(59)}作为上述部分符号为例。所述第一节点按照图10A的示意对所述第二资源进行索引；示意性地，图10A中的索引按照先频域后时域的顺序，从该第二资源中编号最小的资源开始对该第二资源中的资源进行索引编号。所示第一节点将该部分符号{z(4),…,z(11)}、{z(20),…,z(27)}、{z(36),…,z(43)}和{z(52),…,z(59)}映射到所述第一资源中，如图10B所示，可选地，对上述部分符号{z(4),…,z(11)}、{z(20),…,z(27)}、{z(36),…,z(43)}和{z(52),…,z(59)}的映射满足：符号z(j)映射在资源j上，其中j为上述图10A中对所述第二资源的索引。上述实施方式也可以理解为将所述第一符号序列{z(0),…,z(63)}中的符号虚拟映射到所述第二资源，并将上述部分符号{z(4),…,z(11)}、{z(20),…,z(27)}、{z(36),…,z(43)}和{z(52),…,z(59)}物理映射到所述第一资源。可以理解的是，上述索引编号仅起示意作用，本申请实施例并不限定具体的索引编号。
在另一种可选地将上述部分符号映射到上述第一资源的实施方式中，所述第一节点根据符号映射准则或索引准则将所述部分符号映射到所述第一资源。例如，所述符号映射准则或索引准则可以是在所述第一资源上以先频域后时域的映射顺序来映射上述部分符号；或者所述符号映射准则或索引准则可以是在所述第一资源上以先时域后频域的映射顺序来映射上述部分符号。可选地，所述符号映射准则或索引准则还可以包括映射起始点；所述第一节点可从所述映射起始点开始映射所述部分符号；例如，所述映射起始 点可以是所述第一资源中索引或编号最小的资源，或者所述映射起始点可以是所述第一资源中索引或编号最大的资源；再例如，所述映射起始点可以在所述第一资源内(即所述第一资源包含该映射起始点对应的资源)，也可以在所述第一资源外(即所述第一资源不包含该映射起始点对应的资源)；再例如，所述第一节点可以接收来自控制节点的物理层消息(例如来自网络设备的DCI、或来自终端的SCI)和/或高层消息(例如来自网络设备的MAC层消息、或RRC层消息)获得所述映射起始点，或者该映射起始点也可以是预定义的。
在另一种可选地将上述部分符号映射到上述第一资源的实施方式中，所述第一节点根据映射图样将所述部分符号映射到所述第一资源，所述映射图样将所述第二资源划分出一个或多个子资源，即，表示出构成第二资源的一个或多个子资源。可选地，不同的子资源上，映射方式可以不同，也可以相同。可选地，映射图样还可以表示出具有不同映射方式的多个块，其中每个块可以由一个或多个连续或非连续的子资源构成。可选地，所述一个或多个子资源内的符号映射准则或索引准则可以独立配置；例如，所述一个或多个子资源内的符号映射准则或索引准则可以由控制节点为所述第一节点配置。可选地，上述部分符号可以在上述子资源内的资源上按顺序映射。可选地，所述第一节点可以接收来自控制节点的物理层消息(例如来自网络设备的DCI、或来自终端的SCI)和/或高层消息(例如来自网络设备的MAC层消息、或RRC层消息)获得所述映射图样，或者该映射图样也可以是预定义的。
以图10C以及所述第一节点选择上述第一符号序列{z(0),…,z(63)}中的符号{z(4),…,z(11)}、{z(20),…,z(27)}、{z(36),…,z(43)}和{z(52),…,z(59)}作为上述部分符号为例。图10C示意的第二资源内包含4个子资源，且第一资源由子资源2和子资源3组成；上述部分符号{z(4),…,z(11)}、{z(20),…,z(27)}、{z(36),…,z(43)}和{z(52),…,z(59)}在子资源3内的资源上按顺序映射前半部分(即在子资源3上映射符号{z(4),…,z(11)}和{z(20),…,z(27)})，在子资源2内的资源上按顺序映射后半部分(即在子资源2上映射符号{z(36),…,z(43)}和{z(52),…,z(59)})。可选地，图10C示意的第二资源内包含的4个子资源是由映射图样划分确定的。可以理解的是，上述映射图示仅起示意作用。
在另一种可选地将上述部分符号映射到上述第一资源的实施方式中，所述第一节点根据导频图样将所述部分符号映射到所述第一资源。例如，所述第一节点在所述第一资源中需要映射导频符号的资源上不用来映射上述部分符号。可以理解的是，所述导频图样可以是非零功率导频的图样，也可以是零功率导频的图样。
在另一种可选地将上述部分符号映射到上述第一资源的实施方式中，所述第一节点根据所述第二资源和符号映射准则/索引准则将所述部分符号映射到所述第一资源。其中所述符号映射准则/索引准则可参考前述映射顺序和前述映射起始点的描述，此处不再赘述。示例性地，所述第一节点在所述第二资源的范围内按照所述映射顺序和所述映射起始点将上述部分符号映射到所述第一资源上。
在另一种可选地将上述部分符号映射到上述第一资源的实施方式中，所述第一节点根据映射图样和符号映射准则/索引准则将所述部分符号映射到所述第一资源。其中所述符号映射准则/索引准则可参考前述映射顺序和前述映射起始点的描述，此处不再赘述。所述映射图样将所述第二资源划分出一个或多个子资源。可选地，所述映射顺序和所述 映射起始点用以确定所述子资源中的映射顺序和映射起始点。可选地，所述一个或多个子资源的映射起始点确定规则和/或映射顺序可以是统一配置的，以图10C中的子资源2和子资源3为例，为子资源2和子资源3统一配置第一映射起始点确定规则(例如在每个子资源中索引最小的RE)和第一映射顺序(例如先频域后时域)。可选地，所述一个或多个子资源的映射起始点确定规则和/或映射顺序可以是独立配置的，以图10D中的子资源2和子资源3为例，为子资源2配置第一映射起始点确定规则(例如在子资源2中索引最小的RE)和第一映射顺序(例如先时域后频域)，为子资源3配置第二映射起始点确定规则(例如在子资源3中索引最小的RE)和第二映射顺序(例如先频域后时域)。
可以理解的是，上述几种将所述部分符号映射到所述第一资源的实施方式中，仅以所述第一资源包含时域资源和频域资源为例来描述各实施方式；所述第一资源包含其他维度的资源(例如空域资源)时的具体实施方式可参考上述几种实施方式，此处不再赘述。
在320部分的一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一节点确定所述第一资源或所述第二资源的功率控制参数，并使用所述第一资源或所述第二资源的功率控制参数发送映射在所述第一资源的符号。可选地，所述第一节点还可以根据来自控制节点的第六信息确定所述第一资源的功率控制参数。可选地，所述第六信息可以包含在物理层消息中，所述物理层消息例如可以是来自网络设备的DCI或是由组公共控制信道承载的控制信息，又例如也可以是来自终端的SCI；所述第一节点接收所述物理层消息获得所述第一资源的功率控制参数。可选地，所述第六信息可以包含在高层消息中，所述高层消息例如可以是来自网络设备的MAC层消息或RRC层消息；所述第一节点接收所述高层消息获得所述第一资源的功率控制参数。可以理解的是，所述第六信息还可以包含在物理层消息和高层消息中，例如，所述第一节点接收所述高层消息获得多个候选的第一资源的功率控制参数，接收所述物理层消息从该多个候选的第一资源的功率控制参数中确定所述第一资源的功率控制参数，并使用所述第一资源的功率控制参数发送映射在该第一资源的符号。
可选地，所述第一资源的数量为一个或多个。以图11A为例，示意了第二资源中包含两个第一资源：第一资源1和第一资源2。所述第一节点根据上述第六信息获得所述第一资源1的功率控制参数，并通过上述第六信息获得所述第一资源2的功率控制参数。可以理解的是，所述第一资源1的功率控制参数与所述第一资源2的功率控制参数可以相同，也可以不同。
可选地，所述多个第一资源的功率控制参数配置给不同的第一节点。可选地，所述不同的第一节点接收上述第六信息获得不同的第一节点对应的所述第一资源的功率控制参数。例如，以图11A为例，所述第一资源1的功率控制参数配置给第一节点1，所述第一资源2的功率控制参数配置给第一节点2；所述第一节点1接收所述第六信息确定所述第一资源1的功率控制参数，所述第一节点2接收所述第六信息确定所述第一资源2的功率控制参数。
在320部分的另一种可能的实施方式中，，所述第一节点根据所述第六信息确定组成所述第一资源的子资源的功率控制参数，并使用所述组成所述第一资源的子资源的功率控制参数发送映射在组成所述第一资源的子资源上的符号。可以理解的是，上述组成 所述第一资源的子资源的数量可以是一个或多个。以图8A为例，子资源2和子资源3组成第一资源；所述第一节点根据所述第六信息确定所述子资源2和所述子资源3的功率控制参数，并使用所述子资源2和所述子资源3的功率控制参数发送映射在所述子资源2和所述子资源3上的符号。
在320部分的又一种可能的实施方式中，，所述第一节点根据所述第六信息确定组成所述第二资源的子资源的功率控制参数，并使用所述组成所述第二资源的子资源的功率控制参数发送映射在组成所述第一资源的子资源上的符号。可以理解的是，上述组成所述第二资源的子资源的数量可以是一个或多个。以图8A为例，子资源2和子资源3组成第一资源，子资源1、子资源2、子资源3和子资源4组成第二资源；所述第一节点根据所述第六信息确定所述子资源1、所述子资源2、所述子资源3和所述子资源4的功率控制参数，并使用所述子资源2和所述子资源3的功率控制参数发送映射在所述子资源2和所述子资源3上的符号。
可选地，上述第六信息可以配置或指示组成所述第二资源的子资源的功率图样。
在一种上述功率图样的可选的实施方式中，所述功率图样用于配置或指示所述组成所述第二资源的子资源上是否进行数据发送。例如，以图8A为例，以比特“0”代表不进行数据发送、比特“1”代表进行数据发送为例，上述功率图样可以采用比特序列“0110”进行指示，表示在子资源2(对应上述比特序列的第二个比特“1”)和子资源3(对应上述比特序列的第三个比特“1”)上进行数据发送(所述子资源2和所述子资源3为组成第一资源的子资源)，而在子资源1(对应上述比特序列的第一个比特“0”)和子资源4(对应上述比特序列的第四个比特“0”)上不进行数据发送(或理解为零功率发送)。
在一种上述功率图样的可选的实施方式中，所述功率图样用于配置或指示所述组成所述第二资源的子资源上以何种功率水平进行数据发送。例如，以图8A、共有4档功率水平为例，以比特“00”代表第一档功率水平、以比特“01”代表第二档功率水平、以比特“10”代表第三档功率水平、以比特“11”代表第四档功率水平为例，上述功率图样可以采用比特序列“00011100”进行指示，表示在子资源2(对应上述比特序列的第三个和第四个比特“01”)和子资源3(对应上述比特序列的第五个和第六个比特“11”)上分别使用所述第二档和所述第四档功率水平进行数据发送，而在子资源1(对应上述比特序列的第一个和第二个比特“00”)和子资源4(对应上述比特序列的第七个和第八个比特“00”)上均使用第一档功率水平进行数据发送。
在一种上述功率图样的可选的实施方式中，所述功率图样用于配置或指示所述组成所述第二资源的子资源上以何种功率调整量进行数据发送，所述功率调整量可理解为相比于最近使用功率的调整量。例如，以图8A、共有4档功率调整量为例，以比特“00”代表第一档功率调整量、以比特“01”代表第二档功率调整量、以比特“10”代表第三档功率调整量、以比特“11”代表第四档功率调整量为例，上述功率图样可以采用比特序列“00011100”进行指示，表示在子资源2(对应上述比特序列的第三个和第四个比特“01”)和子资源3(对应上述比特序列的第五个和第六个比特“11”)上分别使用所述第二档和所述第四档功率调整量进行数据发送，而在子资源1(对应上述比特序列的第一个和第二个比特“00”)和子资源4(对应上述比特序列的第七个和第八个比特“00”)上均使用第一档功率调整量进行数据发送。
在一种上述功率图样的可选的实施方式中，所述功率图样用于配置或指示所述组成所述第二资源的子资源上的功率水平相对于参考资源的功率水平的功率偏置/功率比值，其中所述参考资源可以是预定义/配置的子资源、或是预定义/配置的导频。上述参考资源的功率水平可以是预定义的或是由网络设备配置的，也可以是第一节点自己确定的。例如，以图8A、共有两种所述功率偏置/功率比值为例，以比特“0”代表第一种功率偏置/功率比值、比特“1”代表第二种功率偏置/功率比值为例，上述功率图样可以采用比特序列“0110”进行指示，表示在子资源2(对应上述比特序列的第二个比特“1”)和子资源3(对应上述比特序列的第三个比特“1”)上分别使用所述第一种功率偏置/功率比值进行数据发送，而在子资源1(对应上述比特序列的第一个比特“0”)和子资源4(对应上述比特序列的第四个比特“0”)上第二种功率偏置/功率比值进行数据发送。
可以理解的是，上述示例中第一资源的数量和子资源的数量仅起示意作用，上述示例中比特或比特组合的具体含义也仅起示意作用，本申请实施例对此并不做限制。可选地，所述第二资源还可以包含第三资源，该第三资源为所述第二资源的真子集，且该第三资源与上述第一资源无交集。以图11B示意的第二资源为例，所示的第二资源在频域上包含16个子载波并且在时域上包含4个时域符号。图11B示意的第一资源在频域上包含所示第二资源中间的8个子载波并且在时域上包含所示第二资源的4个时域符号，而所示第二资源中除所示第一资源以外的资源为所述第三资源。可以理解的是，所述第三资源的数量可以为一个或多个。
可选地，上述第三资源的功率控制参数与上述第一资源的功率控制参数不同。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一节点使用所述第一资源的功率控制参数在所述第一资源上采用第一功率发送映射在所述第一资源上的符号，所述第一节点使用所述第三资源的功率控制参数在所述第三资源上采用比上述第一功率低的功率发送映射在所述第三资源上的符号。
在另一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一节点使用所述第一资源的功率控制参数在所述第一资源上采用第一功率发送映射在所述第一资源上的符号，所述第一节点根据所述第三资源的功率控制参数确定所述第三资源的功率为零。
可选地，所述第一节点可以通过上述第六信息获得所述第三资源的功率控制参数，也可以通过来自于控制节点的不同于上述第六信息的其他信息获得所述第三资源的功率控制参数；具体的获得方式可参考上述通过第六信息获得所述第一资源的功率控制参数的方法，此处不再赘述。
可选地，在图3所示的本申请实施方式中，第一节点上报其是否具有图3所示数据发送方法的能力。所述上报可以通过物理层消息、高层消息、被特定序列加扰的测量上报消息、使用特定序列的反馈消息、或使用特定序列的导频。
可选地，在图3所示的本申请实施方式中，控制节点将多个第一节点配置成组，所述组包含的多个第一节点按照图3所示的数据发送方法进行数据传输。可通过物理层消息和/或高层消息将所述多个第一节点配置成组。以图2C为例，控制节点可将发送节点1和发送节点2配置成组；配置成组的组内的第一节点(例如图2C所示的发送节点1和发送节点2)可执行本申请前述实施例的实施方法，此处不再赘述。
可选地，在图3所示的本申请实施方式中，控制节点配置或触发所述第一节点进行图3所示的数据发送方法。可选地，控制节点也可以配置或触发所述第一节点不进 行图3所示的数据发送方法。可通过物理层消息和/或高层消息进行所述配置或触发；当使用物理层消息进行所述配置或触发时，所述物理层消息可使用专用的标识(例如专用的无线网络临时标识(radio network temporary identifier，RNTI))加扰。
本申请的上述实施例通过配置数据发送的资源集合，确定该资源集合内的部分资源，根据该部分资源确定待映射的部分符号，将该待映射的部分符号映射到上述部分资源并发送该部分符号，降低了上述多节点协作发送中的干扰，从而提升了多节点协作发送的可靠性和时延性能。
图12为本申请实施例提供的另一种数据发送方法的流程示意图。本申请实施例与图3对应的实施例相比区别至少包括：图3描述的实施例中是将第一符号序列中的部分符号映射到第一资源上，并发送映射在第一资源上的部分符号；而图12描述的实施例则是将第一符号序列中的全部符号映射到第二资源上，但发送的是映射在第一资源上的符号。如图12所示，该实施例的方法可以包括：
1200部分：第一节点进行速率匹配确定第一比特序列。
1210部分：所述第一节点根据所述第一比特序列确定第一符号序列，并确定第一资源和第二资源，所述第一资源为所述第二资源的子集。可选地，所述第一资源为所述第二资源的真子集。
1220部分：所述第一节点将所述第一符号序列中的符号映射到所述第二资源，并发送映射在所述第一资源的符号。
可以理解的是，1200部分、1210部分和1220部分中的第一节点可以是终端，也可以是网络设备。1210部分中确定第一资源和第二资源的步骤也可以在1200部分或1220部分执行。
1200部分的实施方式可参考图3中对300部分的描述，1210部分中所述第一节点根据所述第一比特序列确定第一符号序列的实施方式可参考图3示意的实施方式中对所述第一节点根据所述第一比特序列确定第一符号序列的描述，1210部分中的第一资源和第二资源可参考图3示意的实施方式中对所述第一资源和所述第二资源的描述，1210部分中所述第一节点确定第一资源的实施方式可参考图3示意的实施方式中对所述第一节点确定所述第一资源的描述，1210部分中所述第一节点确定第二资源的实施方式可参考图3示意的实施方式中对所述第一节点确定所述第二资源的描述，此处不再赘述。
在1220部分一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一节点根据符号映射准则或索引准则将所述第一符号序列中的符号映射到所述第二资源(也可以理解为将第一符号序列中的符号物理映射至所述第二资源上)，并发送映射在所述第一资源上的符号。所述符号映射准则或索引准则的实施方式可参考图3示意的实施方式中对符号映射准则或索引准则的描述，此处不再赘述。
例如，以图9A为例，所述第一符号序列为{z(0),…,z(63)}，所述第二资源在频域上包括16个子载波、在时域上包括4个时域符号(共64个RE)，所述符号映射准则包括：映射顺序为先频域后时域、映射起始点为所述第二资源中索引或编号最小的资源。所述第一节点根据上述符号映射准则将所述第一符号序列{z(0),…,z(63)}中的符号映射至所述第二资源的RE上，并发送映射在所示第一资源上的符号{z(4),…,z(11)}、{z(20),…,z(27)}、{z(36),…,z(43)}和{z(52),…,z(59)}。
再例如，以图9D为例，所述第一符号序列为{z(0),…,z(63)}，所述第二资源在频域上包括16个子载波、在时域上包括4个时域符号(共64个RE)，所述符号映射准则包括：映射顺序为先频域后时域、映射起始点为所述第二资源中索引或编号最小的资源。所述第一节点根据上述符号映射准则将所述第一符号序列{z(0),…,z(63)}中的符号映射至所述第二资源的RE上，并发送映射在所示第一资源上的符号{z(0),…,z(31)}。
再例如，以图9E为例，所述第一符号序列为{z(0),…,z(63)}，所述第二资源在频域上包括16个子载波、在时域上包括4个时域符号(共64个RE)，所述符号映射准则包括：映射顺序为先频域后时域、映射起始点为所述第二资源中索引或编号最小的资源。所述第一节点根据上述符号映射准则将所述第一符号序列{z(0),…,z(63)}中的符号映射至所述第二资源的RE上，并发送映射在所示第一资源上的符号{z(4),…,z(11)}和{z(20),…,z(27)}。
再例如，以图9F为例，所述第一符号序列为{z(0),…,z(63)}，所述第二资源在频域上包括16个子载波、在时域上包括4个时域符号(共64个RE)，所述符号映射准则包括：映射顺序为先时域后频域、映射起始点为所述第二资源中索引或编号最小的资源。所述第一节点根据上述符号映射准则将所述第一符号序列{z(0),…,z(63)}中的符号映射至所述第二资源的RE上，并发送映射在所示第一资源上的符号{z(16),…,z(47)}。
上述示例仅以将所述第一符号序列中的所有符号映射到所述第二资源为例，可以理解的是，在另一种可能的实施方式中，也可以将所述第一符号序列中的部分符号映射到所述第二资源，且映射至所述第一资源的符号为上述映射到所述第二资源的部分符号的真子集。
1220部分中，所述第一节点发送映射在所述第一资源上的符号使用的功率控制的实施方式可参考图3示意的320部分中所述第一节点进行功率控制的描述，此处不再赘述。
可选地，在图12所示的本申请实施方式中，第一节点上报其是否具有图12所示数据发送方法的能力。所述上报可以通过物理层消息、高层消息、被特定序列加扰的测量上报消息、使用特定序列的反馈消息、或使用特定序列的导频。
可选地，在图12所示的本申请实施方式中，控制节点将多个第一节点配置成组，所述组包含的多个第一节点按照图12所示的数据发送方法进行数据传输。可通过物理层消息和/或高层消息将所述多个第一节点配置成组。
可选地，在图12所示的本申请实施方式中，控制节点配置或触发所述第一节点进行图12所示的数据发送方法。可选地，控制节点也可以配置或触发所述第一节点不进行图12所示的数据发送方法。可通过物理层消息和/或高层消息进行所述配置或触发；当使用物理层消息进行所述配置或触发时，所述物理层消息可使用专用的标识(例如专用的RNTI)加扰。
本申请的上述实施例通过配置数据发送的资源集合，确定该资源集合内的部分资源，根据该部分资源映射数据符号，并发送映射在该部分资源上的数据符号，降低了上述多节点协作发送中的干扰，从而提升了多节点协作发送的可靠性和时延性能。
图13为本申请实施例提供的另一种数据发送方法的流程示意图。本申请实施例与图3和图12对应的实施例相比存在区别至少包括：图3和图12描述的实施例中针对 如何进行速率匹配获得后续操作需要的比特序列可以并不限定；而图13描述的实施例则明确了可以根据第二资源进行速率匹配获得后续操作需要的比特序列，比如，根据第二资源的大小进行速率匹配，或者，根据第二资源和第一资源进行速率匹配获得后续操作需要的比特序列。如图13所示，该实施例的方法可以包括：
1300部分：第一节点根据第二资源进行速率匹配确定第二比特序列。
1310部分：所述第一节点根据所述第二比特序列确定第二符号序列。
1320部分：将所述第二符号序列中的全部或部分符号映射到第一资源，并发送映射在所述第一资源的符号。所述第一资源为所述第二资源的子集。可选地，所述第一资源为所述第二资源的真子集。
可以理解的是，1300部分、1310部分和1320部分中的第一节点可以是终端，也可以是网络设备。
在1300部分一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一节点根据所述第二资源的大小进行速率匹配或比特选择确定上述第二比特序列。以图14A为例，图14A中的左图示意了一个存有数据比特的循环缓冲区；图14A中的右图示意了一块由虚线标识的第二资源以及该第二资源中由实线标识的第一资源；示例性地，该第二资源包含有时域资源和频域资源，且包含M个RE，可以理解该第二资源的大小为M，即所述第二资源最多可以映射M个调制符号，所述M个调制符号对应N个比特，以调制阶数为Qm为例，则N满足N＝M*Qm，所述第一节点根据M即可确定需要从上述循环缓冲区中取出的比特数量N，所述N个比特即为上述第二比特序列。可选地，可以预定义或由控制节点配置比特选择的起始点，所述第一节点根据该比特选择的起始点和比特数量N从上述循环缓冲区中取出N个比特。示例性地在图14A中，以比特选择的起始点为循环缓冲区的12点位置、且所述循环缓冲区存有2*N个比特为例，所述第一节点从所述循环缓冲区的12点位置到循环缓冲区的6点位置顺时针选取N个比特，该N个比特即为上述第二比特序列。
可选地，所述第一节点根据上述第二资源的大小和RV进行速率匹配或比特选择确定所述第二比特序列。以图14B为例，图14B中的左图示意了一个存有数据比特的循环缓冲区，且示意了不同RV在该循环缓冲区中的位置(例如，RV0：循环缓冲区12点位置；RV1：循环缓冲区3点位置；RV2：循环缓冲区6点位置；RV3：循环缓冲区9点位置。)。图14B中的右图示意了一块由虚线标识的第二资源以及该第二资源中由实线标识的第一资源，示例性地，该第二资源包含有时域资源和频域资源，且包含M个RE，可以理解该第二资源的大小为M，即所述第二资源最多可以映射M个调制符号，所述M个调制符号对应N个比特，以调制阶数为Qm为例，则N满足N＝M*Qm，所述第一节点根据M即可确定需要从上述循环缓冲区中取出的比特数量N，所述N个比特即为上述第二比特序列。所述第一节点根据RV和比特数量N从上述循环缓冲区中取出N个比特。示例性地在图14B中，以RV0、且所述循环缓冲区存有2*N个比特为例，所述第一节点从所述循环缓冲区的12点位置到循环缓冲区的6点位置顺时针选取N个比特，该N个比特即为上述第二比特序列。可以理解的是，上述具体的RV(例如上例中的RV0)可以是预定义的，也可以是控制节点通知第一节点的；上述RV的数量仅起示意作用，本申请实施例并不限制具体的RV数量。
可以理解的是，在执行上述1300部分的实施方式时，在1320部分中，所述第一节点将会把所述第二符号序列中的部分符号映射到所述第一资源，并发送映射在所述第一 资源的部分符号。其中，确定所述部分符号的方法可参考前述对图3中310部分的描述，此处不再赘述。
在1300部分另一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一节点根据所述第一资源在所述第二资源中的位置(也可以理解为所述第一资源与所述第二资源的相对位置关系)进行速率匹配或比特选择确定所述第二比特序列。以图14A为例，示例性地，所述第一资源包含所述第二资源频域上低频的8个子载波，则所述第一节点从所述循环缓冲区的12点位置到循环缓冲区的6点位置顺时针选取所述第二比特序列。再以图14C为例，示例性地，所述第一资源包含所述第二资源频域上高频的8个子载波，则所述第一节点从所述循环缓冲区的6点位置到循环缓冲区的12点位置顺时针选取所述第二比特序列。可以理解的是，上述示例中所述第一资源在所述第二资源中的位置、以及在循环缓冲区中对应取出的比特位置仅起示意作用，本申请实施例对所述第一资源在所述第二资源中的具体位置以及速率匹配或比特选择中对应取出的比特位置并不做限制。
可选地，所述第一节点根据所述第一资源在所述第二资源中的位置(也可以理解为所述第一资源与所述第二资源的相对位置关系)以及RV进行速率匹配或比特选择确定所述第二比特序列。可选地，该RV为基准RV。以图14B、基准RV为RV0为例，示例性地，所述第一资源包含所述第二资源频域上低频的8个子载波，所述第一节点确定在图示循环缓冲区中比特选择的起始点为该基准RV(RV0)对应的位置(即12点位置)，则所述第一节点从所述循环缓冲区的12点位置到循环缓冲区的6点位置顺时针选取所述第二比特序列。再以图14D、基准RV为RV0为例，示例性地，所述第一资源包含所述第二资源频域上高频的8个子载波，所述第一节点确定在图示循环缓冲区中比特选择的起始点为从该基准RV(RV0)对应的位置顺时针偏置180度对应的位置(即6点位置)，则所述第一节点从所述循环缓冲区的6点位置到循环缓冲区的12点位置顺时针选取所述第二比特序列。可以理解的是，上述示例中所述第一资源在所述第二资源中的位置、基准RV、RV的数量、以及在循环缓冲区中对应取出的比特位置和长度仅起示意作用。另外可以理解的是，上述具体的基准RV(例如上例中的RV0)可以是预定义的，也可以是控制节点通知第一节点的。
可以理解的是，在执行上述1300部分的实施方式时，在1320部分中，所述第一节点将会把所述第二符号序列中的全部符号映射到所述第一资源。
可以理解的是，上述示例虽然以顺时针顺序描述从循环缓冲区中进行比特选择，但本申请实施例并不限制以其他的方式(例如逆时针顺序、或不连续方式等)从循环缓冲区中进行比特选择。上述示例仅以循环缓冲区为例描述速率匹配或比特选择的过程，但可以理解的是，本申请实施例并不限制缓冲区采用其他种类的结构(例如数组、队列、容器、栈、线性表、指针、链表、树、图、结构体、类、堆、散列表或哈希表等)进行速率匹配或比特选择。
可以理解的是，上述第一资源和上述第二资源的大小仅以时域和频域两个维度举例进行示意，若所述第一资源和上述第二资源还包括其他维度(例如空域维度、或码域维度)的资源，则该第一资源和该第二资源的大小还应考虑所述其他维度的资源。另外可以理解的是，上述第一资源和上述第二资源的数量可以是一个或多个。可以理解的是，所述第二资源可以被配置给多个所述第一节点。
1310部分的实施方式可参考图3示意的实施方式中对所述第一节点根据所述第一比特序列确定第一符号序列的描述，此处不再赘述。
在1320部分一种可能的实施方式中，将所述第二符号序列中的所有符号映射到所述第一资源。以所述第二符号序列中的符号数量为M、所述第一资源上能映射的符号数量为M1、且M小于或等于M1为例，所述第一节点将所述第二符号序列中所有的M个符号映射到所述第一资源的M个RE上。具体的映射方法可参考图3示意的实施方式中对所述部分符号映射到所述第一资源的描述，或者可参考图12示意的实施方式中对将所述第一符号序列中的符号映射到所述第二资源的描述，此处不再赘述。
在1320部分另一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一节点将所述第二符号序列中的部分符号映射到所述第一资源。以所述第二符号序列中的符号数量为M、所述第一资源上能映射的符号数量为M1、且M大于M1为例，所述第一节点将所述第二符号序列中的M2个符号映射到所述第一资源的M2个RE上，其中所述M2小于或等于所述M1。具体的映射方法可参考图3示意的实施方式中对所述部分符号映射到所述第一资源的描述，或者可参考图12示意的实施方式中对将所述第一符号序列中的符号映射到所述第二资源的描述，此处不再赘述。可选地，所述第一节点可以在所述第二符号序列中确定所述部分符号，具体的确定方法可参考图3示意的实施方式中对所述第一节点在所述第一符号序列中确定待映射的部分符号的描述，此处不再赘述。
1320部分中，所述第一节点发送映射在所述第一资源的符号使用的功率控制的实施方式可参考图3示意的320部分中所述第一节点进行功率控制的描述，此处不再赘述。
上述实施方式中的第一资源和第二资源可参考图3示意的实施方式中对所述第一资源和所述第二资源的描述，上述实施方式中所述第一节点确定第一资源的方法可参考图3示意的实施方式中对所述第一节点确定所述第一资源的描述，上述实施方式中所述第一节点确定第二资源的方法可参考图3示意的实施方式中对所述第一节点确定所述第二资源的描述，此处不再赘述。
可选地，在图13所示的本申请实施方式中，第一节点上报其是否具有图13所示数据发送方法的能力。所述上报可以通过物理层消息、高层消息、被特定序列加扰的测量上报消息、使用特定序列的反馈消息、或使用特定序列的导频。
可选地，在图13所示的本申请实施方式中，控制节点将多个第一节点配置成组，所述组包含的多个第一节点按照图13所示的数据发送方法进行数据传输。可通过物理层消息和/或高层消息将所述多个第一节点配置成组。
可选地，在图13所示的本申请实施方式中，控制节点配置或触发所述第一节点进行图13所示的数据发送方法。可选地，控制节点也可以配置或触发所述第一节点不进行图13所示的数据发送方法。可通过物理层消息和/或高层消息进行所述配置或触发；当使用物理层消息进行所述配置或触发时，所述物理层消息可使用专用的标识(例如专用的RNTI)加扰。
本申请的上述实施例通过配置数据发送的资源集合，确定该资源集合内的部分资源，根据该部分资源映射数据符号，并发送映射在该部分资源上的数据符号，降低了上述多节点协作发送中的干扰，从而提升了多节点协作发送的可靠性和时延性能。
图15为本申请实施例提供的另一种数据发送方法的流程示意图。本申请实施例与图3、图12和图13对应的实施例相比存在的区别至少包括：图3、图12和图13描述 的实施例中的侧重点主要在于资源映射和/或速率匹配的操作；而图15描述的实施例中的侧重于如何确定第二资源。如图15所示，该实施例的方法可以包括：
1500部分：第一节点接收组公共信息，根据所述组公共信息确定第二资源，所述组公共信息包含在物理层控制信息中。其中，所述组公共信息的详细实施方法可参考图3所示实施方式中对第五信息的描述，所述第二资源可参考图3所示实施方式中对所述第二资源的描述，所述第一节点确定所述第二资源可参考图3所示实施方式中对所述第一节点确定所述第二资源的描述，在此不再赘述。
1510部分：所述第一节点确定第一资源，并使用所述第一资源发送数据，所述第一资源为所述第二资源的子集。可选地，所述第一资源为所述第二资源的真子集。其中，所述第一资源可参考图3所示实施方式中对所述第一资源的描述，所述第一节点确定所述第一资源可参考图3所示实施方式中对所述第一节点确定所述第一资源的描述，在此不再赘述。
可以理解的是，1500部分和1510部分中的第一节点可以是终端，也可以是网络设备。1510部分中所述第一节点确定第一资源的步骤也可以在1500部分中执行。
在上述实施例中，可选地，所述第一节点进行速率匹配或比特选择确定数据比特，具体的实施方法可参考图3、图12、或图13所示实施方式中对所述第一节点进行速率匹配或比特选择的描述。可选地，所述第一节点根据上述数据比特确定数据符号，具体的实施方法可参考图3、图12、或图13所示实施方式中对所述第一节点根据比特序列确定符号序列的描述。可选地，所述第一节点将上述数据符号映射至所示第一资源，具体的实施方法可参考图3、图12、或图13所示实施方式中对所述第一节点将符号/部分符号映射到第一资源的描述。可选地，所述第一节点控制发送映射在所述第一资源的数据符号的功率，具体的实施方法可参考图3、图12、或图13所示实施方式中对所述第一节点进行功率控制的描述。
可选地，在图15所示的本申请实施方式中，第一节点上报其是否具有图15所示数据发送方法的能力。所述上报可以通过物理层消息、高层消息、被特定序列加扰的测量上报消息、使用特定序列的反馈消息、或使用特定序列的导频。
可选地，在图15所示的本申请实施方式中，控制节点将多个第一节点配置成组，所述组包含的多个第一节点按照图15所示的数据发送方法进行数据传输。可通过物理层消息和/或高层消息将所述多个第一节点配置成组。可选地，所述组公共信息可以被所述组内的多个第一节点检测或接收。
可选地，在图15所示的本申请实施方式中，控制节点配置或触发所述第一节点进行图15所示的数据发送方法。可选地，控制节点也可以配置或触发所述第一节点不进行图15所示的数据发送方法。可通过物理层消息和/或高层消息进行所述配置或触发；当使用物理层消息进行所述配置或触发时，所述物理层消息可使用专用的标识(例如专用的RNTI)加扰。
本申请的上述实施例通过配置数据发送的资源集合，确定该资源集合内的部分资源，根据该部分资源映射数据符号，并发送映射在该部分资源上的数据符号，降低了上述多节点协作发送中的干扰，从而提升了多节点协作发送的可靠性和时延性能。
图16为本申请实施例提供的另一种数据发送方法的流程示意图。本申请实施例与图3、图12、图13和图15对应的实施例相比存在的区别至少包括：图16描述的本实 施例中的侧重于如何通过功率控制发送第一资源上映射的数据。如图16所示，该实施例的方法可以包括：
1600部分：第一节点接收来自控制节点的第五信息，根据所述第五信息确定第二资源。可选地，所述第五信息包含在物理层控制信息中。其中，所述第五信息的详细实施方法可参考图3所示实施方式中对第五信息的描述，所述第二资源可参考图3所示实施方式中对所述第二资源的描述，所述第一节点确定所述第二资源可参考图3所示实施方式中对所述第一节点确定所述第二资源的描述，在此不再赘述。
1610部分：所述第一节点确定第一资源，所述第一资源为所述第二资源的子集。可选地，所述第一资源为所述第二资源的真子集。可选地，所述第一资源的数量为一个或多个。可选地，当所述第一资源的数量为多个时，所述多个第一资源可以组成所述第二资源，且所述多个第一资源相互不重叠。其中，所述第一资源可参考图3所示实施方式中对所述第一资源的描述，所述第一节点确定所述第一资源可参考图3所示实施方式中对所述第一节点确定所述第一资源的描述，在此不再赘述。
1620部分：所述第一节点接收来自控制节点的第六信息，根据所述第六信息确定所述第一资源或所述第二资源的功率控制参数，并使用所述功率控制参数发送映射在所述第一资源的数据。可选地，所述第一节点的数量可以是一个或多个。其中，所示第六信息的详细实施方法可参考图3所示实施方式中对第六信息的描述，所述第一节点根据所述第六信息确定所述第一资源或所述第二资源的功率控制参数的详细实施方法可参考图3所示实施方式中对所述一个或多个第一节点根据所述第六信息获得所述第一资源或所述第二资源的功率控制参数的描述，此处不再赘述。
可以理解的是，1600部分、1610部分和1620部分中的第一节点可以是终端，也可以是网络设备。
可以理解的是，本申请实施例并不限定1600部分和1610部分的执行顺序。可以先执行1600部分，再执行1610部分；也可以先执行1610部分，再执行1600部分；还可以同时执行1600部分和1610部分。1620部分中所述第一节点接收第六信息并根据该第六信息确定所述第一资源的功率控制参数的步骤也可以在1600部分或1610部分中执行。
在上述实施例的一种可能的实施方式中，所述第二资源还可以包含第三资源，该第三资源为所述第二资源的真子集，且该第三资源与上述第一资源无交集；可选地，所述第三资源的功率控制参数与上述第一资源的功率控制参数不同。所述第三资源的详细描述可参考图3所示实施方式中对所述第三资源的描述；所述第三资源的功率控制参数的详细描述可参考图3所示实施方式中对所述第三资源的功率控制参数的描述。
可选地，所述第一节点可以通过上述第六信息获得所述第三资源的功率控制参数，也可以通过来自于控制节点的不同于上述第六信息的其他信息获得所述第三资源的功率控制参数；具体的获得方式可参考上述通过第六信息获得所述第一资源的功率控制参数的方法，此处不再赘述。
在上述实施例中，可选地，所述第一节点进行速率匹配或比特选择确定数据比特，具体的实施方法可参考图3、图12、或图13所示实施方式中对所述第一节点进行速率匹配或比特选择的描述。可选地，所述第一节点根据上述数据比特确定数据符号，具体的实施方法可参考图3、图12、或图13所示实施方式中对所述第一节点根据比特序列确定 符号序列的描述。可选地，所述第一节点将上述数据符号映射至所示第一资源，具体的实施方法可参考图3、图12、或图13所示实施方式中对所述第一节点将符号/部分符号映射到第一资源的描述。
可选地，在图16所示的本申请实施方式中，第一节点上报其是否具有图16所示数据发送方法的能力。所述上报可以通过物理层消息、高层消息、被特定序列加扰的测量上报消息、使用特定序列的反馈消息、或使用特定序列的导频。
可选地，在图16所示的本申请实施方式中，控制节点将多个第一节点配置成组，所述组包含的多个第一节点按照图16所示的数据发送方法进行数据传输。可通过物理层消息和/或高层消息将所述多个第一节点配置成组。
可选地，在图16所示的本申请实施方式中，控制节点配置或触发所述第一节点进行图16所示的数据发送方法。可选地，控制节点也可以配置或触发所述第一节点不进行图16所示的数据发送方法。可通过物理层消息和/或高层消息进行所述配置或触发；当使用物理层消息进行所述配置或触发时，所述物理层消息可使用专用的标识(例如专用的RNTI)加扰。
本申请的上述实施例通过配置数据发送的资源集合，确定该资源集合内的部分资源以及所述部分资源的功率控制参数，根据所述功率控制参数确定发送映射在所述部分资源上的数据符号的功率，并发送映射在该部分资源上的数据符号，降低了上述多节点协作发送中的干扰，从而提升了多节点协作发送的可靠性和时延性能。
图17为本申请实施例提供的一种数据接收方法的流程示意图。本申请实施例与前述实施例相比存在的区别至少包括：前述实施例主要从发送侧节点的角度描述本申请的相关实施方法；而本申请实施例主要从接收侧节点的角度描述本申请的相关实施方法。如图17所示，该实施例的方法可以包括：
1700部分：第二节点使用第二资源接收数据。
可选的1710部分：所述第二节点接收来自控制节点的第七信息，并根据所述第七信息确定所述第二资源。可选地，所述第七信息可以包含在物理层消息中，所述物理层消息例如可以是来自网络设备的DCI，又例如也可以是来自终端的SCI；所述第二节点接收所述物理层消息获得所述第二资源。可选地，所述第七信息可以包含在高层消息中，所述高层消息例如可以是来自网络设备的MAC层消息或RRC层消息；所述第二节点接收所述高层消息获得所述第二资源。可以理解的是，所述第七信息还可以包含在物理层消息和高层消息中，例如，所述第二节点接收所述高层消息获得多个候选第二资源，接收所述物理层消息从该多个候选第二资源中确定所述第二资源。可选地，所述第七信息为组公共信息；在一种可能的实施方式中，包含所述第七信息的组公共信息由GC-PDCCH承载；在另一种可能的实施方式中，含有所述第七信息的组公共信息包含在高层消息(例如，系统消息)中。可以理解的是，所述第二资源可以被配置给多个所述第二节点。
上述实施例中的所述第二资源可参考图3所示实施方式中对所述第二资源的描述，此处不再赘述。
可以理解的是，1700部分和1710部分中的第二节点可以是终端，也可以是网络设备。
可以理解的是，本申请实施例并不限定1700部分和1710部分的执行顺序。可以先执行1700部分，再执行1710部分；也可以先执行1710部分，再执行1700部分；还可以同时执行1700部分和1710部分。
可选地，在图17所示的本申请实施方式中，第二节点上报其是否具有图17所示数据接收方法的能力。所述上报可以通过物理层消息、高层消息、被特定序列加扰的测量上报消息、使用特定序列的反馈消息、或使用特定序列的导频。
可选地，在图17所示的本申请实施方式中，控制节点将多个第二节点配置成组，所述组包含的多个第二节点按照图17所示的数据接收方法进行数据接收。可通过物理层消息和/或高层消息将所述多个第二节点配置成组。
可选地，在图17所示的本申请实施方式中，控制节点配置或触发所述第二节点进行图17所示的数据接收方法。可选地，控制节点也可以配置或触发所述第二节点不进行图17所示的数据接收方法。可通过物理层消息和/或高层消息进行所述配置或触发；当使用物理层消息进行所述配置或触发时，所述物理层消息可使用专用的标识(例如专用的RNTI)加扰。
本申请的上述实施例通过在资源集合上接收数据，降低了多节点协作发送中的干扰，从而提升了多节点协作发送的可靠性和时延性能，且降低了接收侧的接收复杂度。
图18为本申请实施例提供的一种数据发送方法的流程示意图。本申请实施例与前述实施例相比存在的区别至少包括：本申请实施例主要从控制节点的角度描述本申请的相关实施方法。如图18所示，该实施例的方法可以包括：
1800部分：控制节点发送第五信息，所述第五信息用于第二资源的确定。其中，所述第五信息的详细实施方法可参考图3所示实施方式中对第五信息的描述，所述第二资源可参考图3所示实施方式中对所述第二资源的描述，所述第一节点确定所述第二资源可参考图3所示实施方式中对所述第一节点确定所述第二资源的描述，在此不再赘述。
1810部分：所述控制节点发送第一信息，所述第一信息用于第一资源的确定；可选地，所述控制节点在所述第二资源上接收数据。可选地，所述第一资源为所述第二资源的真子集。其中，所述第一信息的详细实施方法可参考图3所示实施方式中对第一信息的描述，所述第一资源可参考图3所示实施方式中对所述第一资源的描述，所述第一节点确定所述第一资源可参考图3所示实施方式中对所述第一节点确定所述第一资源的描述，在此不再赘述。
可以理解的是，本申请实施例中的控制节点可以是网络设备，也可以是终端。
可以理解的是，本申请实施例并不限定1800部分和1810部分的执行顺序。可以先执行1800部分，再执行1810部分；也可以先执行1810部分，再执行1800部分；还可以同时执行1800部分和1810部分。
可选地，所述控制节点发送第二信息，所述第二信息用于组成上述第一资源的子资源的确定。其中，所述第二信息的详细实施方法可参考图3所示实施方式中对第二信息的描述，所述第一节点确定组成上述第一资源的子资源的详细实施方法可参考图3所示实施方式中对所述第一节点确定组成所述第一资源的子资源的描述，此处不再赘述。
可选地，所述控制节点发送第三信息，所述第三信息用于上述子资源的参数的确定。其中，所述第三信息的详细实施方法可参考图3所示实施方式中对第三信息的描 述，所述第一节点确定上述子资源的参数的详细实施方法可参考图3所示实施方式中对所述第一节点确定所述子资源的参数的描述，此处不再赘述。
可选地，所述控制节点发送第四信息，所述第四信息用于上述第一资源的参数的确定。其中，所述第四信息的详细实施方法可参考图3所示实施方式中对第四信息的描述，所述第一节点确定上述第一资源的参数的详细实施方法可参考图3所示实施方式中对所述第一节点确定所述第一资源的参数的描述，此处不再赘述。
可选地，所述控制节点发送第六信息，所述第六信息用于上述第一资源的功率控制参数的确定。其中，所述第六信息的详细实施方法可参考图3所示实施方式中对第六信息的描述，所述第一节点确定上述第一资源的功率控制参数的详细实施方法可参考图3所示实施方式中对所述第一节点确定所述第一资源的功率控制参数的描述，此处不再赘述。
可选地，所述控制节点发送第七信息，所述第七信息用于上述第二资源的确定。其中，所述第七信息的详细实施方法可参考图17所示实施方式中对第七信息的描述，所述第二节点确定上述第二资源的详细实施方法可参考图17所示实施方式中对所述第二节点确定所述第二资源的描述，此处不再赘述。
本申请的上述实施例通过配置数据发送的资源集合，确定该资源集合内的部分资源，根据该部分资源映射待发送的数据并进行数据发送，降低了上述多节点协作发送中的干扰，从而提升了多节点协作发送的可靠性和时延性能。
本申请的实施例中对第一资源、第二资源、或子资源的附图均以时域或频域上连续的资源为例进行示意。但本领域技术人员可以理解，本申请的实施例并不限制第一资源、第二资源、或子资源在各种资源维度上的具体分布。本申请的实施例中对第一资源、第二资源、或子资源也可以是在各种资源维度上不连续的资源。
本申请的实施例中的第一资源、第二资源、或子资源可以不包含映射有导频(reference signal，RS)、同步信号(synchronization signal，SS)、物理广播信道(physical broadcast channel，PBCH)、或SS/PBCH块(SS/PBCH block)中的一种或多种的资源。例如以图9B或图9C为例，考虑到导频(reference signal，RS)在资源上的映射，此时上述第一资源或上述第二资源在时域或频域上会出现不连续的分布。
本申请的实施例中的第一资源、第二资源、或子资源也可以包含映射有RS、SS、PBCH、或SS/PBCH块中的一种或多种的资源。例如以图9B为例，图9B示意的第一资源包含有映射RS的RE，可以跳过RS映射的资源位置不连续地映射所述第一符号序列或所述第二符号序列中的符号。再例如以图9C为例，图9C示意的第一资源包含有映射RS的RE，可以跳过RS映射的资源位置连续地映射所述第一符号序列或所述第二符号序列中的符号。
可以理解的是，上述图9B和图9C中的RS映射的资源位置仅起示意作用，RS也可以映射在其他资源位置，本申请的实施例对此不做限定。
本申请实施例中将符号映射到第一资源、第二资源、或子资源可以包括映射到第一资源的全部或部分上、第二资源的全部或部分上、或子资源的全部或部分上。
本申请中涉及的A与B有关的描述仅用来说明A与B之间存在对应关系，并不用来限制本申请实施例中实现A与B之间对应关系的具体实施方式。例如，A与B之间的对应关系可以使用函数或映射表格等具体的方式实现。
本申请中的表格所示的对应关系可以被配置，也可以是预定义、存储、预先协商、预配置或固化的；各表中的指示信息的取值仅仅是举例，也可以为其他值，本申请并不限定。在具体实施时，并不一定要求必须有各表中示意出的所有对应关系。例如，上述表格中，某些行示出的对应关系也可以不配置或不预定义。又例如，可以基于上述表格做适当的变形调整，例如，拆分，合并等等。上述各表中标题示出参数的名称也可以采用通信设备可理解的其他名称，其参数的取值或表示方式也可以通信设备可理解的其他取值或表示方式。上述各表所示的对应关系在实现时，也可以采用其他的数据结构，例如可以采用数组、队列、容器、栈、线性表、指针、链表、树、图、结构体、类、堆、散列表或哈希表等。
可以理解的是，上述各个方法实施例中由通信设备实现的方法，也可以由可用于通信设备的部件(例如，集成电路，芯片等等)实现。上述各个方法实施例中的第一节点、第二节点、或控制节点可以理解为通信设备。
相应于上述方法实施例给出的无线通信方法，本申请实施例还提供了相应的通信装置(有时也称为通信设备)，所述通信装置包括用于执行上述实施例中每个部分相应的模块。所述模块可以是软件，也可以是硬件，或者是软件和硬件结合。
图19给出了一种通信装置的结构示意图。所述通信装置1900可以是图1A中的网络设备10或20，或者可以设置于所述网络设备内的芯片，也可以是图1A中的终端11、12、21或22，或者可以设置于所述终端内的芯片。通信装置可用于实现上述方法实施例中描述的对应于通信设备的方法，具体可以参见上述方法实施例中的说明。
所述通信装置1900可以包括一个或多个处理器1901，所述处理器1901也可以称为处理单元，可以实现一定的控制功能。所述处理器1901可以是通用处理器或者专用处理器等。例如可以是基带处理器或中央处理器。基带处理器可以用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理，中央处理器可以用于对通信装置(如，基站、基带芯片，分布单元(distributed unit,DU)或集中单元(centralized unit，CU)等)进行控制，执行软件程序，处理软件程序的数据。
在一种可选的设计中，处理器1901也可以存有指令和/或数据1903，所述指令和/或数据1903可以被所述处理器运行，使得所述通信装置1900执行上述方法实施例中描述的对应于通信设备的方法。
在一个中可选的设计中，处理器1901中可以包括用于实现接收和发送功能的收发单元。例如该收发单元可以是收发电路，或者是接口。用于实现接收和发送功能的电路或接口可以是分开的，也可以集成在一起。
在又一种可能的设计中，通信装置1900可以包括电路，所述电路可以实现前述方法实施例中发送或接收或者通信的功能。
可选的，所述通信装置1900中可以包括一个或多个存储器1902，其上可以存有指令1904，所述指令可在所述处理器上被运行，使得所述通信装置1900执行上述方法实施例中描述的方法。可选的，所述存储器中还可以存储有数据。可选的，处理器中也可以存储指令和/或数据。所述处理器和存储器可以单独设置，也可以集成在一 起。例如，上述方法实施例中所描述的各种对应关系可以存储在存储器中，或者存储在处理器中。
可选的，所述通信装置1900还可以包括收发器1905和/或天线1906。所述处理器1901可以称为处理单元，对通信装置(终端或者网络设备)进行控制。所述收发器1905可以称为收发单元、收发机、收发电路或者收发器等，用于实现通信装置的收发功能。
在一种可能的设计中，一种通信装置1900(例如，集成电路、无线设备、电路模块，网络设备，终端等)可包括处理器1901和收发器1905。由处理器1901进行速率匹配确定第一比特序列，根据所述第一比特序列确定第一符号序列，在所述第一符号序列中确定待映射的部分符号，将所述部分符号映射到第一资源；由收发器1905发送所述部分符号。
本申请中描述的处理器和收发器可实现在集成电路(integrated circuit，IC)、模拟IC、射频集成电路RFIC、混合信号IC、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit，ASIC)、印刷电路板(printed circuit board，PCB)、电子设备等上。该处理器和收发器也可以用各种IC工艺技术来制造，例如互补金属氧化物半导体(complementary metal oxide semiconductor,CMOS)、N型金属氧化物半导体(nMetal-oxide-semiconductor，NMOS)、P型金属氧化物半导体(positive channel metal oxide semiconductor,PMOS)、双极结型晶体管(Bipolar Junction Transistor，BJT)、双极CMOS(BiCMOS)、硅锗(SiGe)、砷化镓(GaAs)等。
虽然在以上的实施例描述中,通信装置以网络设备或者终端为例来描述,但本申请中描述的通信装置的范围并不限于此,而且通信装置的结构可以不受图19的限制。通信装置可以是独立的设备或者可以是较大设备的一部分。例如所述设备可以是：
(1)独立的集成电路IC，或芯片，或，芯片系统或子系统；
(2)具有一个或多个IC的集合，可选的，该IC集合也可以包括用于存储数据和/或指令的存储部件；
(3)ASIC，例如调制解调器(MSM)；
(4)可嵌入在其他设备内的模块；
(5)接收机、终端、智能终端、蜂窝电话、无线设备、手持机、移动单元、车载设备、网络设备、云设备、人工智能设备等等；
(6)其他等等。
图20提供了一种终端的结构示意图。该终端可适用于图1A所示出的系统中。为了便于说明，图20仅示出了终端的主要部件。如图20所示，终端2000包括处理器、存储器、控制电路、天线以及输入输出装置。处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理，以及对整个终端进行控制，执行软件程序，处理软件程序的数据。存储器主要用于存储软件程序和数据。射频电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。天线主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置，例如触摸屏、显示屏，键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。
当用户设备开机后，处理器可以读取存储单元中的软件程序，解析并执行软件程序的指令，处理软件程序的数据。当需要通过无线发送数据时，处理器对待发送的数据进行基带处理后，输出基带信号至射频电路，射频电路将基带信号进行处理后得到 射频信号并将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到用户设备时，射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号，该射频信号被进一步转换为基带信号，并将基带信号输出至处理器，处理器将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。
本领域技术人员可以理解，为了便于说明，图20仅示出了一个存储器和处理器。在实际的终端中，可以存在多个处理器和存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等，本申请实施例对此不做限制。
作为一种可选的实现方式，处理器可以包括基带处理器和中央处理器，基带处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理，中央处理器主要用于对整个终端进行控制，执行软件程序，处理软件程序的数据。图20中的处理器集成了基带处理器和中央处理器的功能，本领域技术人员可以理解，基带处理器和中央处理器也可以是各自独立的处理器，通过总线等技术互联。本领域技术人员可以理解，终端可以包括多个基带处理器以适应不同的网络制式，终端可以包括多个中央处理器以增强其处理能力，终端的各个部件可以通过各种总线连接。所述基带处理器也可以表述为基带处理电路或者基带处理芯片。所述中央处理器也可以表述为中央处理电路或者中央处理芯片。对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理的功能可以内置在处理器中，也可以以软件程序的形式存储在存储单元中，由处理器执行软件程序以实现基带处理功能。
在一个例子中，可以将具有收发功能的天线和控制电路视为终端2000的收发单元2011，将具有处理功能的处理器视为终端2000的处理单元2012。如图20所示，终端2000包括收发单元2011和处理单元2012。收发单元也可以称为收发器、收发机、收发装置等。可选的，可以将收发单元2011中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元，将收发单元2011中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元，即收发单元2011包括接收单元和发送单元。示例性的，接收单元也可以称为接收机、接收器、接收电路等，发送单元可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。可选的，上述接收单元和发送单元可以是集成在一起的一个单元，也可以是各自独立的多个单元。上述接收单元和发送单元可以在一个地理位置，也可以分散在多个地理位置。
如图21所示,本申请又一实施例提供了一种通信装置(通信设备)2100。该通信装置可以是终端(例如图1A所示系统中的终端),也可以是终端的部件(例如，集成电路，芯片等等)。该通信装置还可以是网络设备(例如，该通信装置是可以应用到图1A,1B系统的基站设备)，也可以是网络设备的部件(例如，集成电路，芯片等等)。该通信装置也可以是其他通信模块,用于实现本申请方法实施例中对应于通信设备的操作。该通信装置2100可以包括:处理模块2102(处理单元)。可选的，还可以包括收发模块2101(收发单元)和存储模块2103(存储单元)。
在一种可能的设计中，如图21中的一个或者多个模块可能由一个或者多个处理器来实现，或者由一个或者多个处理器和存储器来实现；或者由一个或多个处理器和收发器实现；或者由一个或者多个处理器、存储器和收发器实现，本申请实施例对此不作限定。所述处理器、存储器、收发器可以单独设置，也可以集成。
所述通信装置具备实现本申请实施例描述的终端的功能，比如，所述通信装置包括所述终端执行本申请实施例描述的终端涉及步骤所对应的模块或单元或手段(means)，所述功能或单元或手段(means)可以通过软件实现，或者通过硬件实 现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。详细可进一步参考前述对应方法实施例中的相应描述。
或者所述通信装置具备实现本申请实施例描述的网络设备的功能，比如，所述通信装置包括所述网络设备执行本申请实施例描述的网络设备涉及步骤所对应的模块或单元或手段(means)，所述功能或单元或手段(means)可以通过软件实现，或者通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。详细可进一步参考前述对应方法实施例中的相应描述。
可选的，本申请实施例中的通信装置2100中各个模块可以用于执行本申请实施例中图3描述的方法。
处理模块2102进行速率匹配获得第一比特序列；处理模块2102根据上述第一比特序列确定第一符号序列，并在该第一符号序列中确定待映射的部分符号，将该部分符号映射到第一资源；收发模块2101发送映射到上述第一资源的部分符号。
可选地，处理模块2102对第二资源进行索引，并将上述部分符号映射到所述第一资源；收发模块2101发送该部分符号。
可选地，处理模块2102将上述第一符号序列中的符号虚拟映射到第二资源，将上述部分符号物理映射到所述第一资源；收发模块2101发送该部分符号。
可以理解的是，本申请中的实施例涉及到的映射若没有做特别说明，均理解为物理映射。
可选地，上述第一资源为上述第二资源的真子集。
可选地，该第一资源的数量为一个或多个。
可选地，处理模块2102根据上述第二资源进行速率匹配获得上述第一比特序列。
可选地，处理模块2102根据冗余版本RV和/或上述第二资源的大小进行速率匹配获得上述第一比特序列。
可选地，处理模块2102根据以下一项或多项将上述部分符号映射到所述第一资源：上述第二资源、上述第一资源、映射起始点、映射顺序、映射图样、或导频图样。
可选地，处理模块2102根据来自控制节点的第一信息确定上述第一资源，该第一信息包含在以下一项或多项消息中：物理层消息、媒体接入控制(MAC)层消息、或无线资源控制(RRC)层消息。
可选地，处理模块2102根据下述一项或多项确定上述第一资源：上述第二资源、激活的带宽部分(BWP)、测量结果、或业务调度状态。
可选地，上述第二资源包含一个或多个子资源。
可选地，上述子资源的大小与下述一项或多项有关：资源块组的大小、微时隙(mini-slot)的大小、时隙(slot)的大小、波束数量、空间层数量、所述第二资源的大小、传输块大小(TBS)参数、码率参数、或调制编码方式(MCS)参数。
可选地，处理模块2102根据来自控制节点的第二信息确定组成上述第一资源的子资源，该第二信息包含在以下一项或多项消息中：物理层消息、MAC层消息、或RRC层消息。
可选地，处理模块2102根据下述一项或多项确定组成上述第一资源的子资源：上述第二资源、激活的BWP、测量结果、或业务调度状态。
可选地，上述子资源的参数与上述第二资源的参数有关；上述子资源的参数包括下述一项或多项：导频参数、预编码参数、冗余版本参数、映射起始点参数、编码参数、或调制参数。
可选地，处理模块2102根据下述一项或多项确定上述子资源的参数：来自控制节点的第三信息、或预定义的子资源的参数信息；可选地，其中该第三信息包含在以下一项或多项消息中：物理层消息、MAC层消息、或RRC层消息；可选地，上述子资源的参数包括下述一项或多项：导频参数、预编码参数、冗余版本参数、映射起始点参数、编码参数、或调制参数。
可选地，上述第一资源的参数与上述第二资源的参数有关；可选地，上述第一资源的参数包括下述一项或多项：导频参数、预编码参数、冗余版本参数、映射起始点参数、编码参数、或调制参数。
可选地，处理模块2102根据下述一项或多项确定上述第一资源的参数：来自控制节点的第四信息、或预定义的子资源的参数信息；可选地，其中该第四信息包含在以下一项或多项消息中：物理层消息、MAC层消息、或RRC层消息；可选地，上述第一资源的参数包括下述一项或多项：导频参数、预编码参数、冗余版本参数、映射起始点参数、编码参数、或调制参数。
可选地，收发模块2101接收来自控制节点的第五信息，处理模块2102根据该第五信息确定上述第二资源；可选地，该第五信息为组公共信息；可选地，该第五信息包含在物理层控制信息、MAC层消息、或RRC层消息中。
可选地，收发模块2101接收来自控制节点的第六信息，处理模块2102根据该第六信息确定上述第一资源的功率控制参数，收发模块2101使用该功率控制参数发送映射在该第一资源的数据；可选地，该第六信息为组公共信息；可选地，该第六信息包含在物理层控制信息、MAC层消息、或RRC层消息中。
可选地，上述第二资源还可包含第三资源，该第三资源为上述第二资源的真子集，且该第三资源与上述第一资源无交集；可选地，上述第六信息还包含该第三资源的功率控制参数；可选地，所述第三资源的功率控制参数与所述第一资源的功率控制参数不同；可选地，该第三资源的数量可以为一个或多个。
本申请实施例通过配置数据发送的资源集合，确定该资源集合内的部分资源，根据该部分资源映射待发送的数据并进行数据发送，降低了多节点协作发送中的干扰，从而提升了多节点协作发送的可靠性和时延性能。
可选的，本申请实施例中的通信装置2100中各个模块还可以用于执行本申请实施例中图12、图13、图15、图16、图17、或图18描述的方法。各个模块执行其他附图对应方法的描述，可以参考上述各个模块执行针对图3对应方法的描述，在此不予赘述。
可以理解的是，本申请实施例中的一些可选的特征，在某些场景下，可以不依赖于其他特征，比如其当前所基于的方案，而独立实施，解决相应的技术问题，达到相应的效果，也可以在某些场景下，依据需求与其他特征进行结合。相应的，本申请实施例中给出的装置也可以相应的实现这些特征或功能，在此不予赘述。
本领域技术人员还可以了解到本申请实施例列出的各种说明性逻辑块(illustrative logical block)和步骤(step)可以通过电子硬件、电脑软件，或两者的结合进行实现。 这样的功能是通过硬件还是软件来实现取决于特定的应用和整个系统的设计要求。本领域技术人员可以对于每种特定的应用，可以使用各种方法实现所述的功能，但这种实现不应被理解为超出本申请实施例保护的范围。
本申请所描述的技术可通过各种方式来实现。例如，这些技术可以用硬件、软件或者硬件结合的方式来实现。对于硬件实现，用于在通信装置(例如，基站，终端、网络实体、或芯片)处执行这些技术的处理单元，可以实现在一个或多个通用处理器、数字信号处理器(DSP)、数字信号处理器件(DSPD)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、可编程逻辑器件(PLD)、现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)、或其它可编程逻辑装置，离散门或晶体管逻辑，离散硬件部件，或上述任何组合中。通用处理器可以为微处理器，可选地，该通用处理器也可以为任何传统的处理器、控制器、微控制器或状态机。处理器也可以通过计算装置的组合来实现，例如数字信号处理器和微处理器，多个微处理器，一个或多个微处理器联合一个数字信号处理器核，或任何其它类似的配置来实现。
本领域普通技术人员可以理解：本申请中涉及的第一、第二等各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分，并不用来限制本申请实施例的范围，也表示先后顺序。“和/或”，描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况。字符“/”或“\”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“至少一个”是指一个或者多个。至少两个是指两个或者多个。“至少一个”、“任意一个”或其类似表达，是指的这些项中的任意组合，包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如，a,b,或c中的至少一项(个、种)，可以表示：a,b,c,a-b,a-c,b-c,或a-b-c，其中a,b,c可以是单个，也可以是多个。
本申请实施例中所描述的方法或算法的步骤可以直接嵌入硬件、处理器执行的指令、或者这两者的结合。存储器可以是RAM存储器、闪存、ROM存储器、EPROM存储器、EEPROM存储器、寄存器、硬盘、可移动磁盘、CD-ROM或本领域中其它任意形式的存储媒介。例如，存储器可以与处理器连接，以使得处理器可以从存储器中读取信息，并可以向存储器存写信息。可选地，存储器还可以集成到处理器中。处理器和存储器可以设置于ASIC中，ASIC可以设置于终端中。可选地，处理器和存储器也可以设置于终端中的不同的部件中。
在上述实施例中，可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时，可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时，全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中，或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输，例如，所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据包中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据包中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据包中心等数据包存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质，(例如，软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如，DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬 盘Solid State Disk(SSD))等。上面的组合也应当包括在计算机可读介质的保护范围之内。
本说明书中各个实施例之间相同或相似的部分可以互相参考。以上所述的本申请实施方式并不构成对本申请保护范围的限定。
下面结合本申请实施例中的其他附图对本申请其他实施例进行描述。本申请实施例公开了一种数据传输方法及设备，两个网络设备无需进行调度信息交互，就可以使得当两个网络设备使用重叠的时频资源向同一个终端设备传输数据时，在重叠的时频资源上传输的数据相同，从而可以降低数据干扰，提高数据传输的可靠性。以下分别进行详细说明。
为了更好地理解本申请实施例公开的一种数据传输方法及设备，下面先对本申请实施例使用的系统架构进行描述。图22是本申请实施例提供的一种系统架构示意图。如图22所示，该系统可以包含网络设备10、网络设备20和终端设备11。其中，网络设备10和网络设备20可以与终端设备11进行数据通信。与终端设备11进行通信的网络设备10和网络设备20的数量可以为一个，也可以为两个或者两个以上。可以理解的是，图22所示的系统架构可以更一般化地表述为第一设备和第二设备协作传输，将数据发送给第三设备，其中，第一设备和第二设备可以为网络设备，也可以为其它具有无线收发功能的设备，本申请对此不做限定；第三设备可以为终端设备，也可以为其它具有无线收发功能的设备，本申请对此不做限定。
网络设备10或网络设备20可以是终端设备通过无线方式接入到移动通信系统中的接入设备，可以是基站NodeB、演进型基站eNodeB、5G移动通信系统中的基站、未来移动通信系统中的基站或WiFi系统中的接入节点、中继节点等，也可以是发送接收节点(transmission and receiving point，TRP)。
终端设备11可以是可移动的用户设备(user equipment，UE)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、用户终端、或用户代理。接入终端可以是蜂窝电话、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或车载设备、可穿戴设备、5G网络中的终端或者未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network，PLMN)中的终端等。具体的，终端设备11可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑(Pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(virtual reality，VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality，AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等等。
本申请的实施例对网络设备10、网络设备20和终端设备11所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。
下面以发送设备是网络设备、接收设备是终端设备的下行传输为例进行描述。但类似的方法也可以应用到发送设备和接收设备都是网络设备的中继传输系统，以及应用到发送设备是终端设备、接收设备也是终端设备的D2D传输。
为了更好地理解本申请实施例公开的一种数据传输方法及设备，下面先对网络设备在与终端设备进行数据传输时的数据处理过程进行描述。本申请实施例中，网络设备与终端设备进行数据传输使用的物理传输资源可以称为时频资源，时频资源可以包含时 域、频域和空间域三个维度。网络设备在分配的时频资源上传输的数据可以根据冗余版本(redundancy version，RV)和传输块大小(transport block size，TBS)确定。在对传输块(transport block，TB)加上循环冗余校验(cyclic redundancy check，CRC)后，网络设备可以对TB进行分段，得到多个编码块(coding block，CB)。网络设备对每个CB进行编码，得到编码后的比特序列。网络设备根据RV，对编码后的比特序列进行速率匹配，得到映射到物理传输资源上的物理比特序列。物理比特序列经过调制后得到调制符号序列，网络设备将调制符号序列中的每个符号映射到分配的时频资源中的每一个RE上后发送给终端设备。
具体地，下面以一个CB为例对网络设备的数据处理过程进行描述。该CB可以是对传输块(transport block，TB)进行分段操作后得到的多个CB中的一个。假设该CB为{a 1，a 2…，a A}，经过信道编码后的比特序列为{b 1，b 2，…，b B}。该编码后的比特序列{b 1，b 2，…，b B}可以由网络设备存储在循环缓存中，以便根据调度分配的物理资源大小以及调制方式从该循环缓存中获取数据进行调制。网络设备根据RV的值确定发送比特序列中第一个比特的索引值k0，并根据分配的时频资源的大小确定可以发送的数据比特的个数为L，最终确定待发送的比特序列为{b k0，b k0+1，b k0+2…b k0+L-1}，即从索引值为k0开始的连续L个比特。可选地，网络设备还可以对比特序列{b k0，b k0+1，b k0+2…b k0+L-1}进行加扰操作，输出比特序列{c k0，c k0+1，c k0+2，…c k0+L-1}。网络设备对比特序列{c k0，c k0+1，c k0+2，…c k0+L-1}进行调制，每m个比特调制为一个调制符号，得到调制符号序列{d 0，d 1，d 2…d (L-1)/m}，其中，一个调制符号对应星座图中的一个点。对于多天线发射分集，网络设备还可以用预编码矩阵对调制符号进行多天线循环预编码。假设网络设备使用2个发射天线，预编码矩阵集合为
Figure PCTCN2018104250-appb-000001
则网络设备可以以资源块(resource block，RB)为粒度对调制后的符号循环使用该集合中的矩阵进行预编码。例如，编号为0的RB使用预编码矩阵
Figure PCTCN2018104250-appb-000002
编号为1的RB使用预编码矩阵
Figure PCTCN2018104250-appb-000003
编号为2的RB使用预编码矩阵
Figure PCTCN2018104250-appb-000004
编号为3的RB使用预编码矩阵
Figure PCTCN2018104250-appb-000005
编号为4的RB使用预编码矩阵
Figure PCTCN2018104250-appb-000006
然后，网络设备将调制符号序列依次映射到分配的时频资源的RE上发送给终端设备，一个RE上承载一个调制符号，换句话说就是一个调制符号映射到一个RE上。
其中，RV的取值决定了发送的比特序列中的第一个比特的索引值k0，RV的取值可以等于0，1，2，3。以上从比特序列{b 1，b 2，….，b B}中确定待发送的比特序列{b k0， b k0+1，b k0+2…b k0+L-1}的过程称为速率匹配。上述m为一个调制符号上承载的比特数，由调制方式确定。调制方式可以是二进制相移键控(binary phase shift keying，BPSK)、正交相移键控(quadrature phase shift keying，QPSK)、16正交幅度调制(quadrature amplitude modulation，16QAM)和64QAM中的任一种。一个BPSK、QPSK、16QAM、64QAM调制符号上可以分别承载1、2、4、6个比特，即m分别等于1、2、4、6。当然网络设备也可以使用其它调制方式，如pi/2-BPSK，256QAM，512QAM，1024QAM等，本申请不做限制。
长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)系统的速率匹配，是由如下公式确定发送比特序列的第一个比特的索引值的：
Figure PCTCN2018104250-appb-000007
其中，k0是发送比特序列的第一个比特的索引值，rv idx是冗余版本的值，取值0，1，2或者3，
Figure PCTCN2018104250-appb-000008
表示向上取整操作，N cb是缓存中该CB编码后的数据的比特数，R subblock TC为交织矩阵的行数。速率匹配包含子块交织、比特收集、比特选择和打孔三个步骤，交织矩阵是指在子块交织时，分配的一个C subblock TC＝32列的矩阵。CB经过编码后得到的数据比特{b 1，b 2，…，b B}包含信息比特和冗余比特，存储在缓存区中，根据RV的值来确定发送比特序列中第一个比特的索引值，进而确定发送的数据比特序列为{b k0，b k0+1，b k0+2…b k0+L-1}。根据RV值选取编码后的数据比特中发送给终端设备的数据比特是为了提高数据在终端设备侧的解码性能。
需要说明的，本申请以两个网络设备协作传输为例进行描述，但本申请中的方案也可以扩展到两个以上的网络设备协作传输的应用场景。图22示出的系统架构仅仅是为了更加清楚的说明本申请的技术方案，并不构成对本申请的限定，本领域普通技术人员可知，随着网络架构的演变和新业务场景的出现，本申请提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题，同样适用。
可以通过两个或者两个以上的网络设备10和网络设备20向同一终端设备11重复发送同一业务数据，即两个或者两个以上的网络设备10和网络设备20协作传输业务数据，以降低数据传输时延并提高数据传输的可靠性。以两个网络设备(网络设备1(网络设备10)和网络设备2(网络设备20))协作传输业务数据为例，图23是本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备协作传输的时频资源分配的示意图。如图23所示，在网络设备1和网络设备2不交互任何调度信息的情况下，如果网络设备1和网络设备2使用的时频资源有重叠，网络设备1和网络设备2在重叠的时频资源上向终端设备11发送的数据很可能不同，在终端设备11侧形成干扰。如图23所示，在网络设备1与网络设备2使用的重叠的时频资源上，网络设备1在该重叠的时频资源的第一个资源单元(resource element，RE)上使用BPSK调制方式传输的数据比特为c k，网络设备2在该重叠的时频资源的第一个RE上使用BPSK调制方式传输的数据比特为c k+7，终端设备11接收到数据c k和c k+7会相互干扰，降低了数据传输的可靠性。
为降低数据在终端设备11侧的相互干扰，图24A是本申请实施例提供的另一种网络设备协作传输的时频资源分配的示意图。如图24A所示，网络设备1和网络设备2可以通过交互调度信息约定传输的业务数据使用的时频资源完全不重叠，且在重叠的时频资源上不进行数据发送。图24B是本申请实施例提供的又一种网络设备协作传输的时频资源分配的示意图。如图24B所示，网络设备1和网络设备2也可以通过交互调度信息约 定传输的业务数据使用的时频资源完全重叠，且在重叠的时频资源上，网络设备1和网络设备2向终端设备11发送相同的数据，从而降低终端设备11接收到的干扰，提高数据传输可靠性。然而，图24A和图24B所描述的业务数据传输方法中，网络设备1和网络设备2需要通过交互调度信息进行紧密协作，如可以通过相邻小区之间的接口进行数据交互，从而可能会导致业务数据传输的时延需求得不到满足。
图25是本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输方法的流程示意图。如图25所示，该数据传输方法可以包含以下步骤：
S101、网络设备确定用于发送目标数据的第一时频资源。
其中，第一时频资源为第二时频资源的部分或者全部，第二时频资源为该网络设备可用于信息传输的全部时频资源。
S102、网络设备根据目标RE相对于参考RE的位置，以及承载在参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值，确定承载在目标RE上的第一个比特的索引值。
S103、网络设备在第一时频资源上向终端设备发送目标数据。
本申请实施例中，RE是物理资源中最小的资源单位。在时域上，一个RE对应一个时域符号(symbol)，例如，可以是一个正交频分复用(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing，OFDM)符号。在频域上，一个RE对应一个子载波。一个时域符号在一个子载波的范围内的时频资源称为一个RE。物理层在进行资源映射的时候，是以RE为基本单位的。时频资源、RE等的定义可以参考现有的LTE通信系统标准，但本申请对此不做限定，未来通信标准中关于时频资源、RE的定义可能不同。
其中，目标RE位于第一时频资源内，参考RE为第二时频资源中预设位置的RE。图26是本申请实施例提供的一种数据与RE之间的映射关系示意图。如图26所示，目标RE可以是第一时频资源内的任一个RE。参考RE位于第二时频资源内，例如，参考RE可以是第二时频资源的第一个RE，也可以是第二时频资源的最后一个RE，这里的第一个和最后一个可以按照数据映射到第二时频资源上的顺序来定义。参考RE的位置可以由协议预定义或由网络设备通过高层信令配置给终端设备。本申请中的高层信令可以是无线资源控制(radio resource control，RRC)信令。
本申请实施例中，参考RE上可以承载的比特数与调制方式相关，承载在参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值可以是预设的。承载在参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值可以与冗余版本、TBS中的至少一个相关。承载在参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值可以参考前述速率匹配过程中根据RV的值确定发送比特序列中第一个比特的索引值的方法确定。例如，承载在参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值可以为RV值对应的发送比特序列中第一个比特的索引值k0。在5G中，根据RV的值确定k0的公式可能会发生变化，本申请对此不做限定。
具体地，承载在目标RE上的第一个比特的索引值k可以由公式k＝k0+n*m确定，其中，k0是承载在参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值，n为目标RE与参考RE之间的距离，m为承载在目标RE上的比特数量。m的取值与数据的调制方式相关，调制方式与m值之间的对应关系可参见上述速率匹配过程中的相关描述。目标RE与参考RE之间的距离可以根据目标RE的位置、参考RE的位置以及数据到时频资源的映射顺序确定。数据到时频资源的映射顺序可以采用LTE下行数据传输中的数据到时频资源的映射顺序，即先频域后时域的顺序，也可以采用其他映射顺序，如先时域后频域的映射顺序，本申请 实施例对此不作限定。可以理解的是，承载在目标RE上的比特序列为从索引值为k开始的连续m个比特。
具体地，第二时频资源中的RE可以依次对应一个编号，例如参考RE对应的编号为a，则按照数据在第二时频资源上的映射顺序，映射顺序在参考RE以后的RE对应的编号依次为a+1，a+2…，a+k，…。类似地，映射顺序在参考RE以前的RE对应的编号依次为a-1，a-2…，a-k，…。则目标RE与参考RE之间的距离等于参考RE与目标RE对应的编号之差的绝对值。如，编号a+k对应的RE与参考RE的距离为abs(a-(a+k))，即为abs(k)，其中，abs表示取绝对值操作。该RE对应的编号可以是仅针对有效RE，有效RE是指第二时频资源中可以用于数据传输的RE。有效RE不包括被其它参考信号或控制信令占用的RE，被占用的RE在编号时跳过。可以理解的是，当数据到时频资源的映射顺序发生变化的时候，即便目标RE和参考RE的位置不变，目标RE与参考RE之间的距离也会发生改变。
若数据的调制方式为BPSK，则一个RE上承载1比特的数据，即上述的m＝1。如图26所示，第一时频资源的第一个RE与参考RE的距离为5个RE，承载在参考RE上的比特的索引值为k0(对应的数据比特在加扰前为b k0，加扰后为c k0)，根据上述方法可以计算得到承载在第一时频资源的第一个RE上的比特的索引值为k0+5(该索引值对应的数据比特在加扰前为b k0+5，加扰后为c k0+5)。承载在第一时频资源的其他的RE上的比特的索引值的计算方法与承载在第一时频资源的第一个RE的比特的索引值的计算方法相似，这里不加赘述。另外，除第一时频资源的第一个RE外的其它的RE上承载的比特的索引值也可以根据第一时频资源的第一个RE上承载的比特的索引值和该其它的RE与该第一时频资源的第一个RE之间的距离确定。
另外，第一时频资源中，目标RE上承载的数据的索引也可以为调制符号的索引。假设第一时频资源的第一个RE与参考RE的距离为5个RE，承载在参考RE上的调制符号的索引值0，对应的调制符号为d 0。因此，承载在第一时频资源的第一个RE上的调制符号的索引值为5，对的调制符号为d 5。第一时频资源的其他的RE上承载的调制符号的索引值的计算方法与第一时频资源的第一个RE上承载的调制符号的索引值的计算方法相似，这里不加赘述。另外，除第一时频资源的第一个RE外的其它的RE上承载的调制符号的索引值也可以根据第一时频资源的第一个RE上承载的调制符号的索引值和该其它的RE与该第一时频资源的第一个RE之间的距离确定。
若数据的调制方式为QPSK，16QAM，64QAM，相应的一个RE上传输的比特数相应的为2，4，6，则m相应的为2，4，6，相应在第一时频资源内，承载在目标RE上的第一个比特的比特索引值的确定方法为根据前述的k＝k0+n*m确定，与BPSK的调制方式类似，这里不加赘述。
另外，可以在第二时频资源中预设第三时频资源，在第三时频资源中的RE上承载的第一个比特的索引值或调制符号索引值使用上述的方法确定，而在第三时频资源以外的RE上承载的数据的比特索引值或调制符号的索引值可以不使用上述的方法确定。第三时频资源可以是系统预定义的，如协议定义，也可以是网络设备确定后通过RRC信令半静态配置给终端设备。该第三时频资源在时域上可以是一个或多个时间单元，在频域上可以是一个或多个频域单元。在本申请中，时间单元可以是帧、子帧、时隙(slot)、微时隙(mini-slot)和时域符号中的一个；频域单元可以是子载波、RB、资源块组(RB  group，RBG)、载波分量(carrier component，CC)、子带(sub-band)和带宽部分(bandwidth part，BP)中的一个。该第三时频资源可以用于多个网络设备协作传输数据，第二时频资源内第三时频资源以外的时频资源，可以用于其他业务数据传输，以便针对不同的业务数据传输进行资源调度。
图27是本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备协作传输时数据与RE之间的映射关系示意图。当两个网络设备向同一终端设备协作传输同一TB时，对于这两个网络设备来说，参考RE的资源位置相同，且承载在参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值相同。如果数据采用加扰的方式传输，则两个网络设备的加扰方式和加扰序列相同。可选的，加扰序列的起始值可以由比特索引值k0确定，从而保证不同网络设备在相同RE上的比特的加扰值也相同。为了进一步获得发射分集增益，多个网络设备可以采用约定好的同一套预编码矩阵集合进行预编码。假设有两个网络设备，每个网络设备都是单发射天线，则这两个网络设备可以采用预编码矩阵集合
Figure PCTCN2018104250-appb-000009
对调制符号进行预编码，网络设备1采用矩阵中的第一个元素对调制符号进行预编码，网络设备2采用矩阵中的第二个元素对调制符号进行预编码，例如网络设备1采用
Figure PCTCN2018104250-appb-000010
对调制符号进行预编码，网络设备2采用
Figure PCTCN2018104250-appb-000011
或者，网络设备1采用
Figure PCTCN2018104250-appb-000012
对调制符号进行预编码，网络设备2采用
Figure PCTCN2018104250-appb-000013
为了使得不同的网络设备在相同的RE上采用同一个预编码矩阵的不同元素对调制符号进行预编码，则这两个网络设备可以采用同一个预编码矩阵确定规则确定目标RE上所使用的预编码矩阵。例如，该预编码矩阵确定规则可以为：以RB为单位，同一个RB内的所有RE使用相同的预编码矩阵；目标RB所使用的预编码矩阵索引由目标RB的索引值与预编码矩阵集合大小M的余数来确定，即M idx＝RB idxmod M。例如，所有满足RB idx mod 4＝0的RB均使用预编码矩阵
Figure PCTCN2018104250-appb-000014
所有RB idx mod 4＝0的RB均使用预编码矩阵
Figure PCTCN2018104250-appb-000015
依此类推。该预编码矩阵集合，以及预编码矩阵确定规则，可以通过信令配置给需要进行协作发送的多个网络设备。
如图27所示，网络设备1和网络设备2向同一终端设备传输数据比特，网络设备1和网络设备2可用于信息传输的全部时频资源为同一资源区。如果这两个网络设备使用的时频资源有重叠，且传输的数据比特为同一TB编码后的数据比特，在网络设备1和网络设备2重叠使用的时频资源中，承载在每个RE上的第一个比特的索引值均是由该每一个RE与参考RE之间的距离，以及承载在参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值确定的。承载在每个RE上的第一个比特的索引值确定的具体过程可以参见图25所描述的实施例中 的具体描述，这里不加赘述。参考RE的资源位置和承载在参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值是预设的。因此，在网络设备1和网络设备2采用相同的调制方式且网络设备1和网络设备2均传输单个数据流时，网络设备1和网络设备2重叠使用的时频资源中的每个RE上映射的数据比特相同。因此减小了终端设备侧的干扰，且相同的数据可以提高信号强度。
如图27所示，以网络设备1和网络设备2均采用BPSK的数据调制方式，且网络设备1和网络设备2均传输单个数据流为例，在分配给网络设备1的第一时频资源中，网络设备1按照图25所描述的实施例确定承载在各个RE上的第一个比特的索引值。进而确定承载在各个RE上的数据比特。如图27所示，分配给网络设备1的第一个RE与参考RE之间的距离为9，而承载在参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值为k0。因此，承载在该第一个RE上的第一个比特的索引值为k0+9，进而确定承载在该第一个RE上的第一个比特为c k0+9。网络设备1承载在各个RE上的第一个比特的索引值可以依上述方法依次确定。类似地，在分配给网络设备2的第一时频资源中，网络设备2按照图25所描述的实施例确定承载在各个RE上的第一个比特的索引值，过程可参考上述的网络设备1。如图27所示，无需进行调度信息交互，在网络设备1和网络设备2重叠使用的时频资源上，每个RE上承载的数据比特是相同的，从而可以降低数据干扰，并在要求的时延内通过协作传输提高数据传输的可靠性。
上述实施例是以单个数据流传输为例进行描述，但本申请中的实施例也可以扩展到多个数据流传输的场景，即多输入多输出(multiple input multiple output，MIMO)场景。MIMO场景下，每个数据流可以各自按照上述的流程来处理。另一方面，MIMO场景下，第一时频资源内目标RE上承载的比特数需要考虑层数的影响。假设目标RE上传输数据的层数为t，一个调制符号上承载的比特数为m，则承载在目标RE上的第一个比特的索引值k＝k0+n*m*t，t为正整数。本申请中以目标RE上传输数据的层数为1进行描述，也可扩展到目标RE上传输数据的层数大于1的场景。当目标RE上传输数据的层数为t时，目标RE上同时映射有t个调制符号，对应的目标RE上承载的比特数为m*t。可以理解的是，当目标RE上传输数据的层数为1时，一个调制符号上承载的比特数为m，目标RE上承载的比特数也为m。上述的实施例中，如没有特殊说明，均指一个RE上传输数据的层数为1的场景。
上述实施例可以应用于网络设备1和网络设备2采用相同的调制方式和相同的MIMO层数进行协作数据传输的场景。通过采用上述方案，使得网络设备1和网络设备2可以在重叠的时频资源上同时给同一个终端设备发送相同的数据，从而可以提高终端设备接收到的数据的信噪比，进而提高数据传输的可靠性。
对于网络设备1和网络设备2可能采用不同的调制方式或不同的MIMO层数进行协作数据传输的场景，本申请提供如下实施例，图28是本申请实施例提供的另一种数据传输方法的流程示意图。如图28所示，该数据传输方法可以包含以下步骤：
S201、网络设备确定用于发送目标数据的第一时频资源。
S202、网络设备对承载在目标资源单元RE上的t层数据中的每一层数据进行s轮的数据映射，其中，t为承载在RE上的数据的层数，s为网络设备进行数据传输时实际使用的调制阶数与数据传输的最低调制阶数的比值。对于每一轮数据映射，网络设备根据目标RE相对参考RE的位置，以及第j层第i轮数据映射时承载在参考RE上的第一个比 特的索引值确定第j层第i轮数据映射时承载在目标RE上的第一个比特的索引值，其中，i为小于等于s的正整数，j为小于等于t的正整数。
S203、网络设备在第一时频资源上向终端设备发送目标数据。
其中，步骤S201和步骤S203可以分别参考图25描述的实施例中的步骤S101和步骤S103，这里不加赘述。
当网络设备采用比数据传输的最低调制阶数更高的调制阶数进行数据调制或者在MIMO系统中进行多层数据传输时，网络设备对承载在RE上的每一层的数据比特按照数据传输的最低调制阶数进行多轮数据映射。可以理解的是，当网络设备采用的是数据传输的最低调制阶数进行数据调制时，网络设备对承载在RE上的每一层的数据映射只需要进行一轮。
第j层的第i轮数据映射时承载在目标RE上的第一个比特的索引值k i,j可以由公式k i,j＝k 0,i,j+n*m min确定，其中，i为小于等于s的正整数，j为小于等于t的正整数，s＝m/m min，t为承载在RE上的数据的层数，k 0,i,j为第j层第i轮数据映射时承载在参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值，n为目标RE与目标参考RE之间的距离，目标参考RE为进行目标RE上第j层的第i轮数据映射时使用的参考RE，m为网络设备进行数据传输时实际使用的调制阶数，m min为数据传输的最低调制阶数。网络设备完成数据映射后，将映射到同一个RE的同一层的多个比特组合起来进行调制，生成调制符号。可选的，网络设备对多层的调制符号进行预编码，生成多层数据之后发送给终端设备。可以理解的是，上述i的取值也可以为大于等于零小于s的整数，j的取值也可以为大于等于零小于t的整数。
调制阶数m的取值等于一个调制符号所能承载的比特数，例如，当调制方式为BPSK时，调制阶数为1；调制方式为QPSK时，调制阶数为2；调制方式为16QAM时，调制阶数为4；调制方式为64QAM时，调制阶数为6，依此类推，不再赘述。对于同一个RE的不同层来说，由于调制阶数m可以不同，不同层的s也可以不同。
上述n的计算方法可以参考相同的调制方式和相同的MIMO层数进行协作数据传输的场景下的n的计算方法，在此不加赘述。
m min的取值可以系统预定义，例如固定取值为1或2；m min的取值也可以由网络设备确定后，通过高层信令发送给终端设备。
k 0,i,j的取值可以参考k0的计算方法得到，不同的k 0,i,j对应的RV取值可以不同。不同的k 0,i,j对应的RV取值可以系统预定义，也可以由网络设备确定后，通过高层信令发送给终端设备。对于不同的i或j，k 0,i,j的取值可以不同，可以使得目标RE上承载更多不同的信息比特，有利于提升数据传输效率。对于不同的网络设备，只要i和j相同，对应的k 0,i,j的取值就相同。不同层不同轮次数据映射时，使用的参考RE也可以不同。通过 本实施例，可以实现在不需要交互任何调度信息的前提下，使得参与协作数据传输的两个不同的网络设备在调制方式不同或MIMO的层数不同的时候，仍然可以保证这两个网络设备在相同的RE上映射的数据比特中有部分是相同的。
下面举例说明本实施例的具体实现。假设数据传输的最低的调制阶数为1，即采用BPSK调制方式，数据传输采用单层传输方式，参与协作传输的网络设备1使用QPSK调制方式在第二时频资源上发送待发送数据，网络设备2使用BPSK调制方式在第三时频资源上发送待发送数据，其中，第二时频资源和第三时频资源存在部分重叠的时频资源。对于网络设备1：首先根据公式k 1,1＝k 0,1,1+n确定第二时频资源上每个目标RE上承载的比特，假设在第一目标RE上承载的比特为b0；然后根据公式k 2,1＝k 0,2,1+n确定第二时频资源上每个目标RE上承载的比特，假设在第一目标RE上承载的比特为b1；最后将比特b0和b1调制成一个QPSK调制符号映射在第一目标RE上发送给终端设备。对于网络设备2：首先根据公式k 1,1＝k 0,1,1+n确定第二时频资源上每个目标RE上承载的比特，可以理解的是，网络设备2在第一目标RE上承载的比特也为b0；然后将比特b0调制成一个BPSK调制符号映射在第一目标RE上发送给终端设备。通过采用本方案，使得终端设备在第一目标RE上接收来自网络设备1的QPSK调制符号以及来自网络设备2的BPSK调制符号时，QPSK调制符号中有一个比特与BPSK调制符号相同，从而能提高终端接收性能，提高数据传输效率。
上述方案，对于多层数据传输或者其它调制方式场景，同样可以使得对于参与协作传输的两个网络设备，在同一个目标RE上传输的调制符号所承载的比特序列满足如下关系：采用较低层数或较低调制方式的网络设备发送的比特序列是采用较高层数或较高调制方式的网络设备发送的比特序列的子集，从而能够提高终端接收性能，提高数据传输效率。
本申请实施例中，在第一时频资源中，如果目标RE被占用，例如该目标RE被控制信道、广播信道、同步信道或参考信号(reference signal，RS)等占用，则该被占用的RE上承载的数据可以是被打孔，该被占用的RE上承载的数据将不进行发送。之后的RE上承载的数据不受影响，承载在之后的RE上的第一个比特的索引值仍然根据之后的RE与参考RE之间的距离，以及承载在参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值确定的。
图29是本申请实施例提供的另一种数据与RE之间的映射关系示意图。如图29所示，第一时频资源中，在被RS占用的RE上，承载的数据比特不进行发送。其中，在第二时频资源中，第一时频资源可以是不连续的。如图29所示，假设数据传输采用BPSK调制方式，根据图25所描述的实施例确定第一时频资源的第一个RE和第二个RE承载的比特分别为c k0+3和c k0+4，第三个RE承载的比特为c k0+5，第四个RE承载的比特为c k0+6。然而，该第三个RE被RS占用，因此c k0+5不进行发送。第四个RE上承载的数据比特不受RS占用的影响，正常发送。
在另一种实施方式中，网络设备在映射数据到第一时频资源中时，可以跳过对应的预留的RE位置，即不将数据承载在对应的预留的RE位置上。本申请中，预留的RE可以用于发送RS，也可以用于发送其它信息，本申请对此不做限定。图30中以预留的RE用于发送RS为例进行说明。图30是本申请实施例提供的又一种数据与RE之间的映射关系示意图。如图30所示，第一个RS之前的RE上承载的比特为c k0+4，在第一个RS之后的RE上承载的比特为c k0+5。两个网络设备协作传输数据时，可以约定预留相同位置的RE，从而使得这两个网络设备所能用于数据传输的RE位置仍然是相同的。通过本申请中的技术方案，使得相同RE上承载的数据相同，从而可以降低终端设备接收到的信号所受到的干扰，从而提升数据的接收性能。
本申请实施例中，在第二时频资源内，参考RE的数量可以是2个或者两个以上。可以将第二时频资源分成不同的部分，每部分分配一个参考RE，每部分在频域上可以间隔一个或多个频域单元。每部分中RE上承载的第一个比特的索引值根据该部分中参考RE的位置和该参考RE上承载的第一个比特的索引值确定。
在一种实施例中，可以通过预设待传输数据的RV值和时频资源的索引的对应关系，从而隐式地通过传输数据的时频资源确定当前数据传输所使用的RV值，进而降低了下行控制信令的开销，提升了空口传输效率。该RV值与时频资源的索引的对应关系可以是系统预定义或协议预定义，也可以是网络设备确定后，通过RRC信令通知给终端设备。具体地，该时频资源的索引可以是slot号、mini-slot号、CC号中的一个。例如，在时域上，预设mini-slot1对应的RV值为0，mini-slot2对应的RV值为1。这种根据时频资源的索引确定数据的RV值的方法，也可以用于URLLC业务中。重复的发送同一TB时，索引值相邻的时频资源可以用于传输同一URLLC业务的TB，索引值相邻的时频资源对应不同的RV值，这样索引值相邻的时频资源承载的数据为对同一TB进行编码后的数据比特中的不同部分，多次传输后在终端设备侧接收到的TB的信息量更大，可以提高数据传输的解码性能。
以上的数据的RV值的确定方法也可以用于图25或者图28所描述的数据传输方法中。具体地，图31是本申请实施例提供的再一种数据与RE之间的映射关系示意图。如图31所示，可以预设时域上的mini-slot1对应的时频资源内承载的数据的RV值为RV0，mini-slot2对应的时频资源内承载的数据的RV值为RV1。则承载在参考RE1上的第一个比特的索引值可以是根据RV0对应得到，假设为k0，承载在参考RE2上的第一个比特的索引值可以是根据RV1对应得到，假设为k1。根据RV值确定承载在参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值的方法可以参考前述速率匹配过程中根据RV值确定待发送比特序列的第一个比特的索引值的方法。
如图31所示，在mini-slot1区域，承载在目标RE上的第一个比特的索引值为根据承载在参考RE1上的第一个比特索引值k0和该目标RE与参考RE1的距离确定。在mini-slot2区域，承载在目标RE上的第一个比特的索引值为根据承载在参考RE2上的第一个比特索引值k1和该目标RE与参考RE2的距离确定。如图31所示，在mini-slot1的时频资源中，承载在第一个目标RE的第一个比特的索引值为根据该第一个目标RE与参考RE1的距离，以及映射到参考RE1上的第一个比特的索引值k0确定，对应的数据比特为c k0+3。在mini-slot2的时频资源中，承载在第一个目标RE的第一个比特的索引值为 根据该第一个目标RE与参考RE2的距离，以及映射到参考RE2上的第一个比特的索引值k1确定，对应的数据比特为c k1+4。
类似地，也可以预设在频域上不同CC号对应不同的RV的值，进而确定承载在参考RE的第一个比特的索引值，与上述不同mini-slot号对应不同的RV值类似，这里不加赘述。另外，也可以预设同一时频资源区域中不同的数据传输层和/或不同的数据映射轮次对应的RV值，进而确定不同的数据传输层和/或不同的数据映射轮次的参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值。
本申请实施例中，可以是在TBS小于或等于预设阈值时采用图25或者图28所描述的数据传输方法。另外，也可以是网络设备通过RRC信令或者物理层信令通知终端设备使用图25或者图28所描述的数据传输方法。
另外，两个或者两个以上的网络设备协作进行URLLC业务数据传输时，可以选取其中一个网络设备作为主网络设备，可以是在传输初传数据时，仅使用该主网络设备向终端设备发送URLLC业务数据，终端设备侧根据接收数据是否成功向两个或者两个以上的网络设备反馈肯定应答(acknowledgement，ACK)或者否定应答(negative acknowledgement，NACK)。如果两个或者两个以上的网络设备接收到NACK，表明初传数据传输失败，在重传数据时，使用图25或者图28所描述的数据传输方法；如果两个或者两个以上的网络设备接收到ACK，表明初传数据传输成功，结束本次数据传输。
图32是本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备协作传输示意图。如图32所示，可以设置网络设备1为主网络设备。网络设备1向终端设备发送初传数据，终端设备根据接收数据是否成功向网络设备1和网络设备2反馈ACK或者NACK。当网络设备1和网络设备2接收到NACK信号时，网络设备1和网络设备2可以使用图25或者图28所描述的数据传输方法进行协作传输。终端设备也可以向网络设备1和网络设备2发送混合自动重传请求(hybrid automatic repeat request，HARQ)的识别信息，如HARQ ID，或者数据包ID信息。网络设备1和网络设备2可以根据上述的HARQ ID或者数据包ID确定需要重传的数据包。HARQ ID和/或数据包ID信息可以显式信息通知，也可以隐式通知。例如，可以根据传输信令所在的时序或者所在的时频资源隐式确定HARQ ID和/或数据包ID信息。
本申请实施例中，终端设备在向网络设备1和网络设备2反馈ACK/NACK时，也可以向网络设备1和网络设备2反馈包括初传数据的进程号、初传数据的标识，如初传数据包的ID和初传数据使用的时频资源的索引中的至少一种。网络设备1和网络设备2可以根据初传数据使用的时频资源的索引选取与初传数据的时频资源相同或相近的时频资源。在网络设备1和网络设备2分配用于协作数据传输的时频资源时，优先分配与初传数据所使用的相同的时频资源；当无法分配与初传数据所使用的完全相同的时频资源时，分配与初传数据所使用的时频资源重叠最多的时频资源。在重叠的时频资源上网络设备1和网络设备2传输相同的数据比特，可以降低干扰，提高接收质量。网络设备1和网络设备2在使用图25或者图28所描述的数据传输方法协作传输同一URLLC业务数据时，也可以根据初传数据传输进程的进程号和/或初传数据的标识传输同一URLLC业务数据，以实现网络设备1和网络设备2协作传输该URLLC业务数据。类似地，终端设备也可以反馈调制与编码策略(modulation and coding scheme，MCS)，以使网络设备2 可以分配与网络设备1尽可能相同的MCS，从而使网络设备1和网络设备2可以选取与初传数据所使用的相同的MCS，以实现网络设备1和网络设备2协作传输数据。
上述详细阐述了本申请实施例的方法，下面提供了本申请实施例的网络设备和终端设备。
基于图22的系统架构，图33是本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备10或网络设备20的结构示意图，如图33所示，该网络设备10或网络设备20可以包括处理单元301和发送单元302，其中：
处理单元301，用于确定用于发送目标数据的第一时频资源，第一时频资源为第二时频资源的部分或者全部，第二时频资源为网络设备可用于信息传输的全部时频资源；
处理单元301，还用于根据目标资源单元RE相对于参考RE的位置，以及承载在参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值，确定承载在目标RE上的第一个比特的索引值，其中，目标RE位于第一时频资源内，参考RE为在第二时频资源中预设位置的RE；
发送单元302，用于在第一时频资源上将目标数据发送给终端设备。
作为一种可能的实施方式，承载在目标RE上的第一个比特的索引值k＝k0+n*m，其中，k0是承载在参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值，n为目标RE与参考RE之间的距离，m为承载在目标RE上的比特的数量，m与数据的调制方式相关。
作为一种可能的实施方式，承载在参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值与冗余版本、传输块大小TBS中的至少一个相关。
作为一种可能的实施方式，承载在参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值为根据冗余版本的取值确定的发送比特序列中第一个比特的索引值。
作为一种可能的实施方式，参考RE的资源位置是由协议预定义或由发送单元302通过高层信令配置给终端设备。
作为一种可能的实施方式，参考RE是第二时频资源的第一个RE。
处理单元301和发送单元302的功能可以对应参照图25所示的数据传输方法实施例的相应描述。
在另外一种可能的实施例中，处理单元301，用于确定用于发送目标数据的第一时频资源，第一时频资源为第二时频资源的部分或者全部，第二时频资源为网络设备可用于信息传输的全部时频资源；
处理单元301，还用于对承载在目标资源单元RE上的t层数据中的每一层数据进行s轮的数据映射，对于每一轮数据映射，网络设备根据目标RE相对参考RE的位置，以及第j层第i轮数据映射时承载在参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值确定第j层第i轮数据映射时承载在目标RE上的第一个比特的索引值，其中，目标RE位于第一时频资源内，参考RE为在第二时频资源中预设位置的RE，j为小于或者等于t的正整数，t为目标RE承载数据的层数，i为小于或者等于s的正整数，s＝m/m min，m为承载在目标RE上的数据的调制阶数，m min为数据传输的最低调制阶数；
发送单元302，用于在第一时频资源上将目标数据发送给终端设备。
作为一种可能的实施方式，第j层的第i轮数据映射时承载在目标RE上的第一个比特的索引值k i,j＝k 0,i,j+n*m min；其中，k 0,i,j为第j层第i轮数据映射时承载在目标参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值，n为目标RE与目标参考RE之间的距离。
作为一种可能的实施方式，m min由协议预定义或由网络设备通过高层信令配置给终端设备。
作为一种可能的实施方式，调制阶数为一个调制符号承载的比特数量。
作为一种可能的实施方式，第j层的第i轮数据映射时承载在参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值与冗余版本、传输块大小TBS中的至少一个相关。
作为一种可能的实施方式，参考RE的资源位置是由协议预定义或由网络设备通过高层信令配置给终端设备。
作为一种可能的实施方式，参考RE是第二时频资源的第一个RE。
在该可能的实施例中，处理单元301和发送单元302的功能可以对应参照图28所示的数据传输方法实施例的相应描述。
基于图22的系统架构，图34是本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备11的结构示意图，如图34所示，该终端设备11可以包括处理单元401和接收单元402，其中：
接收单元402，用于在第一时频资源上接收来自网络设备的目标数据；第一时频资源为第二时频资源的部分或者全部，第二时频资源为网络设备可用于信息传输的全部时频资源；
其中，承载在目标资源单元RE上的第一个比特的索引值由目标RE相对于参考RE的位置，以及承载在参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值确定，目标RE位于第一时频资源内，参考RE为在第二时频资源中预设位置的RE；
处理单元401，用于对目标数据进行解调和译码。
作为一种可能的实施方式，承载在目标RE上的第一个比特的索引值k＝k0+n*m，其中，k0是承载在参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值，n为目标RE与参考RE之间的距离，m为承载在目标RE上的比特的数量，m与数据的调制方式相关。
作为一种可能的实施方式，承载在参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值与冗余版本和传输块大小TBS中的至少一个相关。
作为一种可能的实施方式，承载在参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值为根据冗余版本的取值确定的发送比特序列中第一个比特的索引值。
作为一种可能的实施方式，参考RE的资源位置是由协议预定义或接收单元402通过接收来自网络设备10和/或网络设备20的高层信令确定。
作为一种可能的实施方式，参考RE是第二时频资源的第一个RE。
处理单元401和接收单元402的功能可以对应参照图25所示的数据传输方法实施例的相应描述。
在另一种可能的实施例中，接收单元402，用于在第一时频资源上接收来自网络设备10和/或网络设备20的目标数据；
第一时频资源为第二时频资源的部分或者全部，第二时频资源为网络设备可用于信息传输的全部时频资源；其中，目标资源单元RE上的t层数据中的每一层数据是经过s轮的数据映射得到的，第j层第i轮数据映射时承载在目标RE上的第一个比特的索引值由目标RE相对参考RE的位置，以及第j层第i轮数据映射时承载在参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值确定，目标RE位于第一时频资源内，参考RE为在第二时频资源中预设位置的RE，j为小于或者等于t的正整数，t为目标RE承载数据的层数，i为小于或者等于s的正整数，s＝m/m min，m为承载在目标RE上的数据的调制阶数，m min为数据传输的最低调制阶数；
处理单元401，用于对目标数据进行解调和译码。
作为一种可能的实施方式，第j层的第i轮数据映射时承载在目标RE上的第一个比特的索引值k i,j＝k 0,i,j+n*m min；其中，k 0,i,j为第j层第i轮数据映射时承载在目标参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值，n为目标RE与目标参考RE之间的距离。
作为一种可能的实施方式，m min由协议预定义或接收单元402通过接收来自网络设备的高层信令确定。
作为一种可能的实施方式，调制阶数为一个调制符号承载的比特数量。
在一个实施例中，第j层的第i轮数据映射时承载在参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值与冗余版本、传输块大小TBS中的至少一个相关。
在一个实施例中，参考RE的资源位置是由协议预定义或由终端设备通过接收来自网络设备的高层信令确定。
在一个实施例中，参考RE是第二时频资源的第一个RE。
在该可能的实施例中，处理单元401和发送单元402的功能可以对应参照图28所示的数据传输方法实施例的相应描述。
基于图22的系统架构，图35是本申请实施例提供的另一种网络设备10或网络设备20的结构示意图，如图35所示，该网络设备10或网络设备20包括：一个或多个网络设备处理器501、存储器502、通信接口503、发射器505、接收器506、耦合器507和天线508。这些部件可通过总线504或者其他方式连接，图35以通过总线连接为例。其中：
通信接口503可用于网络设备10或网络设备20与其他通信设备，例如终端设备或其他网络设备，进行通信。具体的，所述终端设备可以是图34或者图36所示的终端设备11。具体的，通信接口503可以是LTE通信接口，也可以是5G或者未来新空口的通信接口。不限于无线通信接口，网络设备10或网络设备20还可以配置有有线的通信接口503来支持有线通信，例如一个网络设备10或网络设备20与其他网络设备10或网络设备20之间的回程链接可以是有线通信连接。
发射器505可用于对网络设备处理器501输出的消息或数据进行发射处理。
在本申请的一些实施例中，发射器505和接收器506可看作一个无线调制解调器。在网络设备10或网络设备20中，发射器505和接收器506的数量均可以是一个或者多 个。发射器505和接收器506也可以是由一个或多个收发器来实现的。天线508可用于将传输线中的电磁能转换成自由空间中的电磁波，或者将自由空间中的电磁波转换成传输线中的电磁能。耦合器507可用于将移动通信号分成多路，分配给多个的接收器506。
存储器502与网络设备处理器501耦合，用于存储各种软件程序和/或多组指令。存储器502可以存储操作系统(下述简称系统)，例如uCOS、VxWorks、RTLinux等嵌入式操作系统。存储器502还可以存储数据传输程序，该数据传输程序可用于与一个或多个附加设备，一个或多个终端设备，一个或多个网络设备进行通信。
网络设备处理器501可用于进行无线信道管理、实施呼叫和通信链路的建立和拆除，并为本控制区内的终端提供小区切换控制等。
本申请实施例中，网络设备处理器501可用于读取和执行计算机可读指令。具体的，网络设备处理器501可用于调用存储于存储器502中的数据传输程序。存储器502可用于存储本申请的一个或多个实施例提供的数据传输方法在网络设备10或网络设备20侧的实现程序。关于本申请的一个或多个实施例提供的数据传输方法的实现，请参考图25和图28所描述的实施例。
需要说明的，图35所示的网络设备10或网络设备20仅仅是本申请实施例的一种实现方式，实际应用中，网络设备10或网络设备20还可以包括更多或更少的部件，这里不作限制。
基于图22的系统架构，图36是本申请实施例提供的另一种终端设备11的结构示意图，如图36所示，终端设备11可包括：一个或多个终端处理器601、存储器602、通信接口603、接收器605、发射器606、耦合器607、天线608、终端接口602，以及输入输出模块。输入输出模块可以包括音频输入输出模块610、按键输入模块611以及显示器612等中的一个或多个，显示器612可以是触摸屏。这些部件可通过总线604或者其他方式连接，图36以通过总线连接为例。其中：
通信接口603可用于终端设备11与其他通信设备，例如网络设备，进行通信。具体的，所述网络设备可以是图33或者图35所示的网络设备10或网络设备20。具体的，通信接口603可以是LTE通信接口，也可以是5G或者未来新空口的通信接口。不限于无线通信接口，终端20还可以配置有有线的通信接口603，例如局域接入网(local access network，LAN)接口。
发射器606和接收器605可看作一个无线调制解调器。在终端设备11中，发射器606和接收器605的数量均可以是一个或者多个。发射器606和接收器605也可以是由一个或多个收发器来实现的。天线608可用于将传输线中的电磁能转换成自由空间中的电磁波，或者将自由空间中的电磁波转换成传输线中的电磁能。耦合器607用于将天线608接收到的移动通信信号分成多路，分配给多个的接收器605。在本申请实施例中，接收器605用于网络设备10或网络设备20发送的目标数据。
除了图36所示的发射器606和接收器605，终端设备11还可包括其他通信部件，例如全球定位系统(global positioning system，GPS)模块、蓝牙(bluetooth)模块、无线高保真(wireless fidelity，Wi-Fi)模块等。
所述输入输出模块可用于实现终端设备11和终端/外部环境之间的交互，可主要包括音频输入输出模块610、按键输入模块611以及显示器612等。具体的，所述输入输出模块还可包括：摄像头、触摸屏以及传感器等等。其中，所述输入输出模块均通过终端 接口609与终端处理器601进行通信。可以根据终端设备的实际功能对上述列出的输入输出模块增加或者减少，这里不作限定。
存储器602与终端处理器601耦合，用于存储各种软件程序和/或多组指令。存储器602可以存储操作系统(下述简称系统)，例如ANDROID，IOS，WINDOWS，或者LINUX等嵌入式操作系统。存储器602还可以存储数据传输程序，该数据传输程序可用于与一个或多个附加设备，一个或多个终端设备，一个或多个网络设备进行通信。存储器602还可以存储终端接口程序，该终端接口程序可以通过图形化的操作界面将应用程序的内容形象逼真的显示出来，并通过菜单、对话框以及按键等输入控件接收终端对应用程序的控制操作。
在本申请的一些实施例中，存储器602可用于存储本申请的一个或多个实施例提供的数据传输方法在终端设备11侧的实现程序。关于本申请的一个或多个实施例提供的数据传输方法的实现，请参考图25和图28所描述的实施例。
终端处理器601可用于读取和执行计算机可读指令。具体的，终端处理器601可用于调用存储于存储器612中的程序，例如本申请的一个或多个实施例提供的数据传输方法在终端设备11侧的实现程序，并执行该程序包含的指令。需要说明的，图36所示的终端设备11仅仅是本申请实施例的一种实现方式，实际应用中，终端设备11还可以包括更多或更少的部件，这里不作限制。
可以理解的是，当本申请的实施例应用于网络设备芯片时，该网络设备芯片实现上述方法实施例中网络设备的功能。该网络设备芯片向网络设备中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)发送信息，这些信息经由网络设备的其它模块发送给终端设备；或者，该网络设备芯片也可以从该网络设备中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)接收信息，这些信息是终端设备发送给该网络设备的。
当本申请的实施例应用于终端设备芯片时，该终端设备芯片实现上述方法实施例中终端设备的功能。该终端设备芯片从终端设备中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)接收信息，这些信息是网络设备发送给终端设备的；或者，该终端设备也可以向该终端设备中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)发送信息，这些信息经由该终端设备的其它模块发送给网络设备。
可以理解的是，在本申请中，不同实施例之间的技术术语、技术方案可以依据其内在的逻辑相互参考、相互引用，本申请并不对技术术语和技术方案所适用的实施例进行限定。对不同实施例中的技术方案相互组合，还可以形成新的实施例。
可以理解的是，本申请的上述实施例中，第一时频资源有时也可以称为第一资源，第二时频资源有时也可以称为第二资源，物理层信令有时也可以称为物理层消息或物理层控制信息，RRC信令有时也可以称为RRC层消息或RRC消息，预编码矩阵有时也可以称为预编码参数，目标数据有时也可以称为数据，资源单元有时也可以称为资源粒子，并不影响对其技术含义的理解。
可以理解的是，本申请的实施例中的处理器可以是中央处理单元(Central Processing Unit，CPU)，还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processor，DSP)、专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit，ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array，FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器 件，硬件部件或者其任意组合。通用处理器可以是微处理器，也可以是任何常规的处理器。
本申请的实施例中的方法步骤可以通过硬件的方式来实现，也可以由处理器执行软件指令的方式来实现。软件指令可以由相应的软件模块组成，软件模块可以被存放于随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)、闪存、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory，ROM)、可编程只读存储器(Programmable ROM，PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable PROM，EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(Electrically EPROM，EEPROM)、寄存器、硬盘、移动硬盘、CD-ROM或者本领域熟知的任何其它形式的存储介质中。一种示例性的存储介质耦合至处理器，从而使处理器能够从该存储介质读取信息，且可向该存储介质写入信息。当然，存储介质也可以是处理器的组成部分。处理器和存储介质可以位于ASIC中。另外，该ASIC可以位于发送设备或接收设备中。当然，处理器和存储介质也可以作为分立组件存在于发送设备或接收设备中。
在上述实施例中，可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时，可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时，全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中，或者通过所述计算机可读存储介质进行传输。所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质，(例如，软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如，DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如，固态硬盘(Solid State Disk，SSD))等。
本领域普通技术人员可以理解实现上述实施例方法中的全部或部分流程，该流程可以由计算机程序来指令相关的硬件完成，该程序可存储于计算机可读取存储介质中，该程序在执行时，可包括如上述各方法实施例的流程。而前述的存储介质包括：ROM或随机存储记忆体RAM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可存储程序代码的介质。
下文中另提供一种传输数据的方法，使得多个子节点所使用的资源互不干扰。
本申请实施例考虑到多个子节点的激活BWP可能不同，以及多个子节点的数据联合编码，或者即使多个子节点的BWP相同，但是实际调度的信号带宽可能不同等情况，因此提出了一种一体化资源映射的方式。
在介绍本申请实施例之前，首先简单介绍一下BWP。
BWP：由于NR中，同一小区中不同终端的发射或者接收能力可能是不同的，系统可以为每个终端配置相应的带宽，这一部分配置给终端的带宽称为BWP，终端在自己的BWP上传输。例如，终端在自己的BWP上传输探测参考信号(sounding reference signal，SRS)，以便网络进行信道估计和资源调度，并基于网络的调度，在自己的BWP上传输数据。系统针对不同的终端可以配置不同的BWP。为了支持不同的业务，不同的BWP可能会支持不同的传输带宽(即，BWP包含的RB数不同)，子载波间隔、循环前缀(cyclic prefix，CP)等，调度单位可以是时隙或者微时隙等。
图37示出了本申请另一实施例提出的传输数据的方法400的示意图，该方法400包括：
410，确定公共资源的信息，公共资源能够用于一组子节点传输数据。
具体地，考虑到多个子节点的激活BWP可能不同，以及多个子节点数据联合编码的情况，本申请提出为多个子节点配置一套公共资源(common resource)。图38示出了本申请实施例提出的一体化资源配置方式的示意图。如图38中所示，公共资源可以是系统带宽内的部分资源，也可以是系统带宽内的全部资源。或者，公共资源也可以是某个子节点的BWP带宽内的部分或全部资源。
公共资源可以是预定义的或半静态配置，也可以是动态L1信令配置，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
可选地，确定该公共资源上的至少一种资源映射方式。
具体地，至少一种资源映射方式可以是先频域后时域、先时域后频域、时频混合映射方式(先对资源划分时频网格，每个网格内可以先频域后时域或者先时域后频域)等方式。资源映射方式可以是预定义的或半静态配置，也可以是动态L1信令配置。
通过按照单一资源映射方式进行解调，可以降低复杂度，边缘覆盖性能良好。
可选地，可以配置1个或者多个公共资源映射起始点，以及配置1个或者多个RV版本。图39示出了不同的一体化资源映射方式及索引配置。
一种可能的方式，如图39中的图(1)：连续公共资源，RV单锚点，先时域后频域。
一种可能的方式，如图39中的图(2)：连续公共资源，RV单锚点，先频域后时域映射。
一种可能的方式，如图39中的图(3)：连续公共资源，RV多锚点，子资源频域粒度与绑定(bundling)大小、CSI测量、TB大小等。
一种可能的方式，如图39中的图(4)：分布式公共资源，RV多锚点，每个子资源可为每个用户配置的用户级资源。
一种可能的方式，如图39中的图(5)：分布式公共资源，RV多锚点，不同的时域上配置不同大小的公共资源，从而可以使能半静态/动态触发的自适应协作发送。
420，确定第一资源与公共资源重叠的资源，重叠的资源用于第一子节点传输数据，其中，第一资源为第一子节点所占的资源，第一子节点是一组子节点中的任一子节点。
系统可以根据终端(即，子节点的一例)的发射和接收能力以及业务需求等因素为不同的终端分配不同带宽的BWP。如图38中所示，一组终端UE0、UE1、UE2，在系统带宽中为一组终端分别分配BWP，即UE0BWP、UE1BWP、UE2BWP。
重叠的资源，即UE0BWP、UE1BWP、UE2BWP分别与公共资源重叠的资源。重叠的资源即为用户使用的资源(user resource)。
可选地，为一组子节点确定公共资源索引(k，l，p)，其中，k表示频域子载波索引，l表示时域符号索引，p表示空域天线端口索引。
确定子节点的BWP带宽内与公共资源交叠的该用户级资源以及公共资源索引(k’，l’，p’)。且用户资源上相同公共资源索引的数据由对应的公共资源上的数据映射而得。
其中，(k，l，p)和(k’，l’，p’)为同一个索引准则下的不同索引值。比如考虑非MIMO多层映射情况，p可以省略，同时考虑时域只有1个符号，则l也可以省略，公共 资源为系统绝对RB资源的RB0-RB20，子节点分配的用户级绝对RB资源为RB4-RB10，则k’＝k+4*12，其中12表示1RB有12个子载波。
应理解，能够供每个子节点实际使用的带宽小于或等于公共资源带宽。
可选地，协作子节点根据公共资源参数、自身的BWP带宽、其他业务的调度情况、信道测量的CSI信息等中的至少一个，确定可用的处在重叠区域的用户级资源。
一种可能的方式，协作发送。协作子节点根据公共资源参数将预先接收到的数据(如联合编码数据)映射在该用户级资源上，并在被协作子节点配置的重传Timing发送。
一种可能的方式，协作接收。协作子节点在该用户级资源上根据公共资源参数接收数据。
接下来，以主节点为基站，子节点为终端，通过三个示例说明上述过程。
示例1：当基站与一组终端基于免调度(Grant-Free)传输。
为更清楚了解本申请实施例，首先简单介绍一下免调度。
免调度传输英文可以表示为Grant Free。这里的免调度传输可以针对的是上行数据传输或下行数据传输。免调度传输可以理解为如下含义的任意一种含义，或，多种含义，或者多种含义中的部分技术特征的组合或其他类似含义：
免调度传输可以指：基站预先分配并告知终端多个传输资源；终端有上行数据传输需求时，从基站预先分配的多个传输资源中选择至少一个传输资源，使用所选择的传输资源发送上行数据；基站在所述预先分配的多个传输资源中的一个或多个传输资源上检测终端发送的上行数据。所述检测可以是盲检测，也可能根据所述上行数据中某一个控制域进行检测，或者是其他方式进行检测。
免调度传输可以指：基站预先分配并告知终端设备多个传输资源，以使终端有上行数据传输需求时，从基站预先分配的多个传输资源中选择至少一个传输资源，使用所选择的传输资源发送上行数据。
免调度传输可以指：获取预先分配的多个传输资源的信息，在有上行数据传输需求时，从所述多个传输资源中选择至少一个传输资源，使用所选择的传输资源发送上行数据。获取的方式可以从基站获取。
免调度传输可以指：不需要基站动态调度即可实现终端的上行数据传输的方法，所述动态调度可以是指基站为终端的每次上行数据传输通过信令来指示传输资源的一种调度方式。可选地，实现终端设备的上行数据传输可以理解为允许两个或两个以上终端的数据在相同的时频资源上进行上行数据传输。可选地，所述传输资源可以是终端接收所述的信令的时刻以后的一个或多个传输时间单元的传输资源。一个传输时间单元可以是指一次传输的最小时间单元，比如TTI。
免调度传输可以指：一种竞争传输方式，具体地可以指多个终端在预先分配的相同的时频资源上同时进行上行数据传输，而无需基站进行调度。
在本申请实施例中，可以预先为终端配置公共资源。接下来具体描述。
为基站和一组终端半静态配置至少一套公共资源参数。具体地，包括：
定义公共时频资源范围：{CRA_0,…,CRA_N,Ind}，限定最大协作发送的资源范围。
定义公共时频资源的映射方式：{Anchor_0,…,Anchor_M,RV_0,…,RV_M,Ind}，起始RE按照公共资源索引{k，l，p}定义。
定义公共编码调制方式：{QAM_0,…,QAM_K,Ind}。
定义公共RS序列：{RS_seq0,…,RS_seqV,Ind}，序列包括RS长度、时频码域等信息，可隐式确定终端索引、是否协作等。
定义公共波形：{Waveform_0,…,Waveform_1,Ind}。
定义公共SCS：{SCS_0,…,SCS_L,Ind}。
需要说明的是，该公共资源参数可以是终端组共享，也可以为每个终端单独配置一套。
还需要说明的是，当公共时频资源与目标终端本身配置的时频资源一致时，所有公共资源参数可以回退到目标终端的基础配置。
还需要说明的是，本申请实施例不限于终端和基站之间，也可以是终端和终端之间，基站和基站之间，Master和Slaves之间等，发送和接收方向也可以互换。
接下来简述具体的流程。
为目标终端和协作终端以及基站半静态配置公共资源参数及各终端的用户级资源参数。
目标终端采用Grant Free方式上行发送初传数据，协作终端和基站盲检测目标终端的数据。
其中，盲检测可以理解为在不预知是否有数据到达的情况下，对可能到达的数据进行的检测。所述盲检测也可以理解为没有显式的信令指示下的检测。
协作终端根据目标终端的用户级资源参数，将初传数据正确接收后，根据公共资源参数、自身的BWP带宽、其它业务的调度情况、信道测量的CSI信息等中的至少一个，确定可用的处在重叠区域的协作用户资源。
协作终端根据公共资源参数将数据映射在协作用户资源上，并在目标终端配置的重传Timing发送。
基站可以一直检测目标终端的用户级资源和公共资源；也可以只检测用户级资源，根据公共RS序列，触发对于公共资源的检测，从而节省盲检复杂度。
需要说明的是，当公共资源为终端组共享时，基站可根据扰码或RS序列来确定目标终端索引、HARQ进程等。当公共资源为每个终端单独配置时，基站还可以根据RS序列的时频位置来确定目标终端索引。
示例2：当基站与一组终端基于调度传输，且公共资源完全由L1调度消息确定。
为更清楚了解本申请实施例，首先简单介绍一下调度。
具体的调度流程是基站发送控制信道，例如，物理下行控制信道(Physical Downlink Control Channel，PDCCH)或增强物理下行控制信道(Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel，EPDCCH)或用于调度短传输时间间隔(short Transmission Time Interval，sTTI)传输的物理下行控制信道(sTTI Physical Downlink Control Channel，sPDCCH)，该控制信道可以承载使用不同的下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information，DCI)格式的用于调度物理下行共享信道(Physical Downlink Shared Channel，PDSCH)或物理上行共享信道(Physical Uplink Shared Channel，PUSCH”)的调度信息，该调度信息包括比如资源分配信息，调制编码方式等控制信息。终端设备检测控制信道，并根据检测出的控制信道中承载的调度信息来进行下行数据信道的接收或上行数据信道的发送。
公共资源可以由L1调度消息确定：目标终端或基站发送组级公共(Group Common)的调度(Grant)消息，显示指示公共资源参数，包含：时频资源指示RA、调制与编码策略(Modulation and Coding Scheme，MCS)指示、波形指示等。可与当前协议的UL_Grant消息一致，并采用协作RNTI加扰。
基本流程如下：
目标终端上行Grant Free或Grant Based发送初传数据，协作终端和基站接收目标终端的数据。
基站译码错误，下发GC_Grant消息调度目标终端和协作终端进行重传。
目标终端和/或协作终端根据GC_Grant中的显式公共资源参数、自身的BWP带宽、其他业务的调度情况、信道测量的CSI信息等中的至少一个，确定可用的处在重叠区域的协作用户资源。
目标终端和/或协作终端根据公共资源参数将数据映射在协作用户资源上，并在GC_Grant指定的重传Timing发送。
示例3：当基站与一组终端基于调度的传输，且公共资源由半静态配置+L1调度消息确定。
公共资源由半静态配置+L1调度消息确定。为一组终端和基站半静态配置公共资源参数，并由目标终端或基站发送组级公共资源(Group Common)的调度消息，显示或隐式指示公共资源的索引等信息。
基本流程如下：
为目标终端和协作终端以及基站半静态配置公共资源参数及各终端的用户级资源参数。
目标终端上行Grant Free或Grant Based发送初传数据，协作终端和基站接收目标终端的数据。
基站译码错误，下发GC_Grant消息显示携带公共RA资源索引等信息、或下发NACK序列隐式携带公共RA资源索引等信息，调度目标终端和协作终端进行重传。
目标终端和/或协作终端根据半静态配置的公共资源参数与公共RA资源索引、自身的BWP带宽、其它业务的调度情况、信道测量的CSI信息等中的至少一个，确定可用的处在重叠区域的协作用户资源。
目标终端和/或协作终端根据公共资源参数将数据映射在协作用户资源上，并在目标终端配置的重传Timing发送。
本申请提供一种传输数据的设备，包括收发器、处理器和存储器。该处理器用于控制收发器收发信号，该存储器用于存储计算机程序，该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序，使得该传输数据的设备执行本申请上述实施例中子节点或主节点的传输数据的方法。例如，上述传输数据的设备可以是图21中示意的通信设备2100，上述收发器可以是图21中示意的收发模块2101，上述处理器可以是图21中示意的处理模块2102，上述存储器可以是图21中示意的存储模块2103。
本申请提供一种传输数据的装置，该传输数据的装置可以为本申请上述实施例描述的方法设计中的子节点，或者为设置在子节点中的芯片。该传输数据的装置包括：处理器，与存储器耦合，可用于执行存储器中的指令，以实现本申请上述实施例描述的方法以及本申请上述实施例描述的方法中第一子节点所执行的方法。可选地，该传输数据的 装置还包括存储器。可选地，该传输数据的装置还包括通信接口，处理器与通信接口耦合。例如，上述传输数据的装置可以是图20中示意的终端2000，上述处理器可以是图20中示意的处理器，上述存储器可以是图20中示意的存储器。
可以理解的是，本申请的上述实施例中的公共资源或公共时频资源有时也可以称为本申请前述实施例中的第二资源或第二时频资源，本申请实施例中所述的第一资源有时也可以称为子节点的BWP，本申请实施例中所述的重叠的资源、用户使用的资源、用户级资源或用户资源有时也可以称为本申请前述实施例中的第一资源或第一时频资源，并不影响对其技术含义的理解。

Claims (100)

  1. 一种数据发送的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    第一节点进行速率匹配确定第一比特序列；
    所述第一节点根据所述第一比特序列确定第一符号序列，并在所述第一符号序列中确定待映射的部分符号；
    所述第一节点将所述部分符号映射到第一资源，并发送所述部分符号。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一节点将所述部分符号映射到所述第一资源，并发送所述部分符号，包括：
    所述第一节点对第二资源进行索引，将所述部分符号映射到所述第一资源，并发送所述部分符号。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一资源为所述第二资源的真子集。
  4. 根据权利要求2或3所述方法，其特征在于，所述第一节点进行速率匹配确定所述第一比特序列，包括：所述第一节点根据所述第二资源进行速率匹配确定所述第一比特序列。
  5. 根据权利要求4所述方法，其特征在于，所述第一节点根据所述第二资源进行速率匹配确定所述第一比特序列，包括：所述第一节点还根据冗余版本(RV)和/或所述第二资源的大小进行速率匹配确定所述第一比特序列。
  6. 根据权利要求2-5中任一项所述方法，其特征在于，所述第一节点将所述部分符号映射到所述第一资源，包括：所述第一节点还根据以下一项或多项将所述部分符号映射到所述第一资源：
    映射起始点、映射顺序、映射图样、或导频图样。
  7. 根据权利要求2-6中任一项所述方法，其特征在于，所述第一节点根据来自控制节点的第一信息确定所述第一资源，所述第一信息包含在以下一项或多项消息中：
    物理层消息、媒体接入控制(MAC)层消息、或无线资源控制(RRC)层消息。
  8. 根据权利要求2-7中任一项所述方法，其特征在于，所述第一节点根据下述一项或多项确定所述第一资源：
    所述第二资源、激活的带宽部分(BWP)、或测量结果。
  9. 根据权利要求2-8中任一项所述方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：所述第二资源包含一个或多个子资源。
  10. 根据权利要求9所述方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：所述子资源的大小与下述一项或多项有关：
    资源块组的大小、所述第二资源的大小、传输块大小(TBS)参数、或码率参数。
  11. 根据权利要求9或10所述方法，其特征在于，所述第一节点根据来自控制节点的第二信息确定组成所述第一资源的子资源，所述第二信息包含在以下一项或多项消息中：
    物理层消息、MAC层消息、或RRC层消息。
  12. 根据权利要求9-11中任一项所述方法，其特征在于，所述第一节点根据下述一项或多项确定组成所述第一资源的子资源：
    所述第二资源、激活的BWP、或测量结果。
  13. 根据权利要求9-12中任一项所述方法，其特征在于，所述子资源的参数与所述第二资源的参数有关；所述子资源的参数包括下述一项或多项：
    导频参数、预编码参数、冗余版本参数、映射起始点参数、编码参数、或调制参数。
  14. 根据权利要求9-12中任一项所述方法，其特征在于，所述第一节点根据下述一项或多项确定所述子资源的参数：来自控制节点的第三信息、或预定义的子资源的参数信息；
    其中所述第三信息包含在以下一项或多项消息中：物理层消息、MAC层消息、或RRC层消息；
    所述子资源的参数包括下述一项或多项：导频参数、预编码参数、冗余版本参数、映射起始点参数、编码参数、或调制参数。
  15. 根据权利要求2-14中任一项所述方法，其特征在于，所述第一资源的参数与所述第二资源的参数有关；所述第一资源的参数包括下述一项或多项：
    导频参数、预编码参数、冗余版本参数、映射起始点参数、编码参数、或调制参数。
  16. 根据权利要求2-14中任一项所述方法，其特征在于，所述第一节点根据下述一项或多项确定所述第一资源的参数：来自控制节点的第四信息、或预定义的第一资源参数信息；
    其中所述第四信息包含在以下一项或多项消息中：物理层消息、MAC层消息、或RRC层消息；
    所述第一资源的参数包括下述一项或多项：导频参数、预编码参数、冗余版本参数、映射起始点参数、编码参数、或调制参数。
  17. 根据权利要求2-16中任一项所述方法，其特征在于，所述第一节点接收来自控制节点的第五信息，根据所述第五信息确定所述第二资源；所述第五信息包含在物理层控制信息、MAC层消息、或RRC层消息中。
  18. 根据权利要求17所述方法，其特征在于，所述第五信息为组公共信息。
  19. 根据权利要求2-18中任一项所述方法，其特征在于，所述第一资源的数量为一个或多个。
  20. 根据权利要求2-19中任一项所述方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：所述第一节点接收来自控制节点的第六信息，根据所述第六信息确定所述第一资源的功率控制参数，并使用所述功率控制参数发送映射在所述第一资源的符号。
  21. 根据权利要求20所述方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：第三资源为所述第二资源的真子集，且所述第三资源与所述第一资源无交集；所述第三资源的功率控制参数与所述第一资源的功率控制参数不同。
  22. 根据权利要求21所述方法，其特征在于，所述第三资源的数量为一个或多个。
  23. 根据权利要求20-22中任一项所述方法，其特征在于，所述第一节点接收来自控制节点的所述第六信息，包括：所述第六信息为组公共信息，所述第六信息包含在物理层控制信息、媒体接入控制(MAC)层消息、或无线资源控制(RRC)层消息中。
  24. 一种数据发送的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    第一节点进行速率匹配获得第一比特序列；
    所述第一节点根据所述第一比特序列确定第一符号序列，并确定第一资源和第二资源，所述第一资源为所述第二资源的真子集；
    所述第一节点将所述第一符号序列中的符号映射到所述第二资源，并发送映射在所述第一资源的符号。
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一资源的数量为一个或多个。
  26. 根据权利要求24或25所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一节点根据所述第二资源进行速率匹配获得所述第一比特序列，并将所述第一符号序列中的部分符号映射到所述第一资源。
  27. 根据权利要求24或25所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一节点根据RV和/或所述第二资源的大小进行速率匹配获得所述第一比特序列，并将所述第一符号序列中的部分符号映射到所述第一资源。
  28. 根据权利要求26或27所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一节点根据以下一项或多项将所述部分符号映射到所述第一资源：所述第二资源、所述第一资源、映射起始点、映射顺序、映射图样、或导频图样。
  29. 根据权利要求24-28任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一节点根据来自控制节点的第一信息确定所述第一资源，所述第一信息包含在以下一项或多项消息中：物理层消息、媒体接入控制(MAC)层消息、或无线资源控制(RRC)层消息。
  30. 根据权利要求24-29任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一节点根据下述一项或多项确定所述第一资源：所述第二资源、激活的BWP、测量结果、或业务调度状态。
  31. 根据权利要求24-30任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：所述第二资源包含一个或多个子资源。
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：所述子资源的大小与下述一项或多项有关：资源块绑定(RB bunding)的大小、微时隙(mini-slot)的大小、时隙(slot)的大小、波束数量、空间层数量、所述第二资源的大小、传输块大小(TBS)参数、码率参数、或调制编码方式(MCS)参数。
  33. 根据权利要求31或32所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一节点根据来自控制节点的第二信息确定组成所述第一资源的子资源，该第二信息包含在以下一项或多项消息中：物理层消息、MAC层消息、或RRC层消息。
  34. 根据权利要求31-33任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一节点根据下述一项或多项确定组成所述第一资源的子资源：所述第二资源、激活的BWP、测量结果、或业务调度状态。
  35. 根据权利要求31-34任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述子资源的参数与所述第二资源的参数有关；所述子资源的参数包括下述一项或多项：导频参数、预编码参数、冗余版本参数、映射起始点参数、编码参数、或调制参数。
  36. 根据权利要求31-34任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一节点根据下述一项或多项确定所述子资源的参数：来自控制节点的第三信息、或预定义的子资源的参数信息；
    其中所述第三信息包含在以下一项或多项消息中：物理层消息、MAC层消息、或RRC层消息；
    所述子资源的参数包括下述一项或多项：导频参数、预编码参数、冗余版本参数、映射起始点参数、编码参数、或调制参数。
  37. 根据权利要求24-36任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一资源的参数与所述第二资源的参数有关；所述第一资源的参数包括下述一项或多项：
    导频参数、预编码参数、冗余版本参数、映射起始点参数、编码参数、或调制参数。
  38. 根据权利要求24-36任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一节点根据下述一项或多项确定所述第一资源的参数：来自控制节点的第四信息、或预定义的第一资源参数信息；
    其中所述第四信息包含在以下一项或多项消息中：物理层消息、MAC层消息、或RRC层消息；
    所述第一资源的参数包括下述一项或多项：导频参数、预编码参数、冗余版本参数、映射起始点参数、编码参数、或调制参数。
  39. 根据权利要求24-38任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一节点接收来自控制节点的第五信息，根据所述第五信息确定所述第二资源；所述第五信息包含在物理层控制信息、MAC层消息、或RRC层消息中。
  40. 根据权利要求39所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第五信息为组公共信息。
  41. 根据权利要求24-40任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：所述第一节点接收来自控制节点的第六信息，根据所述第六信息确定所述第一资源的功率控制参数，并使用所述功率控制参数发送映射在所述第一资源的符号。
  42. 根据权利要求41所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：第三资源为所述第二资源的真子集，且所述第三资源与所述第一资源无交集；所述第三资源的功率控制参数与所述第一资源的功率控制参数不同。
  43. 根据权利要求42所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第三资源的数量为一个或多个。
  44. 根据权利要求41-43任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一节点接收来自控制节点的所述第六信息，包括：所述第六信息为组公共信息，所述第六信息包含在物理层控制信息、MAC层消息、或RRC层消息中。
  45. 一种数据发送的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    第一节点根据第二资源进行速率匹配获得第二比特序列；
    所述第一节点根据所述第二比特序列确定第二符号序列，将所述第二符号序列中的全部或部分符号映射到第一资源，所述第一资源为所述第二资源的真子集，所述第一资源的数量为一个或多个；
    所述第一节点发送映射到所述第一资源的符号。
  46. 根据权利要求45所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一节点根据所述第二资源的大小进行速率匹配获得所述第二比特序列，将所述第二符号序列中的部分符号映射到所述第一资源。
  47. 根据权利要求45所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一节点根据所述第二资源和所述第一资源进行速率匹配获得所述第二比特序列，将所述第二符号序列中的全部符号映射到所述第一资源。
  48. 根据权利要求46所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一节点根据以下一项或多项进行速率匹配获得所述第二比特序列：RV、所述第二资源的大小、或参考起始点。
  49. 根据权利要求47所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一节点根据以下一项或多项进行速率匹配获得所述第二比特序列：RV、所述第一资源的大小、所述第二资源的大小、或参考起始点。
  50. 根据权利要求45-49任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一节点根据以下一项或多项将所述第二符号序列中的全部或部分符号映射到所述第一资源：所述第二资源、所述第一资源、映射起始点、映射顺序、映射图样、或导频图样。
  51. 根据权利要求45-50任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一节点根据来自控制节点的第一信息确定所述第一资源，所述第一信息包含在以下一项或多项消息中：物理层消息、媒体接入控制(MAC)层消息、或无线资源控制(RRC)层消息。
  52. 根据权利要求45-51任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一节点根据下述一项或多项确定所述第一资源：所述第二资源、激活的带宽部分(BWP)、测量结果、或业务调度状态。
  53. 根据权利要求45-52任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：所述第二资源包含一个或多个子资源。
  54. 根据权利要求53所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：所述子资源的大小与下述一项或多项有关：物理资源块组的大小、微时隙(mini-slot)的大小、时隙(slot)的大小、波束数量、空间层数量、所述第二资源的大小、传输块大小(TBS)参数、码率参数、或调制编码方式(MCS)参数。
  55. 根据权利要求53或54所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一节点根据来自控制节点的第二信息确定组成所述第一资源的子资源，所述第二信息包含在以下一项或多项消息中：物理层消息、MAC层消息、或RRC层消息。
  56. 根据权利要求53-55任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一节点根据下述一项或多项确定组成所述第一资源的子资源：所述第二资源、激活的BWP、测量结果、或业务调度状态。
  57. 根据权利要求53-56任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述子资源的参数与所述第二资源的参数有关；所述子资源的参数包括下述一项或多项：导频参数、预编码参数、冗余版本参数、映射起始点参数、编码参数、或调制参数。
  58. 根据权利要求53-56任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一节点根据下述一项或多项确定所述子资源的参数：来自控制节点的第三信息、或预定义的子资源的参数信息；
    其中所述第三信息包含在以下一项或多项消息中：物理层消息、MAC层消息、或RRC层消息；
    所述子资源的参数包括下述一项或多项：导频参数、预编码参数、冗余版本参数、映射起始点参数、编码参数、或调制参数。
  59. 根据权利要求45-58任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一资源的参数与所述第二资源的参数有关，所述第一资源的参数包括下述一项或多项：导频参数、预编码参数、冗余版本参数、映射起始点参数、编码参数、或调制参数。
  60. 根据权利要求45-58任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一节点根据下述一项或多项确定所述第一资源的参数：来自控制节点的第四信息、或预定义的第一资源参数信息；
    其中所述第四信息包含在以下一项或多项消息中：物理层消息、MAC层消息、或RRC层消息；
    所述第一资源的参数包括下述一项或多项：导频参数、预编码参数、冗余版本参数、映射起始点参数、编码参数、或调制参数。
  61. 根据权利要求45-60任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一节点接收来自控制节点的第五信息，根据所述第五信息确定所述第二资源；所述第五信息包含在物理层控制信息、MAC层消息、或RRC层消息中。
  62. 根据权利要求61所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第五信息为组公共信息。
  63. 根据权利要求45-62任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：所述第一节点接收来自控制节点的第六信息，根据所述第六信息确定所述第一资源的功率控制参数，并使用所述功率控制参数发送映射在所述第一资源的符号。
  64. 根据权利要求63所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：第三资源为所述第二资源的真子集，所述第三资源的数量为一个或多个，且所述第三资源与所述第一资源无交集；所述第三资源的功率控制参数与所述第一资源的功率控制参数不同。
  65. 根据权利要求63或64任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一节点接收来自控制节点的所述第六信息，包括：所述第六信息为组公共信息，所述第六信息包含在物理层控制信息、MAC层消息、或RRC层消息中。
  66. 一种数据发送的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    第一节点接收来自控制节点的第五信息，根据所述第五信息确定第二资源；
    所述第一节点接收来自控制节点的第六信息，根据所述第六信息确定第一资源的功率控制参数，并使用所述功率控制参数发送映射在所述第一资源的数据，所述第一资源的数量为一个或多个，所述第一资源为所述第二资源的真子集。
  67. 根据权利要求66所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：第三资源为所述第二资源的真子集，所述第三资源的数量为一个或多个，且所述第三资源与所述第一资源无交集；所述第三资源的功率控制参数与所述第一资源的功率控制参数不同。
  68. 根据权利要求67所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第六信息包含所述第三资源的功率控制参数。
  69. 根据权利要求66-68任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第五信息为组公共信息，所述第五信息包含在物理层控制信息、媒体接入控制(MAC)层消息、或无线资源控制(RRC)层消息中。
  70. 根据权利要求66-69任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第六信息为组公共信息，所述第六信息包含在物理层控制信息、MAC层消息、或RRC层消息中。
  71. 一种数据发送的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    第一节点接收组公共信息，根据所述组公共信息确定第二资源，所述组公共信息包含在物理层控制信息中；
    所述第一节点使用第一资源发送数据，所述第一资源的数量为一个或多个，所述第一资源为所述第二资源的真子集。
  72. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，所述通信装置用于执行如权利要求1-23任一项、权利要求24-44任一项、权利要求45-65任一项、权利要求66-70任一项、或权利要求71所述的方法。
  73. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：处理器，所述处理器与存储器耦合，所述存储器用于存储程序，当所述程序被所述处理器执行时，使得通信装置以执行权利要求1-23任一项、权利要求24-44任一项、权利要求45-65任一项、权利要求66-70任一项、或权利要求71所述的方法。
  74. 一种存储介质，其上存储有计算机程序或指令，其特征在于，所述计算机程序或指令被执行时使得计算机执行权利要求1-23任一项、权利要求24-44任一项、权利要求45-65任一项、权利要求66-70任一项、或权利要求71所述的方法。
  75. 一种芯片系统，包括：处理器，用于执行如权利要求1-23任一项、权利要求24-44任一项、权利要求45-65任一项、权利要求66-70任一项、或权利要求71所述的方法。
  76. 一种通信系统，包括：用于执行如权利要求1-23任一项、权利要求24-44任一项、权利要求45-65任一项、权利要求66-70任一项、或权利要求71所述方法的通信装置。
  77. 一种数据传输方法，其特征在于，包括：
    网络设备确定用于发送目标数据的第一时频资源，所述第一时频资源为第二时频资源的部分或者全部，所述第二时频资源为所述网络设备可用于信息传输的全部时频资源；
    所述网络设备根据目标资源单元RE相对于参考RE的位置，以及承载在所述参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值，确定承载在所述目标RE上的第一个比特的索引值，其中，所述目标RE位于所述第一时频资源内，所述参考RE为在所述第二时频资源中预设位置的RE；
    所述网络设备在所述第一时频资源上将所述目标数据发送给终端设备。
  78. 根据权利要求77所述的数据传输方法，其特征在于，承载在所述目标RE上的第一个比特的索引值k＝k0+n*m，其中，所述k0是承载在所述参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值，所述n为所述目标RE与所述参考RE之间的距离，所述m为承载在所述目标RE上的比特的数量，所述m与所述数据的调制方式相关。
  79. 根据权利要求77或78所述的数据传输方法，其特征在于，承载在所述参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值与冗余版本、传输块大小TBS中的至少一个相关。
  80. 根据权利要求79所述的数据传输方法，其特征在于，承载在所述参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值为根据所述冗余版本的取值确定的发送比特序列中第一个比特的索引值。
  81. 根据权利要求77至80任一项所述的数据传输方法，其特征在于，所述参考RE的资源位置是由协议预定义或由所述网络设备通过高层信令配置给所述终端设备。
  82. 根据权利要求81所述的数据传输方法，其特征在于，所述参考RE是所述第二时频资源的第一个RE。
  83. 一种数据传输方法，其特征在于，包括：
    终端设备在第一时频资源上接收来自网络设备的目标数据；所述第一时频资源为第二时频资源的部分或者全部，所述第二时频资源为所述网络设备可用于信息传输的全部时频资源；
    其中，承载在目标资源单元RE上的第一个比特的索引值由所述目标RE相对于参考RE的位置，以及承载在所述参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值确定，所述目标RE位于所述第一时频资源内，所述参考RE为在所述第二时频资源中预设位置的RE；
    所述终端设备对所述目标数据进行解调和译码。
  84. 根据权利要求83所述的数据传输方法，其特征在于，承载在所述目标RE上的第一个比特的索引值k＝k0+n*m，其中，所述k0是承载在所述参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值，所述n为所述目标RE与所述参考RE之间的距离，所述m为承载在所述目标RE上的比特的数量，所述m与所述数据的调制方式相关。
  85. 根据权利要求83或84所述的数据传输方法，其特征在于，承载在所述参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值与冗余版本和传输块大小TBS中的至少一个相关。
  86. 根据权利要求85所述的数据传输方法，其特征在于，承载在所述参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值为根据所述冗余版本的取值确定的发送比特序列中第一个比特的索引值。
  87. 根据权利要求83至86任一项所述的数据传输方法，其特征在于，所述参考RE的资源位置是由协议预定义或所述终端设备通过接收来自所述网络设备的高层信令确定。
  88. 根据权利要求87所述的数据传输方法，其特征在于，所述参考RE是所述第二时频资源的第一个RE。
  89. 一种网络设备，其特征在于，包括：处理单元和发送单元，其中：
    所述处理单元，用于确定用于发送目标数据的第一时频资源，所述第一时频资源为第二时频资源的部分或者全部，所述第二时频资源为所述网络设备可用于信息传输的全部时频资源；
    所述处理单元，还用于根据目标资源单元RE相对于参考RE的位置，以及承载在所述参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值，确定承载在所述目标RE上的第一个比特的索引值，其中，所述目标RE位于所述第一时频资源内，所述参考RE为在所述第二时频资源中预设位置的RE；
    所述发送单元，用于在所述第一时频资源上将所述目标数据发送给终端设备。
  90. 根据权利要求89所述的网络设备，其特征在于，承载在所述目标RE上的第一个比特的索引值k＝k0+n*m，其中，所述k0是承载在所述参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值，所述n为所述目标RE与所述参考RE之间的距离，所述m为承载在所述目标RE上的比特的数量，所述m与所述数据的调制方式相关。
  91. 根据权利要求89或90所述的网络设备，其特征在于，承载在所述参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值与冗余版本、传输块大小TBS中的至少一个相关。
  92. 根据权利要求91所述的网络设备，其特征在于，承载在所述参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值为根据所述冗余版本的取值确定的发送比特序列中第一个比特的索引值。
  93. 根据权利要求89至92任一项所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述参考RE的资源位置是由协议预定义或由所述发送单元通过高层信令配置给所述终端设备。
  94. 根据权利要求93所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述参考RE是所述第二时频资源的第一个RE。
  95. 一种终端设备，其特征在于，包括：处理单元和接收单元，其中：
    所述接收单元，用于在第一时频资源上接收来自网络设备的目标数据；所述第一时频资源为第二时频资源的部分或者全部，所述第二时频资源为所述网络设备可用于信息传输的全部时频资源；
    其中，承载在目标资源单元RE上的第一个比特的索引值由所述目标RE相对于参考RE的位置，以及承载在所述参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值确定，所述目标RE位于所述第一时频资源内，所述参考RE为在所述第二时频资源中预设位置的RE；
    所述处理单元，用于对所述目标数据进行解调和译码。
  96. 根据权利要求95所述的终端设备，其特征在于，承载在所述目标RE上的第一个比特的索引值k＝k0+n*m，其中，所述k0是承载在所述参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值，所述n为所述目标RE与所述参考RE之间的距离，所述m为承载在所述目标RE上的比特的数量，所述m与所述数据的调制方式相关。
  97. 根据权利要求95或96所述的终端设备，其特征在于，承载在所述参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值与冗余版本和传输块大小TBS中的至少一个相关。
  98. 根据权利要求97所述的终端设备，其特征在于，承载在所述参考RE上的第一个比特的索引值为根据所述冗余版本的取值确定的发送比特序列中第一个比特的索引值。
  99. 根据权利要求95至98任一项所述的终端设备，其特征在于，所述参考RE的资源位置是由协议预定义或所述接收单元通过接收来自所述网络设备的高层信令确定。
  100. 根据权利要求99所述的终端设备，其特征在于，所述参考RE是所述第二时频资源的第一个RE。
PCT/CN2018/104250 2017-09-08 2018-09-06 数据发送的方法及装置 WO2019047874A1 (zh)

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201710810916.7A CN109474311A (zh) 2017-09-08 2017-09-08 数据传输方法及设备
CN201710810916.7 2017-09-08
CN2018085917 2018-05-07
CNPCT/CN2018/085917 2018-05-07
CN201810837621.3 2018-07-26
CN201810837621.3A CN110768760B (zh) 2018-07-26 2018-07-26 数据发送的方法及装置

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019047874A1 true WO2019047874A1 (zh) 2019-03-14

Family

ID=65634735

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2018/104250 WO2019047874A1 (zh) 2017-09-08 2018-09-06 数据发送的方法及装置

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2019047874A1 (zh)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020211949A1 (en) * 2019-04-18 2020-10-22 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Apparatuses and methods for precoding shuffling for retransmission with multiple layers

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101686549A (zh) * 2008-09-27 2010-03-31 中兴通讯股份有限公司 资源分配方法
CN102647789A (zh) * 2011-02-18 2012-08-22 中兴通讯股份有限公司 发送探测参考信号的方法、资源分配方法、系统及基站
CN103178941A (zh) * 2011-12-26 2013-06-26 华为技术有限公司 控制信息发送方法及基站
WO2014067140A1 (zh) * 2012-11-02 2014-05-08 华为技术有限公司 一种信息传输方法、用户设备及基站
CN105722056A (zh) * 2014-12-04 2016-06-29 上海贝尔股份有限公司 用于配置模式二的设备至设备通信的方法

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101686549A (zh) * 2008-09-27 2010-03-31 中兴通讯股份有限公司 资源分配方法
CN102647789A (zh) * 2011-02-18 2012-08-22 中兴通讯股份有限公司 发送探测参考信号的方法、资源分配方法、系统及基站
CN103178941A (zh) * 2011-12-26 2013-06-26 华为技术有限公司 控制信息发送方法及基站
WO2014067140A1 (zh) * 2012-11-02 2014-05-08 华为技术有限公司 一种信息传输方法、用户设备及基站
CN105722056A (zh) * 2014-12-04 2016-06-29 上海贝尔股份有限公司 用于配置模式二的设备至设备通信的方法

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020211949A1 (en) * 2019-04-18 2020-10-22 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Apparatuses and methods for precoding shuffling for retransmission with multiple layers

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN109995497B (zh) 下行控制信息传输方法
CN110035531B (zh) 上行控制信息传输方法及装置
JP6414216B2 (ja) 無線通信システム及び無線通信方法
WO2018171774A1 (zh) 传输及传输配置方法、装置、基站、终端及存储介质
JP2019522423A (ja) ダウンリンクデータ送受信方法及びダウンリンクデータ送信基地局並びにダウンリンクデータ受信端末
CN103731245B (zh) 确认/非确认反馈信息传输方法及装置
JP7335436B2 (ja) 無線通信システムにおける位相追跡参照信号（Ｐｈａｓｅ Ｔｒａｃｋｉｎｇ Ｒｅｆｅｒｅｎｃｅ Ｓｉｇｎａｌ、ＰＴＲＳ）の送受信方法及びこれに対する装置
CN113196857B (zh) 在无线通信系统中操作终端和基站的方法以及支持其的装置
WO2019158092A1 (zh) 通信过程中获知资源单元数量的方法和相关装置
CN107196689B (zh) 一种上行mu-mimo的方法及系统
JP2013528029A (ja) アップリンク制御情報をマッピングするための方法及びシステム
WO2018126960A1 (zh) 通信方法、网络侧设备和终端设备
CN110612693A (zh) 用于在无线通信系统中传输下行链路控制信道的方法和装置
CN112312552B (zh) 一种数据传输方法、装置及系统
US20240089052A1 (en) Base station, terminal, and communication method
KR20200017710A (ko) 무선 셀룰라 통신 시스템에서 상향링크 제어 채널의 참조 신호 설정 방법 및 장치
US20210143939A1 (en) Data sending method and apparatus
CN114070466A (zh) 处理要被映射到传输块的数据的发送器、收发器和方法
KR20190038219A (ko) 무선 통신 시스템에서 상향링크 자원 설정 방법 및 장치
WO2017075809A1 (zh) 一种参考信号的传输方法、用户设备、基站及系统
CN110933747A (zh) 一种资源配置方法及通信装置
US11589339B2 (en) Method and device for configuring uplink control channel in wireless cellular communication system
WO2019047874A1 (zh) 数据发送的方法及装置
WO2018171436A1 (zh) 通信方法及其网络设备、终端设备
WO2022062873A1 (zh) 传输信息的方法和装置

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 18853334

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 18853334

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1